Release v2.0.3_20180813
diff --git a/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.md b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48611fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+name: Bug report
+about: Create a report to help us improve the quality of our software
+title: ''
+labels: ''
+assignees: ''
+
+---
+
+**Caution**
+The Issues are strictly limited for the reporting of problem encountered with the software provided in this project.
+For any other problem related to the STM32 product, the performance, the hardware characteristics and boards, the tools the environment in general, please post a topic in the [ST Community/STM32 MCUs forum](https://community.st.com/s/group/0F90X000000AXsASAW/stm32-mcus).
+
+**Describe the set-up**
+ * The board (either ST RPN reference or your custom board).
+ * IDE or at least the compiler and its version.
+
+**Describe the bug**
+A clear and concise description of what the bug is.
+
+**How To Reproduce**
+1. Indicate the global behavior of your application project.
+
+2. The modules that you suspect to be the cause of the problem (Driver, BSP, MW ...).
+
+3. The use case that generates the problem.
+
+4. How we can reproduce the problem.
+
+
+**Additional context**
+If you have a first analysis or patch correction, thank you to share your proposal.
+
+**Screenshots**
+If applicable, add screenshots to help explain your problem.
diff --git a/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/other-issue.md b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/other-issue.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d72cf58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/other-issue.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+name: 'Other Issue '
+about: Generic issue description
+title: ''
+labels: ''
+assignees: ''
+
+---
+
+**Caution**
+The Issues are strictly limited for the reporting of problem encountered with the software provided in this project.
+For any other problem related to the STM32 product, the performance, the hardware characteristics and boards, the tools the environment in general, please post a topic in the [ST Community/STM32 MCUs forum](https://community.st.com/s/group/0F90X000000AXsASAW/stm32-mcus).
+
+**Describe the set-up**
+ * The board (either ST RPN reference or your custom board).
+ * IDE or at least the compiler and its version.
+
+**Additional context**
+If you have a first analysis or a patch proposal, thank you to share your proposal.
+
+**Screenshots**
+If applicable, add screenshots to help explain your problem.
diff --git a/.github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md b/.github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7f1cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+## IMPORTANT INFORMATION
+
+### Contributor License Agreement (CLA)
+* The Pull Request feature will be considered by STMicroelectronics after the signature of a **Contributor License Agreement (CLA)** by the submitter.
+* If you did not sign such agreement, please follow the steps mentioned in the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/STMicroelectronics/stm32_mw_lwip/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.
diff --git a/CHANGELOG b/CHANGELOG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..306217f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CHANGELOG
@@ -0,0 +1,4295 @@
+HISTORY
+
+(git master)
+
+  * [Enter new changes just after this line - do not remove this line]
+
+(STABLE-2.0.3)
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  2017-09-11: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: fix bug #51937 (leaking tcp_pcbs on passive close with unacked data)
+
+  2017-08-02: Abroz Bizjak/Simon Goldschmidt
+  * multiple fixes in IPv4 reassembly (leading to corrupted datagrams received)
+  
+  2017-03-30: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: return ERR_VAL instead of asserting on offset-out-of-pbuf
+
+  2017-03-23: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * dhcp.h: fix bug #50618 (dhcp_remove_struct() macro does not work)
+
+(STABLE-2.0.2)
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  2017-02-10: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * Implement task #14367: Hooks need a better place to be defined:
+    We now have a #define for a header file name that is #included in every .c
+    file that provides hooks.
+
+  2017-02-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_close does not fail on memory error (instead, FIN is sent from tcp_tmr)
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  2017-03-08
+  * tcp: do not keep sending SYNs when getting ACKs
+
+  2017-03-08: Joel Cunningham
+  * tcp: Initialize ssthresh to TCP_SND_BUF (bug #50476)
+
+  2017-03-01: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * httpd: LWIP_HTTPD_POST_MANUAL_WND: fixed double-free when httpd_post_data_recved
+    is called nested from httpd_post_receive_data() (bug #50424)
+
+  2017-02-28: David van Moolenbroek/Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp: fixed bug #50418: LWIP_EVENT_API: fix invalid calbacks for SYN_RCVD pcb
+
+  2017-02-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns: Improved DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST interface (bug #50325)
+
+  2017-02-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * LWIP_NETCONN_FULLDUPLEX: fixed shutdown during write (bug #50274)
+
+  2017-02-13: Simon Goldschmidt/Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * For tiny targtes, LWIP_RAND is optional (fix compile time checks)
+
+  2017-02-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp: Fixed bug #47485 (tcp_close() should not fail on memory error) by retrying
+    to send FIN from tcp_fasttmr
+
+  2017-02-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets: Fixed bug #44032 (LWIP_NETCONN_FULLDUPLEX: select might work on
+    invalid/reused socket) by not allowing to reallocate a socket that has
+    "select_waiting != 0"
+
+  2017-02-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * httpd: Fixed bug #50059 (httpd LWIP_HTTPD_SUPPORT_11_KEEPALIVE vs.
+    LWIP_HTTPD_KILL_OLD_ON_CONNECTIONS_EXCEEDED)
+
+  2017-02-08: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * Rename "IPv6 mapped IPv4 addresses" to their correct name from RFC4191:
+    "IPv4-mapped IPv6 address"
+
+  2017-02-08: Luc Revardel
+  * mld6.c: Fix bug #50220 (mld6_leavegroup does not send ICMP6_TYPE_MLD, even
+    if last reporter)
+
+  2017-02-08: David van Moolenbroek
+  * ip6.c: Patch #9250: fix source substitution in ip6_output_if()
+
+  2017-02-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: Fixed bug #50090 (last_unsent->oversize_left can become wrong value
+    in tcp_write error path)
+
+  2017-02-02: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * Fix bug #50206: UDP Netconn bind to IP6_ADDR_ANY fails
+
+  2017-01-18: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * Fix zero-copy RX, see bug bug #50064. PBUF_REFs were not supported as ARP requests.
+
+  2017-01-15: Axel Lin, Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * minor bug fixes in mqtt
+
+  2017-01-11: Knut Andre Tidemann
+  * sockets/netconn: fix broken default ICMPv6 handling of checksums
+
+(STABLE-2.0.1)
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  2016-12-31: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h/.c: added function tcp_listen_with_backlog_and_err() to get the error
+    reason when listening fails (bug #49861)
+
+  2016-12-20: Erik Andersen
+  * Add MQTT client
+
+  2016-12-14: Jan Breuer:
+  * opt.h, ndc.h/.c: add support for RDNSS option (as per RFC 6106)
+
+  2016-12-14: David van Moolenbroek
+  * opt.h, nd6.c: Added LWIP_HOOK_ND6_GET_GW()
+
+  2016-12-09: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * ip6_frag.c: Implemented support for LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
+
+  2016-12-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c: added one-shot multicast DNS queries
+
+  2016-11-24: Ambroz Bizjak, David van Moolenbroek
+  * tcp_out.c: Optimize passing contiguous nocopy buffers to tcp_write (bug #46290)
+
+  2016-11-16: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * sockets.c: added support for IPv6 mapped IPv4 addresses
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  2016-12-16: Thomas Mueller
+  * api_lib.c: fixed race condition in return value of netconn_gethostbyname()
+    (and thus also lwip_gethostbyname/_r() and lwip_getaddrinfo())
+
+  2016-12-15: David van Moolenbroek
+  * opt.h, tcp: added LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN() to implement less predictable initial
+    sequence numbers (see contrib/addons/tcp_isn for an example implementation)
+
+  2016-12-05: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * fixed compiling with IPv4 disabled (IPv6 only case)
+
+  2016-11-28: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c: fixed bug #49725 (send-timeout: netconn_write() can return
+    ERR_OK without all bytes being written)
+
+  2016-11-28: Ambroz Bizjak
+  * tcpi_in.c: fixed bug #49717 (window size in received SYN and SYN-ACK
+    assumed scaled)
+
+  2016-11-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #49676 (Possible endless loop when parsing dhcp options)
+
+  2016-11-23: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * udp.c: fixed bug #49662: multicast traffic is now only received on a UDP PCB
+   (and therefore on a UDP socket/netconn) when the PCB is bound to IP_ADDR_ANY
+
+  2016-11-16: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * *: Fixed dual-stack behaviour, IPv6 mapped IPv4 support in socket API
+
+  2016-11-14: Joel Cunningham
+  * tcp_out.c: fixed bug #49533 (start persist timer when unsent seg can't fit
+    in window) 
+
+  2016-11-16: Roberto Barbieri Carrera
+  * autoip.c: fixed bug #49610 (sometimes AutoIP fails to reuse the same address)
+
+  2016-11-11: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #49578 (dropping multicast membership does not work
+    with LWIP_SOCKET_OFFSET)
+
+(STABLE-2.0.0)
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  2016-07-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, timeouts.h/.c: added LWIP_TIMERS_CUSTOM to override the default
+    implementation of timeouts
+
+  2016-07-xx: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * Large overhaul of doxygen documentation
+
+  2016-04-05: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * timers.h/.c: prepare for overriding current timeout implementation: all
+    stack-internal caclic timers are avaliable in the lwip_cyclic_timers array
+
+  2016-03-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp: call accept-callback with ERR_MEM when allocating a pcb fails on
+    passive open to inform the application about this error
+    ATTENTION: applications have to handle NULL pcb in accept callback!
+
+  2016-02-22: Ivan Delamer
+  * Initial 6LoWPAN support
+
+  2016-02-XX to 2016-03-XX: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * Cleanup TCPIP thread sync methods in a way that it is possibe to use them
+    in arbitrary code that needs things to be done in TCPIP thread. Used to
+    decouple netconn, netif, ppp and 6LoWPAN from LWIP core.
+
+  2016-02-XX: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * Implement dual-stack support in RAW, UDP and TCP. Add new IP address
+    type IPADDR_ANY_TYPE for this. Netconn/Socket API: Dual-stack is
+    automatically supported when an IPv6 netconn/socket is created.
+
+  2015-12-26: Martin Hentschel and Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * Rewrite SNMP agent. SNMPv2c + MIB compiler.
+
+  2015-11-12: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * Decouple SNMP stack from lwIP core and move stack to apps/ directory.
+    Breaking change: Users have to call snmp_init() now!
+
+  2015-11-12: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * Implement possibility to declare private memory pools. This is useful to
+    decouple some apps from the core (SNMP stack) or make contrib app usage
+    simpler (httpserver_raw)
+
+  2015-10-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * started to move "private" header files containing implementation details to
+    "lwip/priv/" include directory to seperate the API from the implementation.
+
+  2015-10-07: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * added sntp client as first "supported" application layer protocol implementation
+    added 'apps' folder
+
+  2015-09-30: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * snmp_structs.h, mib_structs.c, mib2.c: snmp: fixed ugly inheritance
+    implementation by aggregating the "base class" (struct mib_node) in all
+    derived node classes to get more type-safe code
+
+  2015-09-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.h/.c, nd6.c: task #13729: Convert netif addresses (IPv4 & IPv6) to
+    ip_addr_t (so they can be used without conversion/temporary storage)
+
+  2015-09-08: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * snmp: Separate mib2 counter/table callbacks from snmp agent. This both cleans
+    up the code and should allow integration of a 3rd party agent/mib2. Simple
+    counters are kept in MIB2_STATS, tree/table change function prototypes moved to
+    snmp_mib2.h.
+
+  2015-09-03: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, dns.h/.c: DNS/IPv6: added support for AAAA records
+
+  2015-09-01: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * task #12178: hardware checksum capabilities can be configured per netif
+   (use NETIF_SET_CHECKSUM_CTRL() in your netif's init function)
+
+  2015-08-30: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * PBUF_REF with "custom" pbufs is now supported for RX pbufs (see pcapif in
+    contrib for an example, LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF is required)
+
+  2015-08-30: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * support IPv4 source based routing: define LWIP_HOOK_IP4_ROUTE_SRC to point
+    to a routing function
+
+  2015-08-05: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * many files: allow multicast socket options IP_MULTICAST_TTL, IP_MULTICAST_IF
+    and IP_MULTICAST_LOOP to be used without IGMP
+
+  2015-04-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.h/c, autoip.h/.c: added functions dhcp/autoip_supplied_address() to
+    check for the source of address assignment (replacement for NETIF_FLAG_DHCP)
+
+  2015-04-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * many files: task #13480: added LWIP_IPV4 define - IPv4 can be disabled,
+    leaving an IPv6-only stack
+
+  2015-04-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * nearly all files: task #12722 (improve IPv4/v6 address handling): renamed
+    ip_addr_t to ip4_addr_t, renamed ipX_addr_t to ip_addr_t and added IP
+    version; ip_addr_t is used for all generic IP addresses for the API,
+    ip(4/6)_addr_t are only used internally or when initializing netifs or when
+    calling version-related functions
+
+  2015-03-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, ip4_addr.h, ip4.c, ip6.c: loopif is not required for loopback traffic
+    any more but passed through any netif (ENABLE_LOOPBACK has to be enabled)
+
+  2015-03-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, etharp.c: with ETHARP_TABLE_MATCH_NETIF== 1, duplicate (Auto)-IP
+    addresses on multiple netifs should now be working correctly (if correctly
+    addressed by routing, that is)
+
+  2015-03-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: Stable etharp entries that are about to expire are now refreshed
+    using unicast to prevent unnecessary broadcast. Only if no answer is received
+    after 15 seconds, broadcast is used.
+
+  2015-03-06: Philip Gladstone
+  * netif.h/.c: patch #8359 (Provide utility function to add an IPv6 address to
+    an interface)
+
+  2015-03-05: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c, ip4.c, dhcp.c, autoip.c: fixed bug #37068 (netif up/down handling
+    is unclear): correclty separated administrative status of a netif (up/down)
+    from 'valid address' status
+    ATTENTION: netif_set_up() now always has to be called, even when dhcp/autoip
+    is used!
+
+  2015-02-26: patch by TabascoEye
+  * netif.c, udp.h/.c: fixed bug #40753 (re-bind UDP pcbs on change of IP address)
+
+  2015-02-22: chrysn, Simon Goldschmidt
+  * *.*: Changed nearly all functions taking 'ip(X)_addr_t' pointer to take
+    const pointers (changed user callbacks: raw_recv_fn, udp_recv_fn; changed
+    port callbacks: netif_output_fn, netif_igmp_mac_filter_fn)
+
+  2015-02-19: Ivan Delamer
+  * netif.h, dhcp.c: Removed unused netif flag for DHCP. The preferred way to evaluate
+    if DHCP is active is through netif->dhcp field.
+
+  2015-02-19: Ivan Delamer
+  * netif.h, slipif.c, ppp.c: Removed unused netif flag for point to point connections
+
+  2015-02-18: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c: fixed bug #37958 "netconn API doesn't handle correctly
+    connections half-closed by peer"
+
+  2015-02-18: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: tcp_alloc() prefers killing CLOSING/LAST_ACK over active connections
+    (see bug #39565)
+
+  2015-02-16: Claudius Zingerli, Sergio Caprile
+  * opt.h, dhcp.h/.c: patch #8361 "Add support for NTP option in DHCP"
+
+  2015-02-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, snmp*: added support for write-access community and dedicated
+    community for sending traps
+
+  2015-02-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, memp.c: added hook LWIP_HOOK_MEMP_AVAILABLE() to get informed when
+    a memp pool was empty and an item is now available
+
+  2015-02-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, pbuf.h/.c, etharp.c: Added the option PBUF_LINK_ENCAPSULATION_HLEN to
+    allocate additional header space for TX on netifs requiring additional headers
+
+  2015-02-12: chrysn
+  * timers.h/.c: introduce sys_timeouts_sleeptime (returns the time left before
+    the next timeout is due, for NO_SYS==1)
+
+  2015-02-11: Nick van Ijzendoorn
+  * opt.h, sockets.h/c: patch #7702 "Include ability to increase the socket number
+    with defined offset"
+
+  2015-02-11: Frederick Baksik
+  * opt.h, def.h, others: patch #8423 "arch/perf.h" should be made an optional item
+
+  2015-02-11: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c, opt.h: started to implement fullduplex sockets/netconns
+    (note that this is highly unstable yet!)
+
+  2015-01-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api: allow enabling socket API without (public) netconn API - netconn API is
+    still used by sockets, but keeping it private (static) should allow better
+    compiler optimizations
+
+  2015-01-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug #20506 "Initial congestion window is very small" again
+    by implementing the calculation formula from RFC3390
+
+  2014-12-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api: added option LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD to use a semaphore per thread
+    instead of using one per netconn and per select call
+
+  2014-12-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip6.h: fixed bug #43778: IPv6 header version not set on 16-bit platform
+    (macro IP6H_VTCFL_SET())
+
+  2014-12-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * icmp.c, ip4.c, pbuf.c, udp.c, pbuf.h: task #11472 Support PBUF_REF for RX
+    (IPv6 and IPv4/v6 reassembly might not work yet)
+
+  2014-11-06: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c/.h, init.c: lwip_socket_init() is not needed any more
+    -> compatibility define
+
+  2014-09-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c, opt.h: reduced ram usage by parsing DNS responses in place
+
+  2014-09-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.h/.c: added pbuf_take_at() and pbuf_put_at()
+
+  2014-09-15: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c: added source port randomization to make the DNS client more robust
+    (see bug #43144)
+
+  2013-09-02: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * arch.h and many other files: added optional macros PACK_STRUCT_FLD_8() and
+    PACK_STRUCT_FLD_S() to prevent gcc 4 from warning about struct members that
+    do not need packing
+
+  2013-08-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.h: bug #42998: made NETIF_MAX_HWADDR_LEN overridable for some special
+    networks
+
+  2013-03-17: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Ghobad Emadi)
+  * opt.h, etharp.c: Added LWIP_HOOK_ETHARP_GET_GW to implement IPv4 routing with
+    multiple gateways
+
+  2013-04-20: Fatih Asici
+  * opt.h, etharp.h/.c: patch #7993: Added support for transmitting packets
+    with VLAN headers via hook function LWIP_HOOK_VLAN_SET and to check them
+    via hook function LWIP_HOOK_VLAN_CHECK
+
+  2014-02-20: Simon Goldschmidt (based on patch by Artem Pisarenko)
+  * patch #7885: modification of api modules to support FreeRTOS-MPU
+    (don't pass stack-pointers to other threads)
+
+  2014-02-05: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by "xtian" and "alex_ab")
+  * patch #6537/#7858: TCP window scaling support
+
+  2014-01-17: Jiri Engelthaler
+  * icmp, icmp6, opt.h: patch #8027: Completed HW checksuming for IPv4 and
+    IPv6 ICMP's
+
+  2012-08-22: Sylvain Rochet
+  * New PPP stack for lwIP, developed in ppp-new branch.
+    Based from pppd 2.4.5, released 2009-11-17, with huge changes to match
+    code size and memory requirements for embedded devices, including:
+    - Gluing together the previous low-level PPP code in lwIP to pppd 2.4.5, which
+      is more or less what pppd sys-* files are, so that we get something working
+      using the unix port.
+    - Merged some patchs from lwIP Git repository which add interesting features
+      or fix bugs.
+    - Merged some patchs from Debian pppd package which add interesting features
+      or fix bugs.
+    - Ported PPP timeout handling to the lwIP timers system
+    - Disabled all the PPP code using filesystem access, replaced in necessary cases
+      to configuration variables.
+    - Disabled all the PPP code forking processes.
+    - Removed IPX support, lwIP does not support IPX.
+    - Ported and improved random module from the previous PPP port.
+    - Removed samba TDB (file-driven database) usage, because it needs a filesystem.
+    - MS-CHAP required a DES implementation, we added the latest PolarSSL DES
+      implementation which is under a BSD-ish license.
+    - Also switched to PolarSSL MD4,MD5,SHA1 implementations, which are meant to be
+      used in embedded devices with reduced memory footprint.
+    - Removed PPP configuration file parsing support. 
+    - Added macro definition EAP_SUPPORT to make EAP support optional.
+    - Added macro definition CHAP_SUPPORT to make CHAP support optional.
+    - Added macro definition MSCHAP_SUPPORT to make MSCHAP support optional.
+    - Added macro definition PAP_SUPPORT to make PAP support optional.
+    - Cleared all Linux syscall calls.
+    - Disabled demand support using a macro, so that it can be ported later.
+    - Disabled ECP support using a macro, so that it can be ported later.
+    - Disabled CCP support using a macro, so that it can be ported later.
+    - Disabled CBCP support using a macro, so that it can be ported later.
+    - Disabled LQR support using a macro, so that it can be ported later.
+    - Print packet debug feature optional, through PRINTPKT_SUPPORT
+    - Removed POSIX signal usage.
+    - Fully ported PPPoS code from the previous port.
+    - Fully ported PPPoE code from the previous port.
+    - Fully ported VJ compression protocol code from the previous port.
+    - Removed all malloc()/free() use from PPP, replaced by stack usage or PBUF.
+    - Disabled PPP server support using a macro, so that it can be ported later.
+    - Switched all PPP debug to lwIP debug system.
+    - Created PPP Control Block (PPP PCB), removed PPP unit integer everywhere,
+      removed all global variables everywhere, did everything necessary for
+      the PPP stack to support more than one PPP session (pppd only support
+      one session per process).
+    - Removed the statically allocated output buffer, now using PBUF.
+    - Improved structure size of all PPP modules, deep analyze of code to reduce
+      variables size to the bare minimum. Switched all boolean type (char type in
+      most architecture) to compiler generated bitfields.
+    - Added PPP IPv6 support, glued lwIP IPv6 support to PPP.
+    - Now using a persistent netif interface which can then be used in lwIP
+      functions requiring a netif.
+    - Now initializing PPP in lwip_init() function.
+    - Reworked completely the PPP state machine, so that we don't end up in
+      anymore in inconsistent state, especially with PPPoE.
+    - Improved the way we handle PPP reconnection after disconnect, cleaning
+      everything required so that we start the PPP connection again from a
+      clean state.
+    - Added PPP holdoff support, allow the lwIP user to wait a little bit before
+      reconnecting, prevents connection flood, especially when using PPPoL2TP.
+    - Added PPPoL2TP LAC support (a.k.a. UDP tunnels), adding a VPN client
+      feature to lwIP, L2TP being a widely used tunnel protocol.
+    - Switched all used PPP types to lwIP types (u8t, u16t, u32t, ...)
+    - Added PPP API "sequential" thread-safe API, based from NETIFAPI.
+
+  2011-07-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c, opt.h: (bug #30185): added LWIP_FIONREAD_LINUXMODE that makes
+    ioctl/FIONREAD return the size of the next pending datagram.
+
+  2011-05-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * again nearly the whole stack, renamed ip.c to ip4.c, ip_addr.c to ip4_addr.c,
+    combined ipv4/ipv6 inet_chksum.c, added ip.h, ip_addr.h: Combined IPv4
+    and IPv6 code where possible, added defines to access IPv4/IPv6 in non-IP
+    code so that the code is more readable.
+
+  2011-05-17: Patch by Ivan Delamer (only checked in by Simon Goldschmidt)
+  * nearly the whole stack: Finally, we got decent IPv6 support, big thanks to
+    Ivan! (this is work in progress: we're just post release anyway :-)
+
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  2016-08-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp: removed ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC since it is insecure and we don't need
+    it any more after implementing unicast ARP renewal towards arp entry timeout
+
+  2016-07-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * memp.h/.c: fixed bug #48442 (memp stats don't work for MEMP_MEM_MALLOC)
+
+  2016-07-21: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Ambroz Bizjak)
+  * tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c: fixed bug #48543 (TCP sent callback may prematurely
+    report sent data when only part of a segment is acked) and don't include
+    SYN/FIN in snd_buf counter
+
+  2016-07-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: fixed bug #48477 (ARP input packet might update static entry)
+
+  2016-07-11: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug #48476 (TCP sent callback called wrongly due to picking
+    up old pcb->acked
+
+  2016-06-30: Simon Goldschmidt (original patch by Fabian Koch)
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug #48170 (Vulnerable to TCP RST spoofing)
+
+  2016-05-20: Dirk Ziegelmeier
+  * sntp.h/.c: Fix return value of sntp_getserver() call to return a pointer
+
+  2016-04-05: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Philip Gladstone)
+  * udp.c: patch #8358: allow more combinations of listening PCB for IPv6
+
+  2016-04-05: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netconn/socket API: fixed bug# 43739 (Accept not reporting errors about
+    aborted connections): netconn_accept() returns ERR_ABRT (sockets: ECONNABORTED)
+    for aborted connections, ERR_CLSD (sockets: EINVAL) if the listening netconn
+    is closed, which better seems to follow the standard.
+
+  2016-03-23: Florent Matignon
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #38203: DHCP options are not recorded in all DHCP ack messages
+
+  2016-03-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp: changed accept handling to be done internally: the application does not
+    have to call tcp_accepted() any more. Instead, when delaying accept (e.g. sockets
+    do), call tcp_backlog_delayed()/tcp_backlog_accepted() (fixes bug #46696)
+
+  2016-03-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c: ignore dns response parsing errors, only abort resolving for correct
+    responses or error responses from correct server (bug #47459)
+
+  2016-03-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: fixed bug #47448 (netconn/socket leak if RST is received during close)
+
+  2016-03-17: Joel Cunningham
+  * api_msg.c: don't fail closing a socket/netconn when failing to allocate the
+    FIN segment; blocking the calling thread for a while is better than risking
+    leaking a netconn/socket (see bug #46701)
+
+  2016-03-16: Joel Cunningham
+  * tcp_out.c: reset rto timer on fast retransmission
+
+  2016-03-16: Deomid Ryabkov
+  * tcp_out.c: fixed bug #46384 Segment size calculation bug with MSS != TCP_MSS
+
+  2016-03-05: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * err.h/.c, sockets.c: ERR_IF is not necessarily a fatal error
+
+  2015-11-19: fix by Kerem Hadimli
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #46471: lwip_accept() leaks socket descriptors if new
+    netconn was already closed because of peer behavior
+
+  2015-11-12: fix by Valery Ushakov
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug #46365 tcp_accept_null() should call tcp_abort()
+
+  2015-10-02: Dirk Ziegelmeier/Simon Goldschmidt
+  * snmp: cleaned up snmp structs API (fixed race conditions from bug #46089,
+    reduce ram/rom usage of tables): incompatible change for private MIBs
+
+  2015-09-30: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip4_addr.c: fixed bug #46072: ip4addr_aton() does not check the number range
+    of all address parts
+
+  2015-08-28: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c: fixed bug #44023: TCP ssthresh value is unclear: ssthresh
+    is set to the full send window for active open, too, and is updated once
+    after SYN to ensure the correct send window is used
+
+  2015-08-28: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp: fixed bug #45559: Window scaling casts u32_t to u16_t without checks
+
+  2015-08-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip6_frag.h/.c: fixed bug bug #41009: IPv6 reassembly broken on 64-bit platforms:
+    define IPV6_FRAG_COPYHEADER==1 on these platforms to copy the IPv6 header
+    instead of referencing it, which gives more room for struct ip6_reass_helper
+
+  2015-08-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #45827: recvfrom: TCP window is updated with MSG_PEEK
+
+  2015-08-20: Manoj Kumar
+  * snmp_msg.h, msg_in.c: fixed bug #43790: Sending octet string of Length >255
+    from SNMP agent
+
+  2015-08-19: Jens Nielsen
+  * icmp.c, ip4.c, tcp_in.c, udp.c, raw.c: fixed bug #45120: Broadcast & multiple
+    interfaces handling
+
+  2015-08-19: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by "Sandra")
+  * dns.c: fixed bug #45004: dns response without answer might be discarded
+
+  2015-08-18: Chrysn
+  * timers.c: patch #8704 fix sys_timeouts_sleeptime function
+
+  2015-07-01: Erik Ekman
+  * puf.c: fixed bug #45454 (pbuf_take_at() skips write and returns OK if offset
+    is at start of pbuf in chain)
+
+  2015-05-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.h/.c: fixed bugs #45140 and #45141 (dhcp was not stopped correctly after
+    fixing bug #38204)
+
+  2015-03-21: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Homyak)
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug #44766 (LWIP_WND_SCALE: tcphdr->wnd was not scaled in
+    two places)
+
+  2015-03-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_impl.h, tcp.c, tcp_in.c: fixed bug #41318 (Bad memory ref in tcp_input()
+    after tcp_close())
+
+  2015-03-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug #38468 (tcp_sent() not called on half-open connection for
+    data ACKed with the same ack as FIN)
+
+  2015-03-21: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Christoffer Lind)
+  * dhcp.h/.c: fixed bug #38204 (DHCP lease time not handled correctly)
+
+  2015-03-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #38714 (Missing option and client address in DHCPRELEASE message)
+
+  2015-03-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api.h, tcpip.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c: fixed race conditions in assigning
+    netconn->last_err (fixed bugs #38121 and #37676)
+
+  2015-03-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip4.c: fixed the IPv4 part of bug #43904 (ip_route() must detect linkup status)
+
+  2015-03-04: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * nd6.c: fixed bug #43784 (a host should send at least one Router Solicitation)
+
+  2015-03-04: Valery Ushakov
+  * ip6.c: fixed bug #41094 (Byte-order bug in IPv6 fragmentation header test)
+
+  2015-03-04: Zach Smith
+  * nd6.c: fixed bug #38153 (nd6_input() byte order issues)
+
+  2015-02-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c, tcp.h/.c: fixed bug #44378 (TCP connections are not aborted on netif
+    remove)
+
+  2015-02-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip4.c, etharp.c: fixed bug #40177 (System hangs when dealing with corrupted
+    packets), implemented task #12357 (Ensure that malicious packets don't
+    assert-fail): improved some pbuf_header calls to not assert-fail.
+
+  2015-02-25: patch by Joel Cunningham
+  * udp.h/.c, sockets.c: fixed bug #43028 (IP_MULTICAST_TTL affects unicast
+    datagrams)
+
+  2015-02-25: patch by Greg Renda
+  * ip4_frag.c: fixed bug #38210 (ip reassembly while remove oldest datagram)
+
+  2015-02-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #38165 (socket with mulicast): ensure igmp membership
+    are dropped when socket (not netconn!) is closed.
+
+  2015-02-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip4.h/.c, udp.c: fixed bug #38061 (wrong multicast routing in IPv4) by
+    adding an optional default netif for multicast routing
+
+  2015-02-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netconn API: fixed that netconn_connect still used message passing for
+    LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING==1
+
+  2015-02-22: patch by Jens Nielsen
+  * icmp.c: fixed bug #38803 (Source address in broadcast ping reply)
+
+  2015-02-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.h, sockets.c: added proper accessor functions for pcb->multicast_ip
+    (previously used by get/setsockopt only)
+
+  2015-02-18: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Fixed select not reporting received FIN as 'readable' in certain
+    rare cases (bug #43779: select(), close(), and TCP retransmission error)
+
+  2015-02-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * err.h, sockets.c, api_msg.c: fixed bug #38853 "connect() use a wrong errno":
+    return ERR_ALREADY/EALRADY during connect, ERR_ISCONN/EISCONN when already
+    connected
+
+  2015-02-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_impl.h, tcp_out.c, tcp.c, api_msg.c: fixed bug #37614 "Errors from
+    ipX_output are not processed". Now tcp_output(_segment) checks for the return
+    value of ipX_output and does not try to send more on error. A netif driver
+    can call tcp_txnow() (from tcpip_thread!) to try to send again if TX buffers
+    are available again.
+
+  2015-02-14: patches by Freddie Chopin
+  * snmp*: made community writable, fixed some const pointers
+
+  2015-02-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * msg_in.c: fixed bug #22070 "MIB_OBJECT_WRITE_ONLY not implemented in SNMP"
+
+  2015-02-12: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.h, ip4.c, ip6.c: fixed bug #36403 "ip4_input() and ip6_input() always pass
+    inp to higher layers": now the accepting netif is passed up, but the input
+    netif is available through ip_current_input_netif() if required.
+
+  2015-02-11: patch by hichard
+  * tcpip.c: fixed bug #43094 "The function tcpip_input() forget to handle IPv6"
+
+  2015-02-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netconn API: fixed that netconn_close/netconn_delete still used message passing
+    for LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING==1
+
+  2015-02-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netconn/socket api: fixed bug #44225 "closing TCP socket should time out
+    eventually", implemented task #6930 "Implement SO_LINGER": closing TCP sockets
+    times out after 20 seconds or after the configured SND_TIMEOUT or depending
+    on the linger settings.
+
+  2015-01-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: fixed that SHUT_RD followed by SHUT_WR was different to SHUT_RDWR,
+    fixed return value of lwip_netconn_do_close on unconnected netconns
+
+  2015-01-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #43361 select() crashes with stale FDs
+
+  2015-01-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c/.h, memp_std.h: fixed bug #40788 "lwip_setsockopt_internal() crashes"
+    by rewriting set/getsockopt functions to combine checks with the actual code
+    and add more NULL checks; this also fixes that CORE_LOCKING used message
+    passing for set/getsockopt.
+
+  2014-12-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, dhcp.h/.c: prevent dhcp from starting when netif link is down (only
+    when LWIP_DHCP_CHECK_LINK_UP==1, which is disabled by default for
+    compatibility reasons)
+
+  2014-12-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: fixed bug #43840 Checksum error for TCP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY==1 for
+    no-copy data with odd length
+
+  2014-12-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c, tcp.c, others: fixed bug #43797 set/getsockopt: SO_SNDTIMEO/SO_RCVTIMEO
+    take int as option but should take timeval (LWIP_SO_SNDRCVTIMEO_STANDARD==0 can
+    be used to revert to the old 'winsock' style behaviour)
+    Fixed implementation of SO_ACCEPTCONN to just look at the pcb state
+
+  2014-12-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip4.c: fixed bug #43596 IGMP queries from 0.0.0.0 are discarded
+
+  2014-10-21: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Joel Cunningham and Albert Huitsing)
+  * sockts.c: fixed bugs #41495 Possible threading issue in select() and #43278
+    event_callback() handle context switch when calling sys_sem_signal()
+
+  2014-10-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: fixed bug #38219 Assert on TCP netconn_write with sndtimeout set
+
+  2014-09-16: Kevin Cernekee
+  * dns.c: patch #8480 Fix handling of dns_seqno wraparound
+
+  2014-09-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: fixed bug #43192 tcp_enqueue_flags() should not check TCP_SND_QUEUELEN
+    when sending FIN
+
+  2014-09-03: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * msg_in.c: fixed bug #39355 SNMP Memory Leak in case of error
+
+  2014-09-02: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * err.h/.c, sockets.c, api_msg.c: fixed bug #43110 call getpeername() before
+    listen() will cause a error
+
+  2014-09-02: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #42117 lwip_fcntl does not set errno
+
+  2014-09-02: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: fixed bug #42299 tcp_abort() leaves freed pcb on tcp_bound_pcbs list
+
+  2014-08-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c: fixed bug #42987 lwIP is vulnerable to DNS cache poisoning due to
+    non-randomized TXIDs
+
+  2014-06-03: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_impl.h, tcp_in.c: fixed bug #37969 SYN packet dropped as short packet in
+    tcp_input function
+
+  2014-05-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: fixed bug #37184 tcp_write problem for pcbs in the SYN_SENT state
+
+  2014-05-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * *.h: Fixed bug #35874 reserved identifier violation (removed leading underscores
+    from header include guards)
+
+  2014-04-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: Fixed bug #36167 tcp server crash when client closes (maximum window)
+
+  2014-04-06: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #36210 lwIP does not elicit an empty ACK when received
+    unacceptable ACK
+
+  2014-04-06: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c, ip4.c/.h, ip6.c/.h, udp.c/.h, ip.h: Fixed bug #41787 DHCP Discovery
+    is invalid when an IP is set to thet netif.
+
+  2014-03-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: Fixed bug #36153 TCP Cheksum error if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY=1
+
+  2014-03-11: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Mason)
+  * opt.h, sockets.c: fixed bug #35928 BSD sockets functions must set errno for
+    POSIX-compliance
+
+  2014-02-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #40303 DHCP xid renewed when sending a DHCPREQUEST
+
+  2014-02-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * raw.c: fixed bug #41680 raw socket can not receive IPv6 packet when
+    IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV==1
+
+  2014-02-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c, sockets.c: fixed bug #38404 getpeeraddr returns success on
+    unconnected/listening TCP sockets
+
+  2014-02-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #41729 Some socket functions return Exyz instead of -1
+
+  2014-02-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip4.c: fixed bug #39514 ip_route() may return an IPv6-only interface
+
+  2014-02-25: Simon Goldschmidt, patch by Fatih Asici
+  * pbuf.c: fixed bug #39356 Wrong increment in pbuf_memfind()
+
+  2014-02-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c/.h, udp.c: fixed bug #39225 udp.c uses netif_matches_ip6_addr() incorrectly;
+    renamed function netif_matches_ip6_addr() to netif_get_ip6_addr_match()
+
+  2014-02-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * igmp.c: fixed bug #39145 IGMP membership report for 224.0.0.1
+
+  2014-02-22: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Amir Shalem)
+  * etharp.c, opt.h: fixed bug #34681 Limit ARP queue length by ARP_QUEUE_LEN (=3)
+
+  2014-02-22: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Amir Shalem)
+  * etharp.h/.c: fixed bug #34682 Limit ARP request flood for unresolved entry
+
+  2014-02-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: fixed bug #39683 Assertion "seg->tcphdr not aligned" failed with
+    MEM_ALIGNMENT = 8
+
+  2014-02-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #39882 No function shall set errno to 0
+
+  2014-02-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mib_structs.c: fixed bug #40050 SNMP problem with MIB arrays > 255
+
+  2014-02-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api.h, sockets.c: fixed bug #41499 netconn::recv_avail can overflow
+
+  2014-01-08: Stathis Voukelatos
+  * memp_std.h: patch #7928 Fixed size calculation in MALLOC memory pool
+    creation macro
+
+  2014-01-18: Brian Fahs
+  * tcp_out.c: patch #8237: tcp_rexmit_rto fails to update pcb->unsent_oversize
+    when necessary
+
+  2014-01-17: Grant Erickson, Jay Logue, Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ipv6.c, netif.c: patch #7913 Enable Support for IPv6 Loopback
+
+  2014-01-16: Stathis Voukelatos
+  * netif.c: patch #7902 Fixed netif_poll() operation when LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS > 0
+
+  2014-01-14: "Freddie Chopin"
+  * snmp.h, mib2.c: fixed constness and spelling of sysdescr
+
+  2014-01-14: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Thomas Faber)
+  * tcpip.c: patch #8241: Fix implicit declaration of ip_input with
+    LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT disabled
+
+  2014-01-14: chrysn
+  * timers.c: patch #8244 make timeouts usable reliably from outside of the
+    timeout routine
+
+  2014-01-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip_frag.c, ip6_frag.c: fixed bug #41041 Potential use-after-free in IPv6 reassembly
+
+  2014-01-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * memp.c: fixed bug #41188 Alignment error in memp_init() when MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS==1
+
+  2014-01-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: fixed bug #39898 tcp_fasttmr() possible lock due to infinte queue process loop
+
+  2013-06-29: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * inet.h, sockets.h: partially fixed bug #37585: IPv6 compatibility (in socket structs)
+
+  2013-06-29: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * inet6.h: bug #37585/task #12600: fixed struct in6_addr.s6_addr to conform to spec
+
+  2013-04-24: patch by Liam <morepork>
+  * api_msg.c: patch #8008 Fix a potential null pointer dereference in assert
+
+  2013-04-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * igmp.c: fixed possible division by zero
+
+  2013-04-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip6.h, some ipv6 C files: fixed bug #38526 Coverity: Recursive Header Inclusion in ip6.h
+
+  2013-04-24: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Emil Ljungdahl):
+  * netif.c: fixed bug #38586 netif_loop_output() "deadlocks"
+
+  2013-01-15: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip4.c: fixed bug #37665 ip_canforward operates on address in wrong byte order
+
+  2013-01-15: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.h: fixed bug #38097 pbuf_free_ooseq() warning
+
+  2013-01-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c: fixed bug #37705 Possible memory corruption in DNS query
+
+  2013-01-11: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * raw.c: fixed bug #38066 Raw pcbs can alter packet without eating it
+
+  2012-08-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * memp.c: fixed bug #37166: memp_sanity check loops itself
+
+  2012-08-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #36645: Calling dhcp_release before dhcp_start
+    dereferences NULL
+
+  2012-08-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * msg_out.c: fixed bug #36840 snmp_send_trap() NULL de-reference if traps
+    configured but no interfaces available
+
+  2012-08-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c: fixed bug #36899 DNS TTL 0 is cached for a long time
+
+  2012-05-11: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Marty)
+  * memp.c: fixed bug #36412: memp.c does not compile when
+    MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK > zero and MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS == 1
+
+  2012-05-03: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Sylvain Rochet)
+  * ppp.c: fixed bug #36283 (PPP struct used on header size computation and
+    not packed)
+
+  2012-05-03: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by David Empson)
+  * ppp.c: fixed bug #36388 (PPP: checksum-only in last pbuf leads to pbuf with
+    zero length)
+
+  2012-03-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: Fixed bug #35817: do_connect() invalidly signals op_completed
+    for UDP/RAW with LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING==1
+
+  2012-03-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, netifapi.c: fixed bug #35931: Name space
+    pollution in api_msg.c and netifapi.c
+
+  2011-08-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * inet6.h: fixed bug #34124 struct in6_addr does not conform to the standard
+
+
+
+(STABLE-1.4.1)
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  2012-03-25: Simon Goldschmidt (idea by Mason)
+  * posix/*: added posix-compatibility include files posix/netdb.h and posix/sys/socket.h
+    which are a simple wrapper to the correct lwIP include files.
+ 
+  2012-01-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, icmp.c: Added option CHECKSUM_GEN_ICMP
+
+  2011-12-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.h: implemented API functions to access so_options of IP pcbs (UDP, TCP, RAW)
+    (fixes bug #35061)
+
+  2011-09-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, tcp.c, tcp_in.c: Implemented limiting data on ooseq queue (task #9989)
+    (define TCP_OOSEQ_MAX_BYTES / TCP_OOSEQ_MAX_PBUFS in lwipopts.h)
+
+  2011-09-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.h/.c, sockets.c: Implemented timeout on
+    send (TCP only, bug #33820)
+
+  2011-09-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * init.c: Converted runtime-sanity-checks into compile-time checks that can
+    be disabled (since runtime checks can often not be seen on embedded targets)
+
+  2011-09-11: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ppp.h, ppp_impl.h: splitted ppp.h to an internal and external header file
+    to get a clear separation of which functions an application or port may use
+    (task #11281)
+
+ 2011-09-11: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, tcp_impl.h, tcp.c, udp.h/.c: Added a config option to randomize
+    initial local TCP/UDP ports (so that different port ranges are used after
+    a reboot; bug #33818; this one added tcp_init/udp_init functions again)
+
+  2011-09-03: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: DHCP uses LWIP_RAND() for xid's (bug #30302)
+
+  2011-08-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, netif.h/.c: added netif remove callback (bug #32397)
+
+  2011-07-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN: add support for an external VLAN filter
+    function instead of only checking for one VLAN (define ETHARP_VLAN_CHECK_FN)
+
+  2011-07-21: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by hanhui)
+  * ip4.c, etharp.c, pbuf.h: bug #33634 ip_forward() have a faulty behaviour:
+    Added pbuf flags to mark incoming packets as link-layer broadcast/multicast.
+    Also added code to allow ip_forward() to forward non-broadcast packets to
+    the input netif (set IP_FORWARD_ALLOW_TX_ON_RX_NETIF==1).
+
+  2011-06-26: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Cameron Gutman)
+  * tcp.c, tcp_out.c: bug #33604: added some more asserts to check that
+    pcb->state != LISTEN
+
+   2011-05-14: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Stéphane Lesage)
+  * tcpip.c/.h: patch #7449 allow tcpip callback from interrupt with static
+    memory message
+
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  2012-09-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: fixed bug #37405 'err_tcp()' uses already freed 'netconn' object
+
+  2012-09-26: patch by Henrik Persson
+  * dhcp.c: patch #7843 Fix corner case with dhcp timeouts
+
+  2012-09-26: patch by Henrik Persson
+  * dhcp.c: patch #7840 Segfault in dhcp_parse_reply if no end marker in dhcp packet
+
+  2012-08-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * memp.c: fixed bug #37166: memp_sanity check loops itself
+
+  2012-05-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: fixed bug: #36380 unsent_oversize mismatch in 1.4.1RC1 (this was
+    a debug-check issue only)
+
+  2012-03-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * vj.c: fixed bug #35756 header length calculation problem in ppp/vj.c
+
+  2012-03-27: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Mason)
+  * tcp_out.c: fixed bug #35945: SYN packet should provide the recv MSS not the
+    send MSS
+
+  2012-03-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip4.c: fixed bug #35927: missing refragmentaion in ip_forward
+ 
+  2012-03-20: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Mason)
+  * netdb.c: fixed bug #35907: lwip_gethostbyname_r returns an invalid h_addr_list
+ 
+  2012-03-12: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Bostjan Meglic)
+  * ppp.c: fixed bug #35809: PPP GetMask(): Compiler warning on big endian,
+    possible bug on little endian system
+
+  2012-02-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: fixed bug #35595: Impossible to send broadcast without a gateway
+    (introduced when fixing bug# 33551)
+
+  2012-02-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ppp.c: fixed pbuf leak when PPP session is aborted through pppSigHUP()
+    (bug #35541: PPP Memory Leak)
+
+  2012-02-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: fixed bug #35531: Impossible to send multicast without a gateway
+    (introduced when fixing bug# 33551)
+
+  2012-02-16: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Stéphane Lesage)
+  * msg_in.c, msg_out.c: fixed bug #35536 SNMP: error too big response is malformed
+
+  2012-02-15: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * init.c: fixed bug #35537: MEMP_NUM_* sanity checks should be disabled with
+    MEMP_MEM_MALLOC==1
+
+  2012-02-12: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c: partly fixed bug #25882: TCP hangs on
+    MSS > pcb->snd_wnd (by not creating segments bigger than half the window)
+
+  2012-02-11: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: fixed bug #35435: No pcb state check before adding it to time-wait
+    queue while closing
+
+  2012-01-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c: fixed bug #35305: pcb may be freed too early on shutdown(WR)
+
+  2012-01-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: fixed bug #34636: FIN_WAIT_2 - Incorrect shutdown of TCP pcb
+
+  2012-01-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #35151: DHCP asserts on incoming option lengths
+
+ 2012-01-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.c: fixed bug #35291: NULL pointer in pbuf_copy
+
+  2011-11-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h/.c, tcp_impl.h, tcp_in.c: fixed bug #31177: tcp timers can corrupt
+    tcp_active_pcbs in some cases
+
+  2011-11-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sys.c: fixed bug #34884: sys_msleep() body needs to be surrounded with
+    '#ifndef sys_msleep'
+
+  2011-11-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c, etharp.h/.c: fixed bug #34684: Clear the arp table cache when
+    netif is brought down
+
+  2011-10-28: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug #34638: Dead code in tcp_receive - pcb->dupacks
+
+  2011-10-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c: fixed bug #34429: possible memory corruption with
+    LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT set to 1
+
+  2011-10-18: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * arch.h, netdb.c: fixed bug #34592: lwip_gethostbyname_r uses nonstandard
+    error value
+
+  2011-10-18: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h: fixed default values of TCP_SNDLOWAT and TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT for small
+    windows (bug #34176 select after non-blocking send times out)
+
+  2011-10-18: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_impl.h, tcp_out.c: fixed bug #34587: TCP_BUILD_MSS_OPTION doesn't
+    consider netif->mtu, causes slow network
+
+  2011-10-18: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #34581 missing parentheses in udplite sockets code
+
+  2011-10-18: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.h: fixed bug #34580 fcntl() is missing in LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS
+
+  2011-10-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: fixed bug #34569: shutdown(SHUT_WR) crashes netconn/socket api
+
+  2011-10-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c: fixed bug #34517 (persist timer is started although no
+    zero window is received) by starting the persist timer when a zero window is
+    received, not when we have more data queued for sending than fits into the
+    window
+
+  2011-10-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * def.h, timers.c: fixed bug #34541: LWIP_U32_DIFF is unnecessarily complex
+
+  2011-10-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c, api_lib.c: fixed bug #34540: compiler error when CORE_LOCKING is
+    used and not all protocols are enabled
+
+  2011-10-12: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.c: fixed bug #34534: Error in sending fragmented IP if MEM_ALIGNMENT > 4
+
+  2011-10-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: fixed bug #34426: tcp_zero_window_probe() transmits incorrect
+    byte value when pcb->unacked != NULL
+
+  2011-10-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip4.c: fixed bug #34447 LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT(dst_port) wrong
+
+  2011-09-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c: Reset pcb->unsent_oversize in 2 more places...
+
+  2011-09-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug #28288: Data after FIN in oos queue
+
+  2011-09-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #34406 dhcp_option_hostname() can overflow the pbuf
+
+  2011-09-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.h: fixed bug #34377 MEM_SIZE_F is not defined if MEM_LIBC_MALLOC==1
+
+  2011-09-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.h, tcp.c, tcp_in.c: fixed bug #33871: rejecting TCP_EVENT_RECV() for
+    the last packet including FIN can lose data
+
+  2011-09-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_impl.h: fixed bug #34355: nagle does not take snd_buf/snd_queuelen into
+    account
+
+  2011-09-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h: fixed default value of TCP_SND_BUF to not violate the sanity checks
+    in init.c
+
+  2011-09-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * timers.c: fixed bug #34337 (possible NULL pointer in sys_check_timeouts)
+
+  2011-09-11: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: use pcb->mss instead of TCP_MSS for preallocate mss-sized pbufs
+    (bug #34019)
+
+  2011-09-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.c: fixed bug #34072: UDP broadcast is received from wrong UDP pcb if
+    udp port matches
+
+  2011-09-03: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug #33952 PUSH flag in incoming packet is lost when packet
+    is aggregated and sent to application
+
+  2011-09-01: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h: fixed bug #31809 LWIP_EVENT_API in opts.h is inconsistent compared
+    to other options
+
+  2011-09-01: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug #34111 RST for ACK to listening pcb has wrong seqno
+
+  2011-08-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c, sockets.c: fixed bug #33956 Wrong error returned when calling
+    accept() on UDP connections
+
+  2011-08-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.h: fixed bug #34057 socklen_t should be a typedef
+
+  2011-08-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.c: fixed bug #34112 Odd check in pbuf_alloced_custom (typo)
+
+  2011-08-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #34122 dhcp: hostname can overflow
+
+  2011-08-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c: fixed bug #34121 netif_add/netif_set_ipaddr fail on NULL ipaddr
+
+  2011-08-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: fixed bug #33962 TF_FIN not always set after FIN is sent. (This
+    merely prevents nagle from not transmitting fast after closing.)
+
+  2011-07-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c, api.h: fixed bug #31084 (socket API returns
+    always EMSGSIZE on non-blocking sockets if data size > send buffers) -> now
+    lwip_send() sends as much as possible for non-blocking sockets
+
+  2011-07-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.c/.h, timers.c: freeing ooseq pbufs when the pbuf pool is empty implemented
+    for NO_SYS==1: when not using sys_check_timeouts(), call PBUF_CHECK_FREE_OOSEQ()
+    at regular intervals from main level.
+
+  2011-07-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: fixed bug #33551 (ARP entries may time out although in use) by
+    sending an ARP request when an ARP entry is used in the last minute before
+    it would time out.
+
+  2011-07-04: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sys_arch.txt: Fixed documentation after changing sys arch prototypes for 1.4.0.
+
+  2011-06-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: fixed bug #31723 (tcp_kill_prio() kills pcbs with the same prio) by
+    updating its documentation only.
+
+ 2011-06-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c: fixed bug #33545: With MEM_USE_POOLS==1, mem_malloc can return an
+    unaligned pointer.
+
+  2011-06-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c: fixed bug #33544 "warning in mem.c in lwip 1.4.0 with NO_SYS=1"
+
+   2011-05-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: fixed bug #33398 (pointless conversion when checking TCP port range)
+
+
+
+(STABLE-1.4.0)
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  2011-03-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_impl.h, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c: Removed 'dataptr' from 'struct tcp_seg' and
+    calculate it in tcp_zero_window_probe (the only place where it was used).
+
+  2010-11-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c/.h: Added a function to deallocate the struct dhcp from a netif
+    (fixes bug #31525).
+
+  2010-07-12: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Stephane Lesage)
+  * ip.c, udp.c/.h, pbuf.h, sockets.c: task #10495: Added support for
+    IP_MULTICAST_LOOP at socket- and raw-API level.
+
+  2010-06-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.c: Added an optional define (LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT) that can allow
+    link-layer-addressed UDP traffic to be received while a netif is down (just
+    like DHCP during configuration)
+
+  2010-05-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * many many files: bug #27352: removed packing from ip_addr_t, the packed
+    version is now only used in protocol headers. Added global storage for
+    current src/dest IP address while in input functions.
+
+  2010-05-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * def.h: task #10391: Add preprocessor-macros for compile-time htonl
+    calculation (and use them throughout the stack where applicable)
+
+  2010-05-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, memp_std.h, memp.c, ppp_oe.h/.c: PPPoE now uses its own MEMP pool
+    instead of the heap (moved struct pppoe_softc from ppp_oe.c to ppp_oe.h)
+
+  2010-05-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, memp_std.h, dns.h/.c: DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC uses its own
+    MEMP pool instead of the heap
+
+  2010-05-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c, udp.c: task #6995: Implement SO_REUSEADDR (correctly), added
+    new option SO_REUSE_RXTOALL to pass received UDP broadcast/multicast
+    packets to more than one pcb.
+
+  2010-05-02: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netbuf.h/.c, sockets.c, api_msg.c: use checksum-on-copy for sending
+    UDP data for LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF==1
+
+  2010-04-30: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.h/.c, pbuf.h/.c: task #6849: added udp_send(_to/_if) functions that
+    take a precalculated checksum, added pbuf_fill_chksum() to copy data
+    into a pbuf and at the same time calculating the checksum for that data
+
+  2010-04-29: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip_addr.h, etharp.h/.c, autoip.c: Create overridable macros for copying
+    2-byte-aligned IP addresses and MAC addresses
+
+  2010-04-28: Patch by Bill Auerbach
+  * ip.c: Inline generating IP checksum to save a function call
+
+  2010-04-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcpip.h/.c, timers.c: Added an overridable define to get informed when the
+    tcpip_thread processes messages or timeouts to implement a watchdog.
+
+  2010-03-28: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip_frag.c: create a new (contiguous) PBUF_RAM for every outgoing
+    fragment if LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF==1
+
+  2010-03-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: Speedup TX by moving code from find_entry to etharp_output/
+    etharp_query to prevent unnecessary function calls (inspired by
+    patch #7135).
+
+  2010-03-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, tcpip.c/.h: Added an option to disable tcpip_(un)timeout code
+    since the linker cannot do this automatically to save space.
+
+  2010-03-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, etharp.c/.h: Added support for static ARP table entries
+
+  2010-03-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_impl.h, tcp_out.c, inet_chksum.h/.c: task #6849: Calculate checksum
+    when creating TCP segments, not when (re-)transmitting them.
+
+  2010-03-07: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: bug #28775 (select/event_callback: only check select_cb_list
+    on change) plus use SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT to protect the select code.
+    This should speed up receiving data on sockets as the select code in
+    event_callback is only executed when select is waiting.
+
+  2010-03-06: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: task #7013 (Create option to have all packets delivered to
+    netif->output in one piece): Always copy to try to create single pbufs
+    in tcp_write.
+
+  2010-03-06: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, sockets.c: task #10167 (sockets: speed up TCP recv
+    by not allocating a netbuf): added function netconn_recv_tcp_pbuf()
+    for tcp netconns to receive pbufs, not netbufs; use that function
+    for tcp sockets.
+
+  2010-03-05: Jakob Ole Stoklundsen / Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, tcp.h, tcp_impl.h, tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c: task #7040:
+    Work on tcp_enqueue: Don't waste memory when chaining segments,
+    added option TCP_OVERSIZE to prevent creating many small pbufs when
+    calling tcp_write with many small blocks of data. Instead, pbufs are
+    allocated larger than needed and the space is used for later calls to
+    tcp_write.
+
+  2010-02-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * stats.c/.h: Added const char* name to mem- and memp-stats for easier
+    debugging.
+
+  2010-02-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h (and usages), added tcp_impl.h: Splitted API and internal
+    implementation of tcp to make API usage cleare to application programmers
+
+  2010-02-14: Simon Goldschmidt/Stephane Lesage
+  * ip_addr.h: Improved some defines working on ip addresses, added faster
+    macro to copy addresses that cannot be NULL
+
+  2010-02-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c: task #7865 (implement non-
+    blocking send operation)
+
+  2010-02-12: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c/.h: Added a minimal version of posix fctl() to have a
+    standardised way to set O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking sockets.
+
+  2010-02-12: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c/.h, autoip.c/.h: task #10139 (Prefer statically allocated
+    memory): added autoip_set_struct() and dhcp_set_struct() to let autoip
+    and dhcp work with user-allocated structs instead of callin mem_malloc
+
+  2010-02-12: Simon Goldschmidt/Jeff Barber
+  * tcp.c/h: patch #6865 (SO_REUSEADDR for TCP): if pcb.so_options has
+    SOF_REUSEADDR set, allow binding to endpoint in TIME_WAIT
+
+  2010-02-12: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sys layer: task #10139 (Prefer statically allocated memory): converted
+    mbox and semaphore functions to take pointers to sys_mbox_t/sys_sem_t;
+    converted sys_mbox_new/sys_sem_new to take pointers and return err_t;
+    task #7212: Add Mutex concept in sys_arch (define LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX
+    to let sys.h use binary semaphores instead of mutexes - as before)
+
+  2010-02-09: Simon Goldschmidt (Simon Kallweit)
+  * timers.c/.h: Added function sys_restart_timeouts() from patch #7085
+    (Restart system timeout handling)
+
+  2010-02-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c/.h, removed loopif.c/.h: task #10153 (Integrate loopif into
+    netif.c) - loopif does not have to be created by the port any more,
+    just define LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF to 1.
+
+  2010-02-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * inet.h, ip_addr.c/.h: Added reentrant versions of inet_ntoa/ipaddr_ntoa
+    inet_ntoa_r/ipaddr_ntoa_r
+
+  2010-02-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.h: Added netif_s/get_igmp_mac_filter() macros
+
+  2010-02-05: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.h: Added function-like macros to get/set the hostname on a netif
+
+  2010-02-04: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * nearly every file: Replaced struct ip_addr by typedef ip_addr_t to
+    make changing the actual implementation behind the typedef easier.
+
+  2010-02-01: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, memp_std.h, dns.h, netdb.c, memp.c: Let netdb use a memp pool
+    for allocating memory when getaddrinfo() is called.
+
+  2010-01-31: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.h, dhcp.c: Reworked the code that parses DHCP options: parse
+    them once instead of parsing for every option. This also removes
+    the need for mem_malloc from dhcp_recv and makes it possible to
+    correctly retrieve the BOOTP file.
+
+  2010-01-30: simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Use SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT instead of a semaphore to protect
+    the sockets array.
+
+  2010-01-29: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Laura Garrett)
+  * api.h, api_msg.c, sockets.c: Added except set support in select
+    (patch #6860)
+
+  2010-01-29: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Laura Garrett)
+  * api.h, sockets.h, err.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c, err.c:
+    Add non-blocking support for connect (partly from patch #6860),
+    plus many cleanups in socket & netconn API.
+
+  2010-01-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, tcp.h, init.c, api_msg.c: Added TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT corresponding
+    to TCP_SNDLOWAT and added tcp_sndqueuelen() - this fixes bug #28605
+
+  2010-01-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * snmp: Use memp pools for snmp instead of the heap; added 4 new pools.
+
+  2010-01-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ppp.c/.h: Fixed bug #27856: PPP: Set netif link- and status-callback
+    by adding ppp_set_netif_statuscallback()/ppp_set_netif_linkcallback()
+
+  2010-01-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c: The heap now may be moved to user-defined memory by defining
+    LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER as a void pointer to that memory's address
+    (patch #6966 and bug #26133)
+
+  2010-01-10: Simon Goldschmidt (Bill Auerbach)
+  * opt.h, memp.c: patch #6822 (Add option to place memory pools in
+    separate arrays)
+
+  2010-01-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * init.c, igmp.c: patch #6463 (IGMP - Adding Random Delay): added define
+    LWIP_RAND() for lwip-wide randomization (to be defined in cc.h)
+
+  2009-12-31: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcpip.c, init.c, memp.c, sys.c, memp_std.h, sys.h, tcpip.h
+    added timers.c/.h: Separated timer implementation from semaphore/mbox
+    implementation, moved timer implementation to timers.c/.h, timers are
+    now only called from tcpip_thread or by explicitly checking them.
+    (TASK#7235)
+
+  2009-12-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, etharp.h/.c, init.c, tcpip.c: Added an additional option
+    LWIP_ETHERNET to support ethernet without ARP (necessary for pure PPPoE)
+
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  2011-04-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sys_arch.txt: sys_arch_timeouts() is not needed any more.
+
+  2011-04-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c, udp.c: Fixed bug #33048 (Bad range for IP source port numbers) by
+    using ports in the IANA private/dynamic range (49152 through 65535).
+
+  2011-03-29: Simon Goldschmidt, patch by Emil Lhungdahl:
+  * etharp.h/.c: Fixed broken VLAN support.
+
+  2011-03-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: Fixed bug #32926 (TCP_RMV(&tcp_bound_pcbs) is called on unbound tcp
+    pcbs) by checking if the pcb was bound (local_port != 0).
+
+  2011-03-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ppp.c: Fixed bug #32280 (ppp: a pbuf is freed twice)
+
+  2011-03-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Fixed bug #32906: lwip_connect+lwip_send did not work for udp and
+    raw pcbs with LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING==1.
+  
+  2011-03-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: Fixed bug #32820 (Outgoing TCP connections created before route
+    is present never times out) by starting retransmission timer before checking
+    route.
+
+  2011-03-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ppp.c: Fixed bug #32648 (PPP code crashes when terminating a link) by only
+    calling sio_read_abort() if the file descriptor is valid.
+
+  2011-03-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * err.h/.c, sockets.c, api_msg.c: fixed bug #31748 (Calling non-blocking connect
+    more than once can render a socket useless) since it mainly involves changing
+    "FATAL" classification of error codes: ERR_USE and ERR_ISCONN just aren't fatal.
+
+  2011-03-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #32769 (ESHUTDOWN is linux-specific) by fixing
+    err_to_errno_table (ERR_CLSD: ENOTCONN instead of ESHUTDOWN), ERR_ISCONN:
+    use EALRADY instead of -1
+
+  2011-03-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c: netconn_accept: return ERR_ABRT instead of ERR_CLSD if the
+    connection has been aborted by err_tcp (since this is not a normal closing
+    procedure).
+
+  2011-03-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: tcp_bind: return ERR_VAL instead of ERR_ISCONN when trying to bind
+    with pcb->state != CLOSED
+
+  2011-02-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * rawapi.txt: Fixed bug #32561 tcp_poll argument definition out-of-order in
+    documentation
+
+  2011-02-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * many files: Added missing U/UL modifiers to fix 16-bit-arch portability.
+
+  2011-01-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Fixed bug #31741: lwip_select seems to have threading problems
+
+  2010-12-02: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * err.h: Fixed ERR_IS_FATAL so that ERR_WOULDBLOCK is not fatal.
+
+  2010-11-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c: netconn.recv_avail is only used for
+    LWIP_SO_RCVBUF and ioctl/FIONREAD.
+
+  2010-11-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: Fixed bug #31720: ARP-queueing: RFC 1122 recommends to queue at
+    least 1 packet -> ARP_QUEUEING==0 now queues the most recent packet.
+
+  2010-11-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #30577: tcp_input: don't discard ACK-only packets after
+    refusing 'refused_data' again.
+  
+  2010-11-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Fixed bug #31590: getsockopt(... SO_ERROR ...) gives EINPROGRESS
+    after a successful nonblocking connection.
+
+  2010-11-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: Fixed bug #31722: IP packets sent with an AutoIP source addr
+    must be sent link-local
+
+  2010-11-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * timers.c: patch #7329: tcp_timer_needed prototype was ifdef'ed out for
+    LWIP_TIMERS==0
+
+  2010-11-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Fixed bug #31170: lwip_setsockopt() does not set socket number
+
+  2010-11-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.h: Fixed bug #31304: Changed SHUT_RD, SHUT_WR and SHUT_RDWR to
+    resemble other stacks.
+
+  2010-11-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c: Fixed bug #31535: TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must be at least 2 or else
+    no-copy TCP writes will never succeed.
+
+  2010-11-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c: Fixed bug #31701: Error return value from dns_gethostbyname() does
+    not match documentation: return ERR_ARG instead of ERR_VAL if not
+    initialized or wrong argument.
+
+  2010-10-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.h: Fixed bug #31385: sizeof(struct sockaddr) is 30 but should be 16
+
+  2010-10-05: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: Once again fixed #30038: DHCP/AutoIP cooperation failed when
+    replugging the network cable after an AutoIP address was assigned.
+
+  2010-08-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: Fixed bug #30728: tcp_new_port() did not check listen pcbs
+
+  2010-08-03: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.c, raw.c: Don't chain empty pbufs when sending them (fixes bug #30625)
+
+  2010-08-01: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Greg Renda)
+  * ppp.c: Applied patch #7264 (PPP protocols are rejected incorrectly on big
+    endian architectures)
+  
+  2010-07-28: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c, mib2.c: Fixed compilation with TCP or UDP
+    disabled.
+  
+  2010-07-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: Fixed bug #30565 (tcp_connect() check bound list): that check did no
+    harm but never did anything
+  
+  2010-07-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.c: Fixed invalid fix for bug #30402 (CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE does not
+    add IP options)
+
+  2010-07-16: Kieran Mansley
+  * msg_in.c: Fixed SNMP ASN constant defines to not use ! operator 
+
+  2010-07-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.c: Fixed bug #30402: CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE does not add IP options
+
+  2010-06-30: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: fixed bug #30300 (shutdown parameter was not initialized in
+    netconn_delete)
+
+  2010-06-28: Kieran Mansley
+  * timers.c remove unportable printing of C function pointers
+
+  2010-06-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * init.c, timers.c/.h, opt.h, memp_std.h: From patch #7221: added flag
+    NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS to drop timer support for NO_SYS==1 for easier upgrading
+
+  2010-06-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api(_lib).c/.h, api_msg.c/.h, sockets.c/.h: Fixed bug #10088: Correctly
+    implemented shutdown at socket level.
+
+  2010-06-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.c/.h, ip_frag.c/.h, opt.h, memp_std.h: Fixed bug #29361 (ip_frag has
+    problems with zero-copy DMA MACs) by adding custom pbufs and implementing
+    custom pbufs that reference other (original) pbufs. Additionally set
+    IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF=0 as default to be on the safe side.
+
+  2010-06-15: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: Fixed bug #29970: DHCP endian issue parsing option responses
+
+  2010-06-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * autoip.c: Fixed bug #30039: AutoIP does not reuse previous addresses
+
+  2010-06-12: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: Fixed bug #30038: dhcp_network_changed doesn't reset AUTOIP coop
+    state
+
+  2010-05-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netdb.c: Correctly NULL-terminate h_addr_list
+
+  2010-05-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * def.h/.c: changed the semantics of LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS to prevent
+    "symbol already defined" i.e. when linking to winsock
+
+  2010-05-05: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * def.h, timers.c: Fixed bug #29769 (sys_check_timeouts: sys_now() may
+    overflow)
+
+  2010-04-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: Fixed bug #29617 (sometime cause stall on delete listening
+    connection)
+
+  2010-03-28: Luca Ceresoli
+  * ip_addr.c/.h: patch #7143: Add a few missing const qualifiers
+
+  2010-03-27: Luca Ceresoli
+  * mib2.c: patch #7130: remove meaningless const qualifiers
+
+  2010-03-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: Make LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF work for TCP, too
+
+  2010-03-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * various files: Fixed compiling with different options disabled (TCP/UDP),
+    triggered by bug #29345; don't allocate acceptmbox if LWIP_TCP is disabled
+
+  2010-03-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Fixed bug #29332: lwip_select() processes readset incorrectly
+
+  2010-03-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c, test_tcp_oos.c: Fixed bug #29080: Correctly handle remote side
+    overrunning our rcv_wnd in ooseq case.
+
+  2010-03-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: tcp_listen() did not copy the pcb's prio.
+
+  2010-03-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * snmp_msg.c: Fixed bug #29256: SNMP Trap address was not correctly set
+
+  2010-03-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, etharp.h: Fixed bug #29148 (Incorrect PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE for ports
+    where ETH_PAD_SIZE > 0) by moving definition of ETH_PAD_SIZE to opt.h
+    and basing PBUF_LINK_HLEN on it.
+
+  2010-03-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c, ipv4/ip.c: task #10241 (AutoIP: don't break existing connections
+    when assiging routable address): when checking incoming packets and
+    aborting existing connection on address change, filter out link-local
+    addresses.
+
+  2010-03-06: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Fixed LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF for LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+
+  2010-03-06: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ipv4/ip.c: Don't try to forward link-local addresses
+
+  2010-03-06: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: Fixed bug #29087: etharp: don't send packets for LinkLocal-
+    addresses to gw
+
+  2010-03-05: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: Fixed bug #29072: Correctly set ciaddr based on message-type
+    and state.
+
+  2010-03-05: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: Correctly set TCP_WRITE_FLAG_MORE when netconn_write is split
+    into multiple calls to tcp_write.    
+
+  2010-02-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, mem.h, dns.c: task #10140: Remove DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF (keep
+    the implementation of DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF==1)
+
+  2010-02-20: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c: Task #10088: Correctly implement
+    close() vs. shutdown(). Now the application does not get any more
+    recv callbacks after calling tcp_close(). Added tcp_shutdown().
+
+  2010-02-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c/.h, pbuf.c: Renamed mem_realloc() to mem_trim() to prevent
+    confusion with realloc()
+
+  2010-02-15: Simon Goldschmidt/Stephane Lesage
+  * netif.c/.h: Link status does not depend on LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+    (fixes bug #28899)
+
+  2010-02-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c: Fixed bug #28877 (Duplicate ARP gratuitous packet with
+    LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK set on) by only sending if both link- and
+    admin-status of a netif are up
+
+  2010-02-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h: Disable ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC by default since it slows down packet
+    reception and is not really necessary
+
+  2010-02-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c/.h: Fixed ARP input processing: only add a new entry if a
+    request was directed as us (RFC 826, Packet Reception), otherwise
+    only update existing entries; internalized some functions
+
+  2010-02-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.h, etharp.c, tcpip.c: Fixed bug #28183 (ARP and TCP/IP cannot be
+    disabled on netif used for PPPoE) by adding a new netif flag
+    (NETIF_FLAG_ETHERNET) that tells the stack the device is an ethernet
+    device but prevents usage of ARP (so that ethernet_input can be used
+    for PPPoE).
+
+  2010-02-12: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c: netif_set_link_up/down: only do something if the link state
+    actually changes
+
+  2010-02-12: Simon Goldschmidt/Stephane Lesage
+  * api_msg.c: Fixed bug #28865 (Cannot close socket/netconn in non-blocking
+    connect)
+
+  2010-02-12: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.h: Fixed bug #28866 (mem_realloc function defined in mem.h)
+
+  2010-02-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c, api.h, api_msg.h: Fixed bug #22110
+   (recv() makes receive window update for data that wasn't received by
+    application)
+
+  2010-02-09: Simon Goldschmidt/Stephane Lesage
+  * sockets.c: Fixed bug #28853 (lwip_recvfrom() returns 0 on receive time-out
+    or any netconn_recv() error)
+
+  2010-02-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ppp.c: task #10154 (PPP: Update snmp in/out counters for tx/rx packets)
+
+  2010-02-09: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c: For loopback packets, adjust the stats- and snmp-counters
+    for the loopback netif.
+
+  2010-02-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * igmp.c/.h, ip.h: Moved most defines from igmp.h to igmp.c for clarity
+    since they are not used anywhere else.
+
+  2010-02-08: Simon Goldschmidt (Stéphane Lesage)
+  * igmp.c, igmp.h, stats.c, stats.h: Improved IGMP stats
+    (patch from bug #28798)
+
+  2010-02-08: Simon Goldschmidt (Stéphane Lesage)
+  * igmp.c: Fixed bug #28798 (Error in "Max Response Time" processing) and
+    another bug when LWIP_RAND() returns zero.
+
+  2010-02-04: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * nearly every file: Use macros defined in ip_addr.h (some of them new)
+    to work with IP addresses (preparation for bug #27352 - Change ip_addr
+    from struct to typedef (u32_t) - and better code).
+
+  2010-01-31: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c: Don't call the link-callback from netif_set_up/down() since
+    this invalidly retriggers DHCP.
+
+  2010-01-29: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip_addr.h, inet.h, def.h, inet.c, def.c, more: Cleanly separate the
+    portability file inet.h and its contents from the stack: moved htonX-
+    functions to def.h (and the new def.c - they are not ipv4 dependent),
+    let inet.h depend on ip_addr.h and not the other way round.
+    This fixes bug #28732.
+
+  2010-01-28: Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp.c: Ensure ssthresh >= 2*MSS
+
+  2010-01-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, tcp.c, tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #27871: Calling tcp_abort() in recv
+    callback can lead to accessing unallocated memory. As a consequence,
+    ERR_ABRT means the application has called tcp_abort()!
+
+  2010-01-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * snmp_structs.h, msg_in.c: Partly fixed bug #22070 (MIB_OBJECT_WRITE_ONLY
+    not implemented in SNMP): write-only or not-accessible are still
+    returned by getnext (though not by get)
+
+  2010-01-24: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * snmp: Renamed the private mib node from 'private' to 'mib_private' to
+    not use reserved C/C++ keywords
+
+  2010-01-23: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Fixed bug #28716: select() returns 0 after waiting for less
+    than 1 ms
+
+  2010-01-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c, api_msg.c: Fixed bug #28651 (tcp_connect: no callbacks called
+    if tcp_enqueue fails) both in raw- and netconn-API
+
+  2010-01-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: Fixed bug #27316: netconn: Possible deadlock in err_tcp
+
+  2010-01-18: Iordan Neshev/Simon Goldschmidt
+  * src/netif/ppp: reorganised PPP sourcecode to 2.3.11 including some
+    bugfix backports from 2.4.x.
+
+  2010-01-18: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c: Fixed bug #28679: mem_realloc calculates mem_stats wrong
+
+  2010-01-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c, api_msg.c, (api_msg.h, api.h, sockets.c, tcpip.c):
+    task #10102: "netconn: clean up conn->err threading issues" by adding
+    error return value to struct api_msg_msg
+
+  2010-01-17: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, sockets.c: Changed netconn_recv() and netconn_accept()
+    to return err_t (bugs #27709 and #28087)
+
+  2010-01-14: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ...: Use typedef for function prototypes throughout the stack.
+
+  2010-01-13: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.h/.c, api_lib.c: Fixed bug #26672 (close connection when receive
+    window = 0) by correctly draining recvmbox/acceptmbox
+
+  2010-01-11: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pap.c: Fixed bug #13315 (PPP PAP authentication can result in
+    erroneous callbacks) by copying the code from recent pppd
+
+  2010-01-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * raw.c: Fixed bug #28506 (raw_bind should filter received packets)
+
+  2010-01-10: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h/.c: bug #28127 (remove call to tcp_output() from tcp_ack(_now)())
+
+  2010-01-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Fixed bug #28519 (lwip_recvfrom bug with len > 65535)
+
+  2010-01-08: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c: Copy hostname for DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC==1 since string
+    passed to dns_local_addhost() might be volatile
+
+  2010-01-07: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * timers.c, tcp.h: Call tcp_timer_needed() with NO_SYS==1, too
+
+  2010-01-06: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netdb.h: Fixed bug #28496: missing include guards in netdb.h
+
+  2009-12-31: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * many ppp files: Reorganised PPP source code from ucip structure to pppd
+    structure to easily compare our code against the pppd code (around v2.3.1)
+
+  2009-12-27: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: Another fix for bug #28241 (ooseq processing) and adapted
+    unit test
+
+
+(STABLE-1.3.2)
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  2009-10-27 Simon Goldschmidt/Stephan Lesage
+  * netifapi.c/.h: Added netifapi_netif_set_addr()
+
+  2009-10-07 Simon Goldschmidt/Fabian Koch
+  * api_msg.c, netbuf.c/.h, opt.h: patch #6888: Patch for UDP Netbufs to
+    support dest-addr and dest-port (optional: LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO)
+
+  2009-08-26 Simon Goldschmidt/Simon Kallweit
+  * slipif.c/.h: bug #26397: SLIP polling support
+
+  2009-08-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, etharp.h/.c: task #9033: Support IEEE 802.1q tagged frame (VLAN),
+    New configuration options ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN and ETHARP_VLAN_CHECK.
+
+  2009-08-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip_addr.h, netdb.c: patch #6900: added define ip_ntoa(struct ip_addr*)
+
+  2009-08-24 Jakob Stoklund Olesen
+  * autoip.c, dhcp.c, netif.c: patch #6725: Teach AutoIP and DHCP to respond
+    to netif_set_link_up().
+
+  2009-08-23 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h/.c: Added function tcp_debug_state_str() to convert a tcp state
+    to a human-readable string.
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  2009-12-24: Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp_in.c Apply patches from Oleg Tyshev to improve OOS processing
+    (BUG#28241)
+
+  2009-12-06: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ppp.h/.c: Fixed bug #27079 (Yet another leak in PPP): outpacket_buf can
+    be statically allocated (like in ucip)
+
+  2009-12-04: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Ioardan Neshev)
+  * pap.c: patch #6969: PPP: missing PAP authentication UNTIMEOUT
+
+  2009-12-03: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c: Fixed bug #28106: dup ack for fast retransmit
+    could have non-zero length
+
+  2009-12-02: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #27904: TCP sends too many ACKs: delay resetting
+    tcp_input_pcb until after calling the pcb's callbacks
+
+  2009-11-29: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #28054: Two segments with FIN flag on the out-of-
+    sequence queue, also fixed PBUF_POOL leak in the out-of-sequence code
+
+  2009-11-29: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.c: Fixed bug #28064: pbuf_alloc(PBUF_POOL) is not thread-safe by
+    queueing a call into tcpip_thread to free ooseq-bufs if the pool is empty
+
+  2009-11-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h: Fixed bug #28098: Nagle can prevent fast retransmit from sending
+    segment
+
+  2009-11-26: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, sockets.c: Fixed bug #28099: API required to disable Nagle
+    algorithm at PCB level
+
+  2009-11-22: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: Fixed bug #27905: FIN isn't combined with data on unsent
+
+  2009-11-22: Simon Goldschmidt (suggested by Bill Auerbach)
+  * tcp.c: tcp_alloc: prevent increasing stats.err for MEMP_TCP_PCB when
+    reusing time-wait pcb
+
+  2009-11-20: Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Albert Bartel)
+  * sockets.c: Fixed bug #28062: Data received directly after accepting
+    does not wake up select
+
+  2009-11-11: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netdb.h: Fixed bug #27994: incorrect define for freeaddrinfo(addrinfo)
+
+  2009-10-30: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h: Increased default value for TCP_MSS to 536, updated default
+    value for TCP_WND to 4*TCP_MSS to keep delayed ACK working.
+
+  2009-10-28: Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c, tcp.h: re-work the fast retransmission code
+    to follow algorithm from TCP/IP Illustrated
+
+  2009-10-27: Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp_in.c: fix BUG#27445: grow cwnd with every duplicate ACK
+
+  2009-10-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h: bug-fix in the TCP_EVENT_RECV macro (has to call tcp_recved if
+    pcb->recv is NULL to keep rcv_wnd correct)
+
+  2009-10-25: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #26251: RST process in TIME_WAIT TCP state
+
+  2009-10-23: Simon Goldschmidt (David Empson)
+  * tcp.c: Fixed bug #27783: Silly window avoidance for small window sizes
+
+  2009-10-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #27215: TCP sent() callback gives leading and
+    trailing 1 byte len (SYN/FIN)
+
+  2009-10-21: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: Fixed bug #27315: zero window probe and FIN
+
+  2009-10-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c/.h: Minor code simplification (don't store received pbuf, change
+    conditional code to assert where applicable), check pbuf length before
+    testing for valid reply
+
+  2009-10-19: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: Removed most calls to udp_connect since they aren't necessary
+    when using udp_sendto_if() - always stay connected to IP_ADDR_ANY.
+
+  2009-10-16: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.c: Fixed bug #27390: Source IP check in ip_input() causes it to drop
+    valid DHCP packets -> allow 0.0.0.0 as source address when LWIP_DHCP is
+    enabled
+
+  2009-10-15: Simon Goldschmidt (Oleg Tyshev)
+  * tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #27329: dupacks by unidirectional data transmit
+
+  2009-10-15: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c: Fixed bug #27709: conn->err race condition on netconn_recv()
+    timeout
+
+  2009-10-15: Simon Goldschmidt
+  * autoip.c: Fixed bug #27704: autoip starts with wrong address
+    LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR() returned address in host byte order instead
+    of network byte order
+
+  2009-10-11 Simon Goldschmidt (Jörg Kesten)
+  * tcp_out.c: Fixed bug #27504: tcp_enqueue wrongly concatenates segments
+    which are not consecutive when retransmitting unacked segments
+
+  2009-10-09 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h: Fixed default values of some stats to only be enabled if used
+    Fixes bug #27338: sys_stats is defined when NO_SYS = 1
+
+  2009-08-30 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.c: Fixed bug bug #27345: "ip_frag() does not use the LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK
+    function" by checking for loopback before calling ip_frag
+
+  2009-08-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed invalid dependency to etharp_query if DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK==0
+
+  2009-08-23 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ppp.c: bug #27078: Possible memory leak in pppInit()
+
+  2009-08-23 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netdb.c, dns.c: bug #26657: DNS, if host name is "localhost", result
+    is error.
+
+  2009-08-23 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, init.c: bug #26649: TCP fails when TCP_MSS > TCP_SND_BUF
+    Fixed wrong parenthesis, added check in init.c
+
+  2009-08-23 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ppp.c: bug #27266: wait-state debug message in pppMain occurs every ms
+
+  2009-08-23 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * many ppp files: bug #27267: Added include to string.h where needed
+
+  2009-08-23 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h: patch #6843: tcp.h macro optimization patch (for little endian)
+
+
+(STABLE-1.3.1)
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  2009-05-10 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, sockets.c, pbuf.c, netbuf.h, pbuf.h: task #7013: Added option
+    LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF to try to create transmit packets from only
+    one pbuf to help MACs that don't support scatter-gather DMA.
+
+  2009-05-09 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * icmp.h, icmp.c: Shrinked ICMP code, added option to NOT check icoming
+    ECHO pbuf for size (just use it): LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
+
+  2009-05-05 Simon Goldschmidt, Jakob Stoklund Olesen
+  * ip.h, ip.c: Added ip_current_netif() & ip_current_header() to receive
+    extended info about the currently received packet.
+
+  2009-04-27 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sys.h: Made SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT and sys_now() work with NO_SYS=1
+
+  2009-04-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c, opt.h: Added option MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL to try the next
+    bigger malloc pool if one is empty (only usable with MEM_USE_POOLS).
+
+  2009-04-21 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dns.c, init.c, dns.h, opt.h: task #7507, patch #6786: DNS supports static
+    hosts table. New configuration options DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST and
+    DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC. Also, DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN() can be defined
+    as an external function for lookup.
+
+  2009-04-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: patch #6763: Global DHCP XID can be redefined to something more unique
+
+  2009-03-31 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp.c, tcp_out.c, tcp_in.c, sys.h, tcp.h, opts.h: add support for
+    TCP timestamp options, off by default.  Rework tcp_enqueue() to
+    take option flags rather than specified option data
+
+  2009-02-18 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * cc.h: Added printf formatter for size_t: SZT_F
+
+  2009-02-16 Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Rishi Khan)
+  * icmp.c, opt.h: patch #6539: (configurable) response to broadcast- and multicast
+    pings
+
+  2009-02-12 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * init.h: Added LWIP_VERSION to get the current version of the stack
+
+  2009-02-11 Simon Goldschmidt (suggested by Gottfried Spitaler)
+  * opt.h, memp.h/.c: added MEMP_MEM_MALLOC to use mem_malloc/mem_free instead
+    of the pool allocator (can save code size with MEM_LIBC_MALLOC if libc-malloc
+    is otherwise used)
+
+  2009-01-28 Jonathan Larmour (suggested by Bill Bauerbach)
+  * ipv4/inet_chksum.c, ipv4/lwip/inet_chksum.h: inet_chksum_pseudo_partial()
+  is only used by UDPLITE at present, so conditionalise it.
+
+  2008-12-03 Simon Goldschmidt (base on patch from Luca Ceresoli)
+  * autoip.c: checked in (slightly modified) patch #6683: Customizable AUTOIP
+    "seed" address. This should reduce AUTOIP conflicts if
+    LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR is overridden.
+
+  2008-10-02 Jonathan Larmour and Rishi Khan
+  * sockets.c (lwip_accept): Return EWOULDBLOCK if would block on non-blocking
+    socket.
+
+  2008-06-30 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c, opt.h, stats.h: fixed bug #21433: Calling mem_free/pbuf_free from
+    interrupt context isn't safe: LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT allows
+    mem_free to run between mem_malloc iterations. Added illegal counter for
+    mem stats.
+
+  2008-06-27 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * stats.h/.c, some other files: patch #6483: stats module improvement:
+    Added defines to display each module's statistic individually, added stats
+    defines for MEM, MEMP and SYS modules, removed (unused) rexmit counter.
+
+  2008-06-17 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * err.h: patch #6459: Made err_t overridable to use a more efficient type
+    (define LWIP_ERR_T in cc.h)
+
+  2008-06-17 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * slipif.c: patch #6480: Added a configuration option for slipif for symmetry
+    to loopif
+
+  2008-06-17 Simon Goldschmidt (patch by Luca Ceresoli)
+  * netif.c, loopif.c, ip.c, netif.h, loopif.h, opt.h: Checked in slightly
+    modified version of patch # 6370: Moved loopif code to netif.c so that
+    loopback traffic is supported on all netifs (all local IPs).
+    Added option to limit loopback packets for each netifs.
+
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+  2009-08-12 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp_in.c, tcp.c: Fix bug #27209: handle trimming of segments when
+    out of window or out of order properly
+
+  2009-08-12 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp_in.c: Fix bug #27199: use snd_wl2 instead of snd_wl1
+
+  2009-07-28 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.h: Fixed bug #27105: "realloc() cannot replace mem_realloc()"s
+
+  2009-07-27 Kieran Mansley
+  * api.h api_msg.h netdb.h sockets.h: add missing #include directives
+
+  2009-07-09 Kieran Mansley
+  * api_msg.c, sockets.c, api.h: BUG23240 use signed counters for
+    recv_avail and don't increment counters until message successfully
+    sent to mbox
+
+  2009-06-25 Kieran Mansley
+  * api_msg.c api.h: BUG26722: initialise netconn write variables 
+    in netconn_alloc
+
+  2009-06-25 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp.h: BUG26879: set ret value in TCP_EVENT macros when function is not set
+
+  2009-06-25 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c, tcp.h: BUG26301 and BUG26267: correct
+    simultaneous close behaviour, and make snd_nxt have the same meaning 
+    as in the RFCs.
+
+  2009-05-12 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.h, etharp.c, netif.c: fixed bug #26507: "Gratuitous ARP depends on
+    arp_table / uses etharp_query" by adding etharp_gratuitous()
+
+  2009-05-12 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.h, ip.c, igmp.c: bug #26487: Added ip_output_if_opt that can add IP options
+    to the IP header (used by igmp_ip_output_if)
+
+  2009-05-06 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * inet_chksum.c: On little endian architectures, use LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS (if
+    defined) for SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD to speed up checksumming.
+
+  2009-05-05 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: bug #26405: Prematurely released semaphore causes lwip_select()
+    to crash
+
+  2009-05-04 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * init.c: snmp was not initialized in lwip_init()
+
+  2009-05-04 Frédéric Bernon
+  * dhcp.c, netbios.c: Changes if IP_SOF_BROADCAST is enabled.
+
+  2009-05-03 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h: bug #26349: Nagle algorithm doesn't send although segment is full
+    (and unsent->next == NULL)
+
+  2009-05-02 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcpip.h, tcpip.c: fixed tcpip_untimeout (does not need the time, broken after
+    1.3.0 in CVS only) - fixes compilation of ppp_oe.c
+
+  2009-05-02 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * msg_in.c: fixed bug #25636: SNMPSET value is ignored for integer fields
+
+  2009-05-01 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pap.c: bug #21680: PPP upap_rauthnak() drops legal NAK packets
+
+  2009-05-01 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ppp.c: bug #24228: Memory corruption with PPP and DHCP
+
+  2009-04-29 Frédéric Bernon
+  * raw.c, udp.c, init.c, opt.h, ip.h, sockets.h: bug #26309: Implement the
+    SO(F)_BROADCAST filter for all API layers. Avoid the unindented reception
+    of broadcast packets even when this option wasn't set. Port maintainers
+    which want to enable this filter have to set IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1 in opt.h.
+    If you want this option also filter broadcast on recv operations, you also
+    have to set IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV=1 in opt.h.
+
+  2009-04-28 Simon Goldschmidt, Jakob Stoklund Olesen
+  * dhcp.c: patch #6721, bugs #25575, #25576: Some small fixes to DHCP and
+    DHCP/AUTOIP cooperation
+
+  2009-04-25 Simon Goldschmidt, Oleg Tyshev
+  * tcp_out.c: bug #24212: Deadlocked tcp_retransmit due to exceeded pcb->cwnd
+    Fixed by sorting the unsent and unacked queues (segments are inserted at the
+    right place in tcp_output and tcp_rexmit).
+
+  2009-04-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * memp.c, mem.c, memp.h, mem_std.h: bug #26213 "Problem with memory allocation
+    when debugging": memp_sizes contained the wrong sizes (including sanity
+    regions); memp pools for MEM_USE_POOLS were too small
+
+  2009-04-24 Simon Goldschmidt, Frédéric Bernon
+  * inet.c: patch #6765: Fix a small problem with the last changes (incorrect
+    behavior, with with ip address string not ended by a '\0', a space or a
+    end of line)
+
+  2009-04-19 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * rawapi.txt: Fixed bug #26069: Corrected documentation: if tcp_connect fails,
+    pcb->err is called, not pcb->connected (with an error code).
+
+  2009-04-19 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: Fixed bug #26236: "TCP options (timestamp) don't work with
+    no-copy-tcpwrite": deallocate option data, only concat segments with same flags
+
+  2009-04-19 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: Fixed bug #25094: "Zero-length pbuf" (options are now allocated
+    in the header pbuf, not the data pbuf)
+
+  2009-04-18 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: fixed bug #25695: Segmentation fault in do_writemore()
+
+  2009-04-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: tried to fix bug #23559: lwip_recvfrom problem with tcp
+
+  2009-04-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: task #9192: mem_free of dhcp->options_in and dhcp->msg_in
+
+  2009-04-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.c, ip6.c, tcp_out.c, ip.h: patch #6808: Add a utility function
+    ip_hinted_output() (for smaller code mainly)
+
+  2009-04-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * inet.c: patch #6765: Supporting new line characters in inet_aton()
+
+  2009-04-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: patch #6764: DHCP rebind and renew did not send hostnam option;
+    Converted constant OPTION_MAX_MSG_SIZE to netif->mtu, check if netif->mtu
+    is big enough in dhcp_start
+
+  2009-04-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netbuf.c: bug #26027: netbuf_chain resulted in pbuf memory leak
+
+  2009-04-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c, ppp.c: bug #25763: corrected 4 occurrences of SMEMCPY to MEMCPY
+
+  2009-04-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: bug #26121: set_errno can be overridden
+
+  2009-04-09 Kieran Mansley (patch from Luca Ceresoli <lucaceresoli>)
+  * init.c, opt.h: Patch#6774 TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ breaks compilation when
+    LWIP_TCP==0
+
+  2009-04-09 Kieran Mansley (patch from Roy Lee <roylee17>)
+  * tcp.h: Patch#6802 Add do-while-clauses to those function like
+    macros in tcp.h
+
+  2009-03-31 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c, tcp.h, opt.h: Rework the way window
+    updates are calculated and sent (BUG20515)
+
+  * tcp_in.c: cope with SYN packets received during established states,
+    and retransmission of initial SYN.
+
+  * tcp_out.c: set push bit correctly when tcp segments are merged
+
+  2009-03-27 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp_out.c set window correctly on probes (correcting change made
+    yesterday)
+
+  2009-03-26 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp.h: add tcp_abandon() to cope with dropping
+    connections where no reset required (bug #25622)
+
+  * tcp_out.c: set TCP_ACK flag on keepalive and zero window probes 
+    (bug #20779)
+
+  2009-02-18 Simon Goldschmidt (Jonathan Larmour and Bill Auerbach)
+  * ip_frag.c: patch #6528: the buffer used for IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF could be
+    too small depending on MEM_ALIGNMENT
+
+  2009-02-16 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.h/.c, api_*.h/.c: fixed arguments of socket functions to match the standard;
+    converted size argument of netconn_write to 'size_t'
+
+  2009-02-16 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, tcp.c: fixed bug #24440: TCP connection close problem on 64-bit host
+    by moving accept callback function pointer to TCP_PCB_COMMON
+
+  2009-02-12 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #25345 (DHCPDECLINE is sent with "Maximum message size"
+    option)
+
+  2009-02-11 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #24480 (releasing old udp_pdb and pbuf in dhcp_start)
+
+  2009-02-11 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, api_msg.c: added configurable default valud for netconn->recv_bufsize:
+    RECV_BUFSIZE_DEFAULT (fixes bug #23726: pbuf pool exhaustion on slow recv())
+
+  2009-02-10 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: fixed bug #25467: Listen backlog is not reset on timeout in SYN_RCVD:
+    Accepts_pending is decrease on a corresponding listen pcb when a connection
+    in state SYN_RCVD is close.
+
+  2009-01-28 Jonathan Larmour
+  * pbuf.c: reclaim pbufs from TCP out-of-sequence segments if we run
+    out of pool pbufs.
+
+  2008-12-19 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * many files: patch #6699: fixed some warnings on platform where sizeof(int) == 2 
+
+  2008-12-10 Tamas Somogyi, Frédéric Bernon
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #25051: lwip_recvfrom problem with udp: fromaddr and
+    port uses deleted netbuf.
+
+  2008-10-18 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: fixed bug ##24596: Vulnerability on faulty TCP options length
+    in tcp_parseopt
+
+  2008-10-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip_frag.c: fixed bug #24517: IP reassembly crashes on unaligned IP headers
+    by packing the struct ip_reass_helper.
+
+  2008-10-03 David Woodhouse, Jonathan Larmour
+  * etharp.c (etharp_arp_input): Fix type aliasing problem copying ip address.
+
+  2008-10-02 Jonathan Larmour
+  * dns.c: Hard-code structure sizes, to avoid issues on some compilers where
+    padding is included.
+
+  2008-09-30 Jonathan Larmour
+  * sockets.c (lwip_accept): check addr isn't NULL. If it's valid, do an
+    assertion check that addrlen isn't NULL.
+
+  2008-09-30 Jonathan Larmour
+  * tcp.c: Fix bug #24227, wrong error message in tcp_bind.
+
+  2008-08-26 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * inet.h, ip_addr.h: fixed bug #24132: Cross-dependency between ip_addr.h and
+    inet.h -> moved declaration of struct in_addr from ip_addr.h to inet.h
+
+  2008-08-14 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: fixed bug #23847: do_close_internal references freed memory (when
+    tcp_close returns != ERR_OK)
+
+  2008-07-08 Frédéric Bernon
+  * stats.h: Fix some build bugs introduced with patch #6483 (missing some parameters
+    in macros, mainly if MEM_STATS=0 and MEMP_STATS=0).
+
+  2008-06-24 Jonathan Larmour
+  * tcp_in.c: Fix for bug #23693 as suggested by Art R. Ensure cseg is unused
+    if tcp_seg_copy fails.
+
+  2008-06-17 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * inet_chksum.c: Checked in some ideas of patch #6460 (loop optimizations)
+    and created defines for swapping bytes and folding u32 to u16.
+
+  2008-05-30 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp_in.c Remove redundant "if" statement, and use real rcv_wnd
+    rather than rcv_ann_wnd when deciding if packets are in-window.
+    Contributed by <arasmussen@consultant.datasys.swri.edu>
+
+  2008-05-30 Kieran Mansley
+  * mem.h: Fix BUG#23254.  Change macro definition of mem_* to allow
+    passing as function pointers when MEM_LIBC_MALLOC is defined.
+
+  2008-05-09 Jonathan Larmour
+  * err.h, err.c, sockets.c: Fix bug #23119: Reorder timeout error code to
+    stop it being treated as a fatal error.
+
+  2008-04-15 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: fixed bug #22804: dhcp_stop doesn't clear NETIF_FLAG_DHCP
+    (flag now cleared)
+
+  2008-03-27 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c, tcpip.c, tcpip.h, opt.h: fixed bug #21433 (Calling mem_free/pbuf_free
+    from interrupt context isn't safe): set LWIP_USE_HEAP_FROM_INTERRUPT to 1
+    in lwipopts.h or use pbuf_free_callback(p)/mem_free_callback(m) to free pbufs
+    or heap memory from interrupt context
+
+  2008-03-26 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c, tcp.c: fixed bug #22249: division by zero could occur if a remote
+    host sent a zero mss as TCP option.
+
+
+(STABLE-1.3.0)
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  2008-03-10 Jonathan Larmour
+  * inet_chksum.c: Allow choice of one of the sample algorithms to be
+    made from lwipopts.h. Fix comment on how to override LWIP_CHKSUM.
+
+  2008-01-22 Frédéric Bernon
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp.h, opt.h: Rename LWIP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS in 
+    TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS to have coherent TCP options names.
+
+  2008-01-14 Frédéric Bernon
+  * rawapi.txt, api_msg.c, tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp.h: changes for task #7675 "Enable
+    to refuse data on a TCP_EVENT_RECV call". Important, behavior changes for the
+    tcp_recv callback (see rawapi.txt).
+
+  2008-01-14 Frédéric Bernon, Marc Chaland
+  * ip.c: Integrate patch #6369" ip_input : checking before realloc".
+  
+  2008-01-12 Frédéric Bernon
+  * tcpip.h, tcpip.c, api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c: replace the field
+    netconn::sem per netconn::op_completed like suggested for the task #7490
+    "Add return value to sys_mbox_post".
+
+  2008-01-12 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_msg.c, opt.h: replace DEFAULT_RECVMBOX_SIZE per DEFAULT_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE,
+    DEFAULT_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE and DEFAULT_RAW_RECVMBOX_SIZE (to optimize queues
+    sizes), like suggested for the task #7490 "Add return value to sys_mbox_post".
+
+  2008-01-10 Frédéric Bernon
+  * tcpip.h, tcpip.c: add tcpip_callback_with_block function for the task #7490
+    "Add return value to sys_mbox_post". tcpip_callback is always defined as
+    "blocking" ("block" parameter = 1).
+
+  2008-01-10 Frédéric Bernon
+  * tcpip.h, tcpip.c, api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c: replace the field
+    netconn::mbox (sys_mbox_t) per netconn::sem (sys_sem_t) for the task #7490
+    "Add return value to sys_mbox_post".
+
+  2008-01-05 Frédéric Bernon
+  * sys_arch.txt, api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.h, api_msg.c, tcpip.c, sys.h, opt.h:
+    Introduce changes for task #7490 "Add return value to sys_mbox_post" with some
+    modifications in the sys_mbox api: sys_mbox_new take a "size" parameters which
+    indicate the number of pointers query by the mailbox. There is three defines
+    in opt.h to indicate sizes for tcpip::mbox, netconn::recvmbox, and for the 
+    netconn::acceptmbox. Port maintainers, you can decide to just add this new 
+    parameter in your implementation, but to ignore it to keep the previous behavior.
+    The new sys_mbox_trypost function return a value to know if the mailbox is
+    full or if the message is posted. Take a look to sys_arch.txt for more details.
+    This new function is used in tcpip_input (so, can be called in an interrupt
+    context since the function is not blocking), and in recv_udp and recv_raw.
+
+  2008-01-04 Frédéric Bernon, Simon Goldschmidt, Jonathan Larmour
+  * rawapi.txt, api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.h, api_msg.c, sockets.c, tcp.h, tcp.c,
+    tcp_in.c, init.c, opt.h: rename backlog options with TCP_ prefix, limit the
+    "backlog" parameter in an u8_t, 0 is interpreted as "smallest queue", add
+    documentation in the rawapi.txt file.
+
+  2007-12-31 Kieran Mansley (based on patch from Per-Henrik Lundbolm)
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c, tcp.h: Add TCP persist timer
+
+  2007-12-31 Frédéric Bernon, Luca Ceresoli
+  * autoip.c, etharp.c: ip_addr.h: Integrate patch #6348: "Broadcast ARP packets
+    in autoip". The change in etharp_raw could be removed, since all calls to
+    etharp_raw use ethbroadcast for the "ethdst_addr" parameter. But it could be
+    wrong in the future.
+
+  2007-12-30 Frédéric Bernon, Tom Evans
+  * ip.c: Fix bug #21846 "LwIP doesn't appear to perform any IP Source Address
+    Filtering" reported by Tom Evans.
+
+  2007-12-21 Frédéric Bernon, Simon Goldschmidt, Jonathan Larmour
+  * tcp.h, opt.h, api.h, api_msg.h, tcp.c, tcp_in.c, api_lib.c, api_msg.c,
+    sockets.c, init.c: task #7252: Implement TCP listen backlog: Warning: raw API
+    applications have to call 'tcp_accepted(pcb)' in their accept callback to
+    keep accepting new connections.
+
+  2007-12-13 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_msg.c, err.h, err.c, sockets.c, dns.c, dns.h: replace "enum dns_result"
+    by err_t type. Add a new err_t code "ERR_INPROGRESS".
+
+  2007-12-12 Frédéric Bernon
+  * dns.h, dns.c, opt.h: move DNS options to the "right" place. Most visibles
+    are the one which have ram usage.
+
+  2007-12-05 Frédéric Bernon
+  * netdb.c: add a LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE option to decide to use a static
+    set of variables (=0) or a local one (=1). In this last case, your port should
+    provide a function "struct hostent* sys_thread_hostent( struct hostent* h)"
+    which have to do a copy of "h" and return a pointer ont the "per-thread" copy.
+
+  2007-12-03 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.c: ip_input: check if a packet is for inp first before checking all other
+    netifs on netif_list (speeds up packet receiving in most cases)
+
+  2007-11-30 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.c, raw.c: task #7497: Sort lists (pcb, netif, ...) for faster access
+    UDP: move a (connected) pcb selected for input to the front of the list of
+    pcbs so that it is found faster next time. Same for RAW pcbs that have eaten
+    a packet.
+
+  2007-11-28 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c, stats.c, stats.h, opt.h: Introduced ETHARP_STATS
+
+  2007-11-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * dhcp.c: dhcp_unfold_reply() uses pbuf_copy_partial instead of its own copy
+    algorithm.
+
+  2007-11-24 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netdb.h, netdb.c, sockets.h/.c: Moved lwip_gethostbyname from sockets.c
+    to the new file netdb.c; included lwip_getaddrinfo.
+
+  2007-11-21 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, opt.h, tcp.c, tcp_in.c: implemented calculating the effective send-mss
+    based on the MTU of the netif used to send. Enabled by default. Disable by
+    setting LWIP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS to 0. This fixes bug #21492.
+
+  2007-11-19 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_msg.c, dns.h, dns.c: Implement DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK option (check if name
+    received match the name query), implement DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF (the place where
+    copy dns payload to parse the response), return an error if there is no place
+    for a new query, and fix some minor problems.
+
+  2007-11-16 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * new files: ipv4/inet.c, ipv4/inet_chksum.c, ipv6/inet6.c
+    removed files: core/inet.c, core/inet6.c
+    Moved inet files into ipv4/ipv6 directory; splitted inet.c/inet.h into
+    inet and chksum part; changed includes in all lwIP files as appropriate
+
+  2007-11-16 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api.h, api_msg.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, socket.h, socket.c: Added sequential
+    dns resolver function for netconn api (netconn_gethostbyname) and socket api
+    (gethostbyname/gethostbyname_r).
+
+  2007-11-15 Jim Pettinato, Frédéric Bernon
+  * opt.h, init.c, tcpip.c, dhcp.c, dns.h, dns.c: add DNS client for simple name
+    requests with RAW api interface. Initialization is done in lwip_init() with
+    build time options. DNS timer is added in tcpip_thread context. DHCP can set
+    DNS server ip addresses when options are received. You need to set LWIP_DNS=1
+    in your lwipopts.h file (LWIP_DNS=0 in opt.h). DNS_DEBUG can be set to get
+    some traces with LWIP_DEBUGF. Sanity check have been added. There is a "todo"
+    list with points to improve.
+
+  2007-11-06 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, mib2.c: Patch #6215: added ifAdminStatus write support (if explicitly
+    enabled by defining SNMP_SAFE_REQUESTS to 0); added code to check link status
+    for ifOperStatus if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK is defined.
+
+  2007-11-06 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api.h, api_msg.h and dependent files: Task #7410: Removed the need to include
+    core header files in api.h (ip/tcp/udp/raw.h) to hide the internal
+    implementation from netconn api applications.
+
+  2007-11-03 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c, opt.h: add SO_RCVBUF option for UDP &
+    RAW netconn. You need to set LWIP_SO_RCVBUF=1 in your lwipopts.h (it's disabled
+    by default). Netconn API users can use the netconn_recv_bufsize macro to access
+    it. This is a first release which have to be improve for TCP. Note it used the
+    netconn::recv_avail which need to be more "thread-safe" (note there is already
+    the problem for FIONREAD with lwip_ioctl/ioctlsocket).
+
+  2007-11-01 Frédéric Bernon, Marc Chaland
+  * sockets.h, sockets.c, api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.h, api_msg.c, tcp.h, tcp_out.c:
+    Integrate "patch #6250 : MSG_MORE flag for send". MSG_MORE is used at socket api
+    layer, NETCONN_MORE at netconn api layer, and TCP_WRITE_FLAG_MORE at raw api
+    layer. This option enable to delayed TCP PUSH flag on multiple "write" calls.
+    Note that previous "copy" parameter for "write" APIs is now called "apiflags".
+
+  2007-10-24 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c: Add macro API_EVENT in the same spirit than 
+    TCP_EVENT_xxx macros to get a code more readable. It could also help to remove
+    some code (like we have talk in "patch #5919 : Create compile switch to remove
+    select code"), but it could be done later.
+
+  2007-10-08 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * many files: Changed initialization: many init functions are not needed any
+    more since we now rely on the compiler initializing global and static
+    variables to zero!
+
+  2007-10-06 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip_frag.c, memp.c, mib2.c, ip_frag.h, memp_std.h, opt.h: Changed IP_REASSEMBLY
+    to enqueue the received pbufs so that multiple packets can be reassembled
+    simultaneously and no static reassembly buffer is needed.
+
+  2007-10-05 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcpip.c, etharp.h, etharp.c: moved ethernet_input from tcpip.c to etharp.c so
+    all netifs (or ports) can use it.
+
+  2007-10-05 Frédéric Bernon
+  * netifapi.h, netifapi.c: add function netifapi_netif_set_default. Change the 
+    common function to reduce a little bit the footprint (for all functions using
+    only the "netif" parameter).
+
+  2007-10-03 Frédéric Bernon
+  * netifapi.h, netifapi.c: add functions netifapi_netif_set_up, netifapi_netif_set_down,
+    netifapi_autoip_start and netifapi_autoip_stop. Use a common function to reduce
+    a little bit the footprint (for all functions using only the "netif" parameter).
+
+  2007-09-15 Frédéric Bernon
+  * udp.h, udp.c, sockets.c: Changes for "#20503 IGMP Improvement". Add IP_MULTICAST_IF
+    option in socket API, and a new field "multicast_ip" in "struct udp_pcb" (for
+    netconn and raw API users), only if LWIP_IGMP=1. Add getsockopt processing for
+    IP_MULTICAST_TTL and IP_MULTICAST_IF.
+
+  2007-09-10 Frédéric Bernon
+  * snmp.h, mib2.c: enable to remove SNMP timer (which consumne several cycles
+    even when it's not necessary). snmp_agent.txt tell to call snmp_inc_sysuptime()
+    each 10ms (but, it's intrusive if you use sys_timeout feature). Now, you can
+    decide to call snmp_add_sysuptime(100) each 1000ms (which is bigger "step", but
+    call to a lower frequency). Or, you can decide to not call snmp_inc_sysuptime()
+    or snmp_add_sysuptime(), and to define the SNMP_GET_SYSUPTIME(sysuptime) macro.
+    This one is undefined by default in mib2.c. SNMP_GET_SYSUPTIME is called inside
+    snmp_get_sysuptime(u32_t *value), and enable to change "sysuptime" value only
+    when it's queried (any direct call to "sysuptime" is changed by a call to 
+    snmp_get_sysuptime).
+
+  2007-09-09 Frédéric Bernon, Bill Florac
+  * igmp.h, igmp.c, netif.h, netif.c, ip.c: To enable to have interfaces with IGMP,
+    and others without it, there is a new NETIF_FLAG_IGMP flag to set in netif->flags
+    if you want IGMP on an interface. igmp_stop() is now called inside netif_remove().
+    igmp_report_groups() is now called inside netif_set_link_up() (need to have
+    LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK=1) to resend reports once the link is up (avoid to wait
+    the next query message to receive the matching multicast streams).
+
+  2007-09-08 Frédéric Bernon
+  * sockets.c, ip.h, api.h, tcp.h: declare a "struct ip_pcb" which only contains
+    IP_PCB. Add in the netconn's "pcb" union a "struct ip_pcb *ip;" (no size change).
+    Use this new field to access to common pcb fields (ttl, tos, so_options, etc...).
+    Enable to access to these fields with LWIP_TCP=0.
+
+  2007-09-05 Frédéric Bernon
+  * udp.c, ipv4/icmp.c, ipv4/ip.c, ipv6/icmp.c, ipv6/ip6.c, ipv4/icmp.h,
+    ipv6/icmp.h, opt.h: Integrate "task #7272 : LWIP_ICMP option". The new option
+    LWIP_ICMP enable/disable ICMP module inside the IP stack (enable per default).
+    Be careful, disabling ICMP make your product non-compliant to RFC1122, but
+    help to reduce footprint, and to reduce "visibility" on the Internet.
+
+  2007-09-05 Frédéric Bernon, Bill Florac
+  * opt.h, sys.h, tcpip.c, slipif.c, ppp.c, sys_arch.txt: Change parameters list
+    for sys_thread_new (see "task #7252 : Create sys_thread_new_ex()"). Two new
+    parameters have to be provided: a task name, and a task stack size. For this
+    one, since it's platform dependant, you could define the best one for you in
+    your lwipopts.h. For port maintainers, you can just add these new parameters
+    in your sys_arch.c file, and but it's not mandatory, use them in your OS
+    specific functions.
+
+  2007-09-05 Frédéric Bernon
+  * inet.c, autoip.c, msg_in.c, msg_out.c, init.c: Move some build time checkings
+    inside init.c for task #7142 "Sanity check user-configurable values".
+
+  2007-09-04 Frédéric Bernon, Bill Florac
+  * igmp.h, igmp.c, memp_std.h, memp.c, init.c, opt.h: Replace mem_malloc call by
+    memp_malloc, and use a new MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP option (see opt.h to define the
+    value). It will avoid potential fragmentation problems, use a counter to know
+    how many times a group is used on an netif, and free it when all applications
+    leave it. MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP got 8 as default value (and init.c got a sanity
+    check if LWIP_IGMP!=0).
+
+  2007-09-03 Frédéric Bernon
+  * igmp.h, igmp.c, sockets.c, api_msg.c: Changes for "#20503 IGMP Improvement".
+    Initialize igmp_mac_filter to NULL in netif_add (this field should be set in
+    the netif's "init" function). Use the "imr_interface" field (for socket layer)
+    and/or the "interface" field (for netconn layer), for join/leave operations.
+    The igmp_join/leavegroup first parameter change from a netif to an ipaddr.
+    This field could be a netif's ipaddr, or "any" (same meaning than ip_addr_isany).
+
+  2007-08-30 Frédéric Bernon
+  * Add netbuf.h, netbuf.c, Change api.h, api_lib.c: #7249 "Split netbuf functions
+    from api/api_lib". Now netbuf API is independant of netconn, and can be used
+    with other API (application based on raw API, or future "socket2" API). Ports
+    maintainers just have to add src/api/netbuf.c in their makefile/projects.
+
+  2007-08-30 Frédéric Bernon, Jonathan Larmour
+  * init.c: Add first version of lwip_sanity_check for task #7142 "Sanity check
+    user-configurable values".
+
+  2007-08-29 Frédéric Bernon
+  * igmp.h, igmp.c, tcpip.c, init.c, netif.c: change igmp_init and add igmp_start.
+    igmp_start is call inside netif_add. Now, igmp initialization is in the same
+    spirit than the others modules. Modify some IGMP debug traces.
+
+  2007-08-29 Frédéric Bernon
+  * Add init.h, init.c, Change opt.h, tcpip.c: Task  #7213 "Add a lwip_init function"
+    Add lwip_init function to regroup all modules initializations, and to provide
+    a place to add code for task #7142 "Sanity check user-configurable values".
+    Ports maintainers should remove direct initializations calls from their code,
+    and add init.c in their makefiles. Note that lwip_init() function is called
+    inside tcpip_init, but can also be used by raw api users since all calls are
+    disabled when matching options are disabled. Also note that their is new options
+    in opt.h, you should configure in your lwipopts.h (they are enabled per default).
+
+  2007-08-26 Marc Boucher
+  * api_msg.c: do_close_internal(): Reset the callbacks and arg (conn) to NULL
+    since they can under certain circumstances be called with an invalid conn
+    pointer after the connection has been closed (and conn has been freed). 
+
+  2007-08-25 Frédéric Bernon (Artem Migaev's Patch)
+  * netif.h, netif.c: Integrate "patch #6163 : Function to check if link layer is up".
+    Add a netif_is_link_up() function if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK option is set.
+
+  2007-08-22 Frédéric Bernon
+  * netif.h, netif.c, opt.h: Rename LWIP_NETIF_CALLBACK in LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+    to be coherent with new LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK option before next release.
+
+  2007-08-22 Frédéric Bernon
+  * tcpip.h, tcpip.c, ethernetif.c, opt.h: remove options ETHARP_TCPIP_INPUT &
+    ETHARP_TCPIP_ETHINPUT, now, only "ethinput" code is supported, even if the 
+    name is tcpip_input (we keep the name of 1.2.0 function).
+
+  2007-08-17 Jared Grubb
+  * memp_std.h, memp.h, memp.c, mem.c, stats.c: (Task #7136) Centralize mempool 
+    settings into new memp_std.h and optional user file lwippools.h. This adds
+    more dynamic mempools, and allows the user to create an arbitrary number of
+    mempools for mem_malloc.
+
+  2007-08-16 Marc Boucher
+  * api_msg.c: Initialize newconn->state to NETCONN_NONE in accept_function;
+    otherwise it was left to NETCONN_CLOSE and sent_tcp() could prematurely
+    close the connection.
+
+  2007-08-16 Marc Boucher
+  * sockets.c: lwip_accept(): check netconn_peer() error return.
+
+  2007-08-16 Marc Boucher
+  * mem.c, mem.h: Added mem_calloc().
+
+  2007-08-16 Marc Boucher
+  * tcpip.c, tcpip.h memp.c, memp.h: Added distinct memp (MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT)
+    for input packets to prevent floods from consuming all of MEMP_TCPIP_MSG
+    and starving other message types.
+    Renamed MEMP_TCPIP_MSG to MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API
+
+  2007-08-16 Marc Boucher
+  * pbuf.c, pbuf.h, etharp.c, tcp_in.c, sockets.c: Split pbuf flags in pbuf
+    type and flgs (later renamed to flags).
+    Use enum pbuf_flag as pbuf_type.  Renumber PBUF_FLAG_*.
+    Improved lwip_recvfrom().  TCP push now propagated.
+
+  2007-08-16 Marc Boucher
+  * ethernetif.c, contrib/ports/various: ethbroadcast now a shared global
+    provided by etharp.
+
+  2007-08-16 Marc Boucher
+  * ppp_oe.c ppp_oe.h, auth.c chap.c fsm.c lcp.c ppp.c ppp.h,
+    etharp.c ethernetif.c, etharp.h, opt.h tcpip.h, tcpip.c:
+    Added PPPoE support and various PPP improvements.
+
+  2007-07-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c, ip_frag.c, pbuf.c, api.h, pbuf.h: Introduced pbuf_copy_partial,
+    making netbuf_copy_partial use this function.
+
+  2007-07-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: Fix bug #20506: Slow start / initial congestion window starts with
+    2 * mss (instead of 1 * mss previously) to comply with some newer RFCs and
+    other stacks.
+
+  2007-07-13 Jared Grubb (integrated by Frédéric Bernon)
+  * opt.h, netif.h, netif.c, ethernetif.c: Add new configuration option to add
+    a link callback in the netif struct, and functions to handle it. Be carefull
+    for port maintainers to add the NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP flag (like in ethernetif.c)
+    if you want to be sure to be compatible with future changes...
+
+  2007-06-30 Frédéric Bernon
+  * sockets.h, sockets.c: Implement MSG_PEEK flag for recv/recvfrom functions.
+
+  2007-06-21 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.h, etharp.c: Combined etharp_request with etharp_raw for both
+    LWIP_AUTOIP =0 and =1 to remove redundant code.
+
+  2007-06-21 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c, memp.c, mem.h, memp.h, opt.h: task #6863: Introduced the option
+    MEM_USE_POOLS to use 4 pools with different sized elements instead of a
+    heap. This both prevents memory fragmentation and gives a higher speed
+    at the cost of more memory consumption. Turned off by default.
+
+  2007-06-21 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c, api_msg.c, api.h, api_msg.h: Converted the length argument of
+    netconn_write (and therefore also api_msg_msg.msg.w.len) from u16_t into
+    int to be able to send a bigger buffer than 64K with one time (mainly
+    used from lwip_send).
+
+  2007-06-21 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, api_msg.c: Moved the nagle algorithm from netconn_write/do_write
+    into a define (tcp_output_nagle) in tcp.h to provide it to raw api users, too.
+
+  2007-06-21 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c: Fixed bug #20021: Moved sendbuf-processing in
+    netconn_write from api_lib.c to api_msg.c to also prevent multiple context-
+    changes on low memory or empty send-buffer.
+
+  2007-06-18 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c, etharp.h: Changed etharp to use a defined hardware address length
+    of 6 to avoid loading netif->hwaddr_len every time (since this file is only
+    used for ethernet and struct eth_addr already had a defined length of 6).
+
+  2007-06-17 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c, sockets.h: Implemented socket options SO_NO_CHECK for UDP sockets
+    to disable UDP checksum generation on transmit.
+
+  2007-06-13 Frédéric Bernon, Simon Goldschmidt
+  * debug.h, api_msg.c: change LWIP_ERROR to use it to check errors like invalid
+    pointers or parameters, and let the possibility to redefined it in cc.h. Use
+    this macro to check "conn" parameter in api_msg.c functions.
+
+  2007-06-11 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c, sockets.h: Added UDP lite support for sockets
+
+  2007-06-10 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.h, opt.h, api_msg.c, ip.c, udp.c: Included switch LWIP_UDPLITE (enabled
+    by default) to switch off UDP-Lite support if not needed (reduces udp.c code
+    size)
+
+  2007-06-09 Dominik Spies (integrated by Frédéric Bernon)
+  * autoip.h, autoip.c, dhcp.h, dhcp.c, netif.h, netif.c, etharp.h, etharp.c, opt.h:
+    AutoIP implementation available for IPv4, with new options LWIP_AUTOIP and
+    LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP if you want to cooperate with DHCP. Some tips to adapt
+    (see TODO mark in the source code).
+
+  2007-06-09 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.h, etharp.c, ethernetif.c: Modified order of parameters for
+    etharp_output() to match netif->output so etharp_output() can be used
+    directly as netif->output to save one function call.
+
+  2007-06-08 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.h, ethernetif.c, slipif.c, loopif.c: Added define
+    NETIF_INIT_SNMP(netif, type, speed) to initialize per-netif snmp variables,
+    added initialization of those to ethernetif, slipif and loopif.
+
+  2007-05-18 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, ip_frag.c, ip_frag.h, ip.c: Added option IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
+    (defaulting to off for now) that can be set to 0 to send fragmented
+    packets by passing PBUF_REFs down the stack.
+
+  2007-05-23 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_lib.c: Implement SO_RCVTIMEO for accept and recv on TCP
+    connections, such present in patch #5959.
+
+  2007-05-23 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c: group the different NETCONN_UDPxxx
+    code in only one part...
+
+  2007-05-18 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, memp.h, memp.c: Added option MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK to check for memp
+    elements to overflow. This is achieved by adding some bytes before and after
+    each pool element (increasing their size, of course), filling them with a
+    prominent value and checking them on freeing the element.
+    Set it to 2 to also check every element in every pool each time memp_malloc()
+    or memp_free() is called (slower but more helpful).
+
+  2007-05-10 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, memp.h, memp.c, pbuf.c (see task #6831): use a new memp pool for
+    PBUF_POOL pbufs instead of the old pool implementation in pbuf.c to reduce
+    code size.
+
+  2007-05-11 Frédéric Bernon
+  * sockets.c, api_lib.c, api_msg.h, api_msg.c, netifapi.h, netifapi.c, tcpip.c:
+    Include a function pointer instead of a table index in the message to reduce
+    footprint. Disable some part of lwip_send and lwip_sendto if some options are
+    not set (LWIP_TCP, LWIP_UDP, LWIP_RAW).
+
+  2007-05-10 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * *.h (except netif/ppp/*.h): Included patch #5448: include '#ifdef __cplusplus
+    \ extern "C" {' in all header files. Now you can write your application using
+    the lwIP stack in C++ and simply #include the core files. Note I have left
+    out the netif/ppp/*h header files for now, since I don't know which files are
+    included by applications and which are for internal use only.
+
+  2007-05-09 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, *.c/*.h: Included patch #5920: Create define to override C-library
+    memcpy. 2 Defines are created: MEMCPY() for normal memcpy, SMEMCPY() for
+    situations where some compilers might inline the copy and save a function
+    call. Also replaced all calls to memcpy() with calls to (S)MEMCPY().
+
+  2007-05-08 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.h: If MEM_LIBC_MALLOC==1, allow the defines (e.g. mem_malloc() -> malloc())
+    to be overriden in case the C-library malloc implementation is not protected
+    against concurrent access.
+
+  2007-05-04 Simon Goldschmidt (Atte Kojo)
+  * etharp.c: Introduced fast one-entry-cache to speed up ARP lookup when sending
+    multiple packets to the same host.
+
+  2007-05-04 Frédéric Bernon, Jonathan Larmour
+  * sockets.c, api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.h, api_msg.c: Fix bug #19162 "lwip_sento: a possible
+    to corrupt remote addr/port connection state". Reduce problems "not enought memory" with
+    netbuf (if we receive lot of datagrams). Improve lwip_sendto (only one exchange between
+    sockets api and api_msg which run in tcpip_thread context). Add netconn_sento function.
+    Warning, if you directly access to "fromaddr" & "fromport" field from netbuf struct,
+    these fields are now renamed "addr" & "port".
+
+  2007-04-11 Jonathan Larmour
+  * sys.h, api_lib.c: Provide new sys_mbox_tryfetch function. Require ports to provide new
+    sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch function to get a message if one is there, otherwise return
+    with SYS_MBOX_EMPTY. sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch can be implemented as a function-like macro
+    by the port in sys_arch.h if desired.
+
+  2007-04-06 Frédéric Bernon, Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, tcpip.h, tcpip.c, netifapi.h, netifapi.c: New configuration option LWIP_NETIF_API
+    allow to use thread-safe functions to add/remove netif in list, and to start/stop dhcp
+    clients, using new functions from netifapi.h. Disable as default (no port change to do).
+
+  2007-04-05 Frédéric Bernon
+  * sockets.c: remplace ENOBUFS errors on alloc_socket by ENFILE to be more BSD compliant.
+
+  2007-04-04 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * arch.h, api_msg.c, dhcp.c, msg_in.c, sockets.c: Introduced #define LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(x)
+    use this for and architecture-independent form to tell the compiler you intentionally
+    are not using this variable. Can be overriden in cc.h.
+
+  2007-03-28 Frédéric Bernon
+  * opt.h, netif.h, dhcp.h, dhcp.c: New configuration option LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME allow to
+    define a hostname in netif struct (this is just a pointer, so, you can use a hardcoded
+    string, point on one of your's ethernetif field, or alloc a string you will free yourself).
+    It will be used by DHCP to register a client hostname, but can also be use when you call
+    snmp_set_sysname.
+
+  2007-03-28 Frédéric Bernon
+  * netif.h, netif.c: A new NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP flag is defined in netif.h, to allow to 
+    initialize a network interface's flag with. It tell this interface is an ethernet
+    device, and we can use ARP with it to do a "gratuitous ARP" (RFC 3220 "IP Mobility
+    Support for IPv4" section 4.6) when interface is "up" with netif_set_up().
+
+  2007-03-26 Frédéric Bernon, Jonathan Larmour
+  * opt.h, tcpip.c: New configuration option LWIP_ARP allow to disable ARP init at build
+    time if you only use PPP or SLIP. The default is enable. Note we don't have to call 
+    etharp_init in your port's initilization sequence if you use tcpip.c, because this call
+    is done in tcpip_init function.
+
+  2007-03-22 Frédéric Bernon
+  * stats.h, stats.c, msg_in.c: Stats counters can be change to u32_t if necessary with the
+    new option LWIP_STATS_LARGE. If you need this option, define LWIP_STATS_LARGE to 1 in
+    your lwipopts.h. More, unused counters are not defined in the stats structs, and not 
+    display by stats_display(). Note that some options (SYS_STATS and RAW_STATS) are defined
+    but never used. Fix msg_in.c with the correct #if test for a stat display.
+
+  2007-03-21 Kieran Mansley
+  * netif.c, netif.h: Apply patch#4197 with some changes (originator: rireland@hmgsl.com). 
+    Provides callback on netif up/down state change.
+
+  2007-03-11 Frédéric Bernon, Mace Gael, Steve Reynolds
+  * sockets.h, sockets.c, api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.h, api_msg.c, igmp.h, igmp.c,
+    ip.c, netif.h, tcpip.c, opt.h:
+    New configuration option LWIP_IGMP to enable IGMP processing. Based on only one 
+    filter per all network interfaces. Declare a new function in netif to enable to
+    control the MAC filter (to reduce lwIP traffic processing).
+
+  2007-03-11 Frédéric Bernon
+  * tcp.h, tcp.c, sockets.c, tcp_out.c, tcp_in.c, opt.h: Keepalive values can
+    be configured at run time with LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE, but don't change this
+    unless you know what you're doing (default are RFC1122 compliant). Note
+    that TCP_KEEPIDLE and TCP_KEEPINTVL have to be set in seconds.
+
+  2007-03-08 Frédéric Bernon
+  * tcp.h: Keepalive values can be configured at compile time, but don't change
+    this unless you know what you're doing (default are RFC1122 compliant).
+
+  2007-03-08 Frédéric Bernon
+  * sockets.c, api.h, api_lib.c, tcpip.c, sys.h, sys.c, err.c, opt.h:
+    Implement LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO configuration option to enable/disable SO_RCVTIMEO
+    on UDP sockets/netconn.
+
+  2007-03-08 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * snmp_msg.h, msg_in.c: SNMP UDP ports can be configured at compile time.
+
+  2007-03-06 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, sockets.h, sockets.c, tcpip.c, sys.h, sys.c, err.h: 
+    Implement SO_RCVTIMEO on UDP sockets/netconn.
+
+  2007-02-28 Kieran Mansley (based on patch from Simon Goldschmidt)
+  * api_lib.c, tcpip.c, memp.c, memp.h: make API msg structs allocated
+    on the stack and remove the API msg type from memp
+
+  2007-02-26 Jonathan Larmour (based on patch from Simon Goldschmidt)
+  * sockets.h, sockets.c: Move socket initialization to new
+    lwip_socket_init() function.
+    NOTE: this changes the API with ports. Ports will have to be
+    updated to call lwip_socket_init() now.
+
+  2007-02-26 Jonathan Larmour (based on patch from Simon Goldschmidt)
+  * api_lib.c: Use memcpy in netbuf_copy_partial.
+
+
+  ++ Bug fixes:
+
+  2008-03-17 Frédéric Bernon, Ed Kerekes
+  * igmp.h, igmp.c: Fix bug #22613 "IGMP iphdr problem" (could have
+    some problems to fill the IP header on some targets, use now the
+    ip.h macros to do it).
+
+  2008-03-13 Frédéric Bernon
+  * sockets.c: Fix bug #22435 "lwip_recvfrom with TCP break;". Using
+    (lwip_)recvfrom with valid "from" and "fromlen" parameters, on a
+    TCP connection caused a crash. Note that using (lwip_)recvfrom
+    like this is a bit slow and that using (lwip)getpeername is the
+    good lwip way to do it (so, using recv is faster on tcp sockets).
+
+  2008-03-12 Frédéric Bernon, Jonathan Larmour
+  * api_msg.c, contrib/apps/ping.c: Fix bug #22530 "api_msg.c's
+    recv_raw() does not consume data", and the ping sample (with
+    LWIP_SOCKET=1, the code did the wrong supposition that lwip_recvfrom
+    returned the IP payload, without the IP header).
+
+  2008-03-04 Jonathan Larmour
+  * mem.c, stats.c, mem.h: apply patch #6414 to avoid compiler errors
+  and/or warnings on some systems where mem_size_t and size_t differ.
+  * pbuf.c, ppp.c: Fix warnings on some systems with mem_malloc.
+
+  2008-03-04 Kieran Mansley (contributions by others) 
+  * Numerous small compiler error/warning fixes from contributions to
+    mailing list after 1.3.0 release candidate made.
+
+  2008-01-25 Cui hengbin (integrated by Frédéric Bernon)
+  * dns.c: Fix bug #22108 "DNS problem" caused by unaligned structures.
+
+  2008-01-15 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp_out.c: BUG20511.  Modify persist timer to start when we are
+    prevented from sending by a small send window, not just a zero
+    send window.
+
+  2008-01-09 Jonathan Larmour
+  * opt.h, ip.c: Rename IP_OPTIONS define to IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED to avoid
+    conflict with Linux system headers.
+
+  2008-01-06 Jonathan Larmour
+  * dhcp.c: fix bug #19927: "DHCP NACK problem" by clearing any existing set IP
+    address entirely on receiving a DHCPNAK, and restarting discovery.
+
+  2007-12-21 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sys.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c: fix bug #21698: "netconn->recv_avail
+    is not protected" by using new macros for interlocked access to modify/test
+    netconn->recv_avail.
+
+  2007-12-20 Kieran Mansley (based on patch from Oleg Tyshev)
+  * tcp_in.c: fix bug# 21535 (nrtx not reset correctly in SYN_SENT state)
+
+  2007-12-20 Kieran Mansley (based on patch from Per-Henrik Lundbolm)
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c, tcp.h: fix bug #20199 (better handling
+    of silly window avoidance and prevent lwIP from shrinking the window)
+
+  2007-12-04 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c: fix bug #21699 (segment leak in ooseq processing when last
+    data packet was lost): add assert that all segment lists are empty in
+    tcp_pcb_remove before setting pcb to CLOSED state; don't directly set CLOSED
+    state from LAST_ACK in tcp_process
+
+  2007-12-02 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.h: fix bug #21654: exclude definition of struct timeval from #ifndef FD_SET
+    If including <sys/time.h> for system-struct timeval, LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE now
+    has to be set to 0 in lwipopts.h
+
+  2007-12-02 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c, api_lib.c: fix bug #21656 (recvmbox problem in netconn API): always
+    allocate a recvmbox in netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback. For a tcp-listen
+    netconn, this recvmbox is later freed and a new mbox is allocated for acceptmbox.
+    This is a fix for thread-safety and allocates all items needed for a netconn
+    when the netconn is created.
+
+  2007-11-30 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.c: first attempt to fix bug #21655 (DHCP doesn't work reliably with multiple
+    netifs): if LWIP_DHCP is enabled, UDP packets to DHCP_CLIENT_PORT are passed
+    to netif->dhcp->pcb only (if that exists) and not to any other pcb for the same
+    port (only solution to let UDP pcbs 'bind' to a netif instead of an IP address)
+
+  2007-11-27 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip.c: fixed bug #21643 (udp_send/raw_send don't fail if netif is down) by
+    letting ip_route only use netifs that are up.
+
+  2007-11-27 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * err.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c, sockets.c: Changed error handling: ERR_MEM, ERR_BUF
+    and ERR_RTE are seen as non-fatal, all other errors are fatal. netconns and
+    sockets block most operations once they have seen a fatal error.
+
+  2007-11-27 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.h, udp.c, dhcp.c: Implemented new function udp_sendto_if which takes the
+    netif to send as an argument (to be able to send on netifs that are down).
+
+  2007-11-26 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #21582: pcb->acked accounting can be wrong when ACKs
+    arrive out-of-order
+
+  2007-11-21 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, tcp_out.c, api_msg.c: Fixed bug #20287: tcp_output_nagle sends too early
+    Fixed the nagle algorithm; nagle now also works for all raw API applications
+    and has to be explicitly disabled with 'tcp_pcb->flags |= TF_NODELAY'
+
+  2007-11-12 Frédéric Bernon
+  * sockets.c, api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.h, api_msg.c: Fixed bug #20900. Now, most
+    of the netconn_peer and netconn_addr processing is done inside tcpip_thread
+    context in do_getaddr.
+
+  2007-11-10 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c: Fixed bug: assert fired when MEMP_ARP_QUEUE was empty (which can
+    happen any time). Now the packet simply isn't enqueued when out of memory.
+
+  2007-11-01 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #21494: The send mss (pcb->mss) is set to 536 (or
+    TCP_MSS if that is smaller) as long as no MSS option is received from the
+    remote host.
+
+  2007-11-01 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, tcp.c, tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #21491: The MSS option sent (with SYN)
+    is now based on TCP_MSS instead of pcb->mss (on passive open now effectively
+    sending our configured TCP_MSS instead of the one received).
+
+  2007-11-01 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_in.c: Fixed bug #21181: On active open, the initial congestion window was
+    calculated based on the configured TCP_MSS, not on the MSS option received
+    with SYN+ACK.
+
+  2007-10-09 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.c, inet.c, inet.h: Fixed UDPLite: send: Checksum was always generated too
+    short and also was generated wrong if checksum coverage != tot_len;
+    receive: checksum was calculated wrong if checksum coverage != tot_len
+
+  2007-10-08 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c: lfree was not updated in mem_realloc!
+
+  2007-10-07 Frédéric Bernon
+  * sockets.c, api.h, api_lib.c: First step to fix "bug #20900 : Potential
+    crash error problem with netconn_peer & netconn_addr". VERY IMPORTANT:
+    this change cause an API breakage for netconn_addr, since a parameter
+    type change. Any compiler should cause an error without any changes in
+    yours netconn_peer calls (so, it can't be a "silent change"). It also
+    reduce a little bit the footprint for socket layer (lwip_getpeername &
+    lwip_getsockname use now a common lwip_getaddrname function since 
+    netconn_peer & netconn_addr have the same parameters).
+
+  2007-09-20 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: Fixed bug #21080 (tcp_bind without check pcbs in TIME_WAIT state)
+    by checking  tcp_tw_pcbs also
+
+  2007-09-19 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * icmp.c: Fixed bug #21107 (didn't reset IP TTL in ICMP echo replies)
+
+  2007-09-15 Mike Kleshov
+  * mem.c: Fixed bug #21077 (inaccuracy in calculation of lwip_stat.mem.used)
+
+  2007-09-06 Frédéric Bernon
+  * several-files: replace some #include "arch/cc.h" by "lwip/arch.h", or simply remove
+    it as long as "lwip/opt.h" is included before (this one include "lwip/debug.h" which
+    already include "lwip/arch.h"). Like that, default defines are provided by "lwip/arch.h"
+    if they are not defined in cc.h, in the same spirit than "lwip/opt.h" for lwipopts.h.
+
+  2007-08-30 Frédéric Bernon
+  * igmp.h, igmp.c: Some changes to remove some redundant code, add some traces, 
+    and fix some coding style.
+
+  2007-08-28 Frédéric Bernon
+  * tcpip.c: Fix TCPIP_MSG_INPKT processing: now, tcpip_input can be used for any
+    kind of packets. These packets are considered like Ethernet packets (payload 
+    pointing to ethhdr) if the netif got the NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP flag. Else, packets 
+    are considered like IP packets (payload pointing to iphdr).
+
+  2007-08-27 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c: First fix for "bug #20900 : Potential crash error
+    problem with netconn_peer & netconn_addr". Introduce NETCONN_LISTEN netconn_state
+    and remove obsolete ones (NETCONN_RECV & NETCONN_ACCEPT).
+
+  2007-08-24 Kieran Mansley
+  * inet.c Modify (acc >> 16) test to ((acc >> 16) != 0) to help buggy
+    compiler (Paradigm C++)
+
+  2007-08-09 Frédéric Bernon, Bill Florac
+  * stats.h, stats.c, igmp.h, igmp.c, opt.h: Fix for bug #20503 : IGMP Improvement.
+    Introduce IGMP_STATS to centralize statistics management.
+
+  2007-08-09 Frédéric Bernon, Bill Florac
+  * udp.c: Fix for bug #20503 : IGMP Improvement. Enable to receive a multicast
+    packet on a udp pcb binded on an netif's IP address, and not on "any".
+
+  2007-08-09 Frédéric Bernon, Bill Florac
+  * igmp.h, igmp.c, ip.c: Fix minor changes from bug #20503 : IGMP Improvement.
+    This is mainly on using lookup/lookfor, and some coding styles...
+
+  2007-07-26 Frédéric Bernon (and "thedoctor")
+  * igmp.c: Fix bug #20595 to accept IGMPv3 "Query" messages.
+
+  2007-07-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c, tcp.c: Another fix for bug #20021: by not returning an error if
+    tcp_output fails in tcp_close, the code in do_close_internal gets simpler
+    (tcp_output is called again later from tcp timers).
+
+  2007-07-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip_frag.c: Fixed bug #20429: use the new pbuf_copy_partial instead of the old
+    copy_from_pbuf, which illegally modified the given pbuf.
+
+  2007-07-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: tcp_enqueue: pcb->snd_queuelen didn't work for chaine PBUF_RAMs:
+    changed snd_queuelen++ to snd_queuelen += pbuf_clen(p).
+
+  2007-07-24 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c, tcp.c: Fix bug #20480: Check the pcb passed to tcp_listen() for the
+    correct state (must be CLOSED).
+
+  2007-07-13 Thomas Taranowski (commited by Jared Grubb)
+  * memp.c: Fix bug #20478: memp_malloc returned NULL+MEMP_SIZE on failed
+    allocation. It now returns NULL.
+
+  2007-07-13 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_msg.c: Fix bug #20318: api_msg "recv" callbacks don't call pbuf_free in
+    all error cases.
+
+  2007-07-13 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_msg.c: Fix bug #20315: possible memory leak problem if tcp_listen failed,
+    because current code doesn't follow rawapi.txt documentation.
+
+  2007-07-13 Kieran Mansley
+  * src/core/tcp_in.c Apply patch#5741 from Oleg Tyshev to fix bug in
+    out of sequence processing of received packets
+
+  2007-07-03 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * nearly-all-files: Added assertions where PBUF_RAM pbufs are used and an
+    assumption is made that this pbuf is in one piece (i.e. not chained). These
+    assumptions clash with the possibility of converting to fully pool-based
+    pbuf implementations, where PBUF_RAM pbufs might be chained.
+
+  2007-07-03 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.c: Final fix for bug #20021 and some other problems
+    when closing tcp netconns: removed conn->sem, less context switches when
+    closing, both netconn_close and netconn_delete should safely close tcp
+    connections.
+
+  2007-07-02 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ipv4/ip.h, ipv6/ip.h, opt.h, netif.h, etharp.h, ipv4/ip.c, netif.c, raw.c,
+    tcp_out.c, udp.c, etharp.c: Added option LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT (default=off)
+    to cache ARP table indices with each pcb instead of single-entry cache for
+    the complete stack.
+
+  2007-07-02 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c: Added some ASSERTS and casts to prevent
+    warnings when assigning to smaller types.
+
+  2007-06-28 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp_out.c: Added check to prevent tcp_pcb->snd_queuelen from overflowing.
+
+  2007-06-28 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h: Fixed bug #20287: Fixed nagle algorithm (sending was done too early if
+    a segment contained chained pbufs)
+
+  2007-06-28 Frédéric Bernon
+  * autoip.c: replace most of rand() calls by a macro LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND which compute
+    a "pseudo-random" value based on netif's MAC and some autoip fields. It's always
+    possible to define this macro in your own lwipopts.h to always use C library's
+    rand(). Note that autoip_create_rand_addr doesn't use this macro.
+
+  2007-06-28 Frédéric Bernon
+  * netifapi.h, netifapi.c, tcpip.h, tcpip.c: Update code to handle the option
+    LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING, and do some changes to be coherent with last modifications
+    in api_lib/api_msg (use pointers and not type with table, etc...) 
+
+  2007-06-26 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.h: Fixed bug #20259: struct udp_hdr was lacking the packin defines.
+
+  2007-06-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.c: Fixed bug #20253: icmp_dest_unreach was called with a wrong p->payload
+    for udp packets with no matching pcb.
+
+  2007-06-25 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.c: Fixed bug #20220: UDP PCB search in udp_input(): a non-local match
+    could get udp input packets if the remote side matched.
+
+  2007-06-13 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * netif.c: Fixed bug #20180 (TCP pcbs listening on IP_ADDR_ANY could get
+    changed in netif_set_ipaddr if previous netif->ip_addr.addr was 0.
+
+  2007-06-13 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c: pcb_new sets conn->err if protocol is not implemented
+    -> netconn_new_..() does not allocate a new connection for unsupported
+    protocols.
+
+  2007-06-13 Frédéric Bernon, Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c: change return expression in netconn_addr and netconn_peer, because
+    conn->err was reset to ERR_OK without any reasons (and error was lost)...
+
+  2007-06-13 Frédéric Bernon, Matthias Weisser
+  * opt.h, mem.h, mem.c, memp.c, pbuf.c, ip_frag.c, vj.c: Fix bug #20162. Rename
+    MEM_ALIGN in LWIP_MEM_ALIGN and MEM_ALIGN_SIZE in LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE to avoid
+    some macro names collision with some OS macros.
+
+  2007-06-11 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.c: UDP Lite: corrected the use of chksum_len (based on RFC3828: if it's 0,
+    create checksum over the complete packet. On RX, if it's < 8 (and not 0),
+    discard the packet. Also removed the duplicate 'udphdr->chksum = 0' for both
+    UDP & UDP Lite.
+
+  2007-06-11 Srinivas Gollakota & Oleg Tyshev
+  * tcp_out.c: Fix for bug #20075 : "A problem with keep-alive timer and TCP flags"
+    where TCP flags wasn't initialized in tcp_keepalive.
+
+  2007-06-03 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * udp.c: udp_input(): Input pbuf was not freed if pcb had no recv function
+    registered, p->payload was modified without modifying p->len if sending
+    icmp_dest_unreach() (had no negative effect but was definitively wrong).
+
+  2007-06-03 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * icmp.c: Corrected bug #19937: For responding to an icmp echo request, icmp
+    re-used the input pbuf even if that didn't have enough space to include the
+    link headers. Now the space is tested and a new pbuf is allocated for the
+    echo response packet if the echo request pbuf isn't big enough.
+
+  2007-06-01 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: Checked in patch #5914: Moved sockopt processing into tcpip_thread.
+
+  2007-05-23 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_lib.c, sockets.c: Fixed bug #5958 for netconn_listen (acceptmbox only
+    allocated by do_listen if success) and netconn_accept errors handling. In
+    most of api_lib functions, we replace some errors checkings like "if (conn==NULL)"
+    by ASSERT, except for netconn_delete.
+
+  2007-05-23 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_lib.c: Fixed bug #5957 "Safe-thread problem inside netconn_recv" to return
+    an error code if it's impossible to fetch a pbuf on a TCP connection (and not
+    directly close the recvmbox).
+
+  2007-05-22 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.c: Fixed bug #1895 (tcp_bind not correct) by introducing a list of
+    bound but unconnected (and non-listening) tcp_pcbs.
+
+  2007-05-22 Frédéric Bernon
+  * sys.h, sys.c, api_lib.c, tcpip.c: remove sys_mbox_fetch_timeout() (was only
+    used for LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO option) and use sys_arch_mbox_fetch() instead of
+    sys_mbox_fetch() in api files. Now, users SHOULD NOT use internal lwIP features
+    like "sys_timeout" in their application threads.
+
+  2007-05-22 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, api_msg.h, api_msg.c: change the struct api_msg_msg to see
+    which parameters are used by which do_xxx function, and to avoid "misusing"
+    parameters (patch #5938).
+
+  2007-05-22 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_lib.c, api_msg.c, raw.c, api.h, api_msg.h, raw.h: Included patch #5938:
+    changed raw_pcb.protocol from u16_t to u8_t since for IPv4 and IPv6, proto
+    is only 8 bits wide. This affects the api, as there, the protocol was
+    u16_t, too.
+
+  2007-05-18 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * memp.c: addition to patch #5913: smaller pointer was returned but
+    memp_memory was the same size -> did not save memory.
+
+  2007-05-16 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * loopif.c, slipif.c: Fix bug #19729: free pbuf if netif->input() returns
+    != ERR_OK.
+
+  2007-05-16 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * api_msg.c, udp.c: If a udp_pcb has a local_ip set, check if it is the same
+    as the one of the netif used for sending to prevent sending from old
+    addresses after a netif address gets changed (partly fixes bug #3168).
+
+  2007-05-16 Frédéric Bernon
+  * tcpip.c, igmp.h, igmp.c: Fixed bug "#19800 : IGMP: igmp_tick() will not work
+    with NO_SYS=1". Note that igmp_init is always in tcpip_thread (and not in 
+    tcpip_init) because we have to be sure that network interfaces are already
+    added (mac filter is updated only in igmp_init for the moment).
+
+  2007-05-16 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c, memp.c: Removed semaphores from memp, changed sys_sem_wait calls
+    into sys_arch_sem_wait calls to prevent timers from running while waiting
+    for the heap. This fixes bug #19167.
+
+  2007-05-13 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcp.h, sockets.h, sockets.c: Fixed bug from patch #5865 by moving the defines
+    for socket options (lwip_set/-getsockopt) used with level IPPROTO_TCP from
+    tcp.h to sockets.h.
+
+  2007-05-07 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * mem.c: Another attempt to fix bug #17922.
+
+  2007-05-04 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.c, pbuf.h, etharp.c: Further update to ARP queueing: Changed pbuf_copy()
+    implementation so that it can be reused (don't allocate the target
+    pbuf inside pbuf_copy()).
+
+  2007-05-04 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * memp.c: checked in patch #5913: in memp_malloc() we can return memp as mem
+    to save a little RAM (next pointer of memp is not used while not in pool).
+
+  2007-05-03 "maq"
+  * sockets.c: Fix ioctl FIONREAD when some data remains from last recv.
+    (patch #3574).
+
+  2007-04-23 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * loopif.c, loopif.h, opt.h, src/netif/FILES: fix bug #2595: "loopif results
+    in NULL reference for incoming TCP packets". Loopif has to be configured
+    (using LWIP_LOOPIF_MULTITHREADING) to directly call netif->input()
+    (multithreading environments, e.g. netif->input() = tcpip_input()) or
+    putting packets on a list that is fed to the stack by calling loopif_poll()
+    (single-thread / NO_SYS / polling environment where e.g.
+    netif->input() = ip_input).
+
+  2007-04-17 Jonathan Larmour
+  * pbuf.c: Use s32_t in pbuf_realloc(), as an s16_t can't reliably hold
+    the difference between two u16_t's.
+  * sockets.h: FD_SETSIZE needs to match number of sockets, which is
+    MEMP_NUM_NETCONN in sockets.c right now.
+
+  2007-04-12 Jonathan Larmour
+  * icmp.c: Reset IP header TTL in ICMP ECHO responses (bug #19580).
+
+  2007-04-12 Kieran Mansley
+  * tcp.c, tcp_in.c, tcp_out.c, tcp.h: Modify way the retransmission
+    timer is reset to fix bug#19434, with help from Oleg Tyshev.
+
+  2007-04-11 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c, pbuf.c, pbuf.h: 3rd fix for bug #11400 (arp-queuing): More pbufs than
+    previously thought need to be copied (everything but PBUF_ROM!). Cleaned up
+    pbuf.c: removed functions no needed any more (by etharp).
+
+  2007-04-11 Kieran Mansley
+  * inet.c, ip_addr.h, sockets.h, sys.h, tcp.h: Apply patch #5745: Fix
+    "Constant is long" warnings with 16bit compilers.  Contributed by
+    avatar@mmlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw
+
+  2007-04-05 Frédéric Bernon, Jonathan Larmour
+  * api_msg.c: Fix bug #16830: "err_tcp() posts to connection mailbox when no pend on
+    the mailbox is active". Now, the post is only done during a connect, and do_send,
+    do_write and do_join_leave_group don't do anything if a previous error was signaled.
+
+  2007-04-03 Frédéric Bernon
+  * ip.c: Don't set the IP_DF ("Don't fragment") flag in the IP header in IP output
+    packets. See patch #5834.
+
+  2007-03-30 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_msg.c: add a "pcb_new" helper function to avoid redundant code, and to add
+    missing  pcb allocations checking (in do_bind, and for each raw_new). Fix style.
+
+  2007-03-30 Frédéric Bernon
+  * most of files: prefix all debug.h define with "LWIP_" to avoid any conflict with
+    others environment defines (these were too "generic").
+
+  2007-03-28 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api.h, api_lib.c, sockets.c: netbuf_ref doesn't check its internal pbuf_alloc call
+    result and can cause a crash. lwip_send now check netbuf_ref result.
+
+  2007-03-28 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c Remove "#include <errno.h>" from sockets.c to avoid multiple
+    definition of macros (in errno.h and lwip/arch.h) if LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO is
+    defined. This is the way it should have been already (looking at
+    doc/sys_arch.txt)
+
+  2007-03-28 Kieran Mansley
+  * opt.h Change default PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE (again) to accomodate default MSS +
+    IP and TCP headers *and* physical link headers
+
+  2007-03-26 Frédéric Bernon (based on patch from Dmitry Potapov)
+  * api_lib.c: patch for netconn_write(), fixes a possible race condition which cause
+    to send some garbage. It is not a definitive solution, but the patch does solve
+    the problem for most cases.
+
+  2007-03-22 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_msg.h, api_msg.c: Remove obsolete API_MSG_ACCEPT and do_accept (never used).
+
+  2007-03-22 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_lib.c: somes resources couldn't be freed if there was errors during
+    netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback.
+
+  2007-03-22 Frédéric Bernon
+  * ethernetif.c: update netif->input calls to check return value. In older ports,
+    it's a good idea to upgrade them, even if before, there could be another problem
+    (access to an uninitialized mailbox).
+
+  2007-03-21 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * sockets.c: fixed bug #5067 (essentialy a signed/unsigned warning fixed
+    by casting to unsigned).
+
+  2007-03-21 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_lib.c, api_msg.c, tcpip.c: integrate sys_mbox_fetch(conn->mbox, NULL) calls from
+    api_lib.c to tcpip.c's tcpip_apimsg(). Now, use a local variable and not a
+    dynamic one from memp to send tcpip_msg to tcpip_thread in a synchrone call.
+    Free tcpip_msg from tcpip_apimsg is not done in tcpip_thread. This give a
+    faster and more reliable communication between api_lib and tcpip.
+
+  2007-03-21 Frédéric Bernon
+  * opt.h: Add LWIP_NETIF_CALLBACK (to avoid compiler warning) and set it to 0.
+
+  2007-03-21 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_msg.c, igmp.c, igmp.h: Fix C++ style comments
+
+  2007-03-21 Kieran Mansley
+  * opt.h Change default PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE to accomodate default MSS +
+    IP and TCP headers
+
+  2007-03-21 Kieran Mansley
+  * Fix all uses of pbuf_header to check the return value.  In some
+    cases just assert if it fails as I'm not sure how to fix them, but
+    this is no worse than before when they would carry on regardless
+    of the failure.
+
+  2007-03-21 Kieran Mansley
+  * sockets.c, igmp.c, igmp.h, memp.h: Fix C++ style comments and
+    comment out missing header include in icmp.c
+
+  2007-03-20 Frédéric Bernon
+  * memp.h, stats.c: Fix stats_display function where memp_names table wasn't
+    synchronized with memp.h.
+
+  2007-03-20 Frédéric Bernon
+  * tcpip.c: Initialize tcpip's mbox, and verify if initialized in tcpip_input,
+    tcpip_ethinput, tcpip_callback, tcpip_apimsg, to fix a init problem with 
+    network interfaces. Also fix a compiler warning.
+
+  2007-03-20 Kieran Mansley
+  * udp.c: Only try and use pbuf_header() to make space for headers if
+    not a ROM or REF pbuf.
+
+  2007-03-19 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_msg.h, api_msg.c, tcpip.h, tcpip.c: Add return types to tcpip_apimsg()
+    and api_msg_post().
+
+  2007-03-19 Frédéric Bernon
+  * Remove unimplemented "memp_realloc" function from memp.h.
+
+  2007-03-11 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * pbuf.c: checked in patch #5796: pbuf_alloc: len field claculation caused
+    memory corruption.
+
+  2007-03-11 Simon Goldschmidt (based on patch from Dmitry Potapov)
+  * api_lib.c, sockets.c, api.h, api_msg.h, sockets.h: Fixed bug #19251
+    (missing `const' qualifier in socket functions), to get more compatible to
+    standard POSIX sockets.
+
+  2007-03-11 Frédéric Bernon (based on patch from Dmitry Potapov)
+  * sockets.c: Add asserts inside bind, connect and sendto to check input
+    parameters. Remove excessive set_errno() calls after get_socket(), because
+    errno is set inside of get_socket(). Move last sock_set_errno() inside
+    lwip_close.
+
+  2007-03-09 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * memp.c: Fixed bug #11400: New etharp queueing introduced bug: memp_memory
+    was allocated too small.
+
+  2007-03-06 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcpip.c: Initialize dhcp timers in tcpip_thread (if LWIP_DHCP) to protect
+    the stack from concurrent access.
+
+  2007-03-06 Frédéric Bernon, Dmitry Potapov
+  * tcpip.c, ip_frag.c, ethernetif.c: Fix some build problems, and a redundancy
+    call to "lwip_stats.link.recv++;" in low_level_input() & ethernetif_input().
+
+  2007-03-06 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * ip_frag.c, ip_frag.h: Reduce code size: don't include code in those files
+    if IP_FRAG == 0 and IP_REASSEMBLY == 0
+
+  2007-03-06 Frédéric Bernon, Simon Goldschmidt
+  * opt.h, ip_frag.h, tcpip.h, tcpip.c, ethernetif.c: add new configuration
+    option named ETHARP_TCPIP_ETHINPUT, which enable the new tcpip_ethinput.
+    Allow to do ARP processing for incoming packets inside tcpip_thread
+    (protecting ARP layer against concurrent access). You can also disable
+    old code using tcp_input with new define ETHARP_TCPIP_INPUT set to 0.
+    Older ports have to use tcpip_ethinput.
+
+  2007-03-06 Simon Goldschmidt (based on patch from Dmitry Potapov)
+  * err.h, err.c: fixed compiler warning "initialization dircards qualifiers
+    from pointer target type"
+
+  2007-03-05 Frédéric Bernon
+  * opt.h, sockets.h: add new configuration options (LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES,
+    ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC, review SO_REUSE)
+
+  2007-03-04 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_msg.c: Remove some compiler warnings : parameter "pcb" was never
+    referenced.
+
+  2007-03-04 Frédéric Bernon
+  * api_lib.c: Fix "[patch #5764] api_lib.c cleanup: after patch #5687" (from
+    Dmitry Potapov).
+    The api_msg struct stay on the stack (not moved to netconn struct).
+
+  2007-03-04 Simon Goldschmidt (based on patch from Dmitry Potapov)
+  * pbuf.c: Fix BUG#19168 - pbuf_free can cause deadlock (if
+    SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT=1 & freeing PBUF_RAM when mem_sem is not available)
+    Also fixed cast warning in pbuf_alloc()
+
+  2007-03-04 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * etharp.c, etharp.h, memp.c, memp.h, opt.h: Fix BUG#11400 - don't corrupt
+    existing pbuf chain when enqueuing multiple pbufs to a pending ARP request
+
+  2007-03-03 Frédéric Bernon
+  * udp.c: remove obsolete line "static struct udp_pcb *pcb_cache = NULL;"
+    It is static, and never used in udp.c except udp_init().
+
+  2007-03-02 Simon Goldschmidt
+  * tcpip.c: Moved call to ip_init(), udp_init() and tcp_init() from
+    tcpip_thread() to tcpip_init(). This way, raw API connections can be
+    initialized before tcpip_thread is running (e.g. before OS is started)
+
+  2007-03-02 Frédéric Bernon
+  * rawapi.txt: Fix documentation mismatch with etharp.h about etharp_tmr's call
+    interval.
+
+  2007-02-28 Kieran Mansley 
+  * pbuf.c: Fix BUG#17645 - ensure pbuf payload pointer is not moved
+    outside the region of the pbuf by pbuf_header()
+
+  2007-02-28 Kieran Mansley 
+  * sockets.c: Fix BUG#19161 - ensure milliseconds timeout is non-zero
+    when supplied timeout is also non-zero 
+
+(STABLE-1.2.0)
+
+  2006-12-05 Leon Woestenberg
+  * CHANGELOG: Mention STABLE-1.2.0 release.
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  2006-12-01 Christiaan Simons
+  * mem.h, opt.h: Added MEM_LIBC_MALLOC option.
+    Note this is a workaround. Currently I have no other options left.
+
+  2006-10-26 Christiaan Simons (accepted patch by Jonathan Larmour)
+  * ipv4/ip_frag.c: rename MAX_MTU to IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU and move define
+    to include/lwip/opt.h.
+  * ipv4/lwip/ip_frag.h: Remove unused IP_REASS_INTERVAL.
+    Move IP_REASS_MAXAGE and IP_REASS_BUFSIZE to include/lwip/opt.h.
+  * opt.h: Add above new options.
+
+  2006-08-18 Christiaan Simons
+  * tcp_{in,out}.c: added SNMP counters.
+  * ipv4/ip.c: added SNMP counters.
+  * ipv4/ip_frag.c: added SNMP counters.
+
+  2006-08-08 Christiaan Simons
+  * etharp.{c,h}: added etharp_find_addr() to read
+    (stable) ethernet/IP address pair from ARP table
+
+  2006-07-14 Christiaan Simons
+  * mib_structs.c: added
+  * include/lwip/snmp_structs.h: added
+  * netif.{c,h}, netif/ethernetif.c: added SNMP statistics to netif struct
+
+  2006-07-06 Christiaan Simons
+  * snmp/asn1_{enc,dec}.c added
+  * snmp/mib2.c added
+  * snmp/msg_{in,out}.c added
+  * include/lwip/snmp_asn1.h added
+  * include/lwip/snmp_msg.h added
+  * doc/snmp_agent.txt added
+
+  2006-03-29 Christiaan Simons
+  * inet.c, inet.h: Added platform byteswap support.
+    Added LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP define (defaults to 0) and
+    optional LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(), LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL() macros.
+
+  ++ Bug fixes:
+
+  2006-11-30 Christiaan Simons
+  * dhcp.c: Fixed false triggers of request_timeout.
+
+  2006-11-28 Christiaan Simons
+  * netif.c: In netif_add() fixed missing clear of ip_addr, netmask, gw and flags.
+
+  2006-10-11 Christiaan Simons
+  * api_lib.c etharp.c, ip.c, memp.c, stats.c, sys.{c,h} tcp.h:
+    Partially accepted patch #5449 for ANSI C compatibility / build fixes.
+  * ipv4/lwip/ip.h ipv6/lwip/ip.h: Corrected UDP-Lite protocol
+    identifier from 170 to 136 (bug #17574).
+
+  2006-10-10 Christiaan Simons
+  * api_msg.c: Fixed Nagle algorithm as reported by Bob Grice.
+
+  2006-08-17 Christiaan Simons
+  * udp.c: Fixed bug #17200, added check for broadcast
+    destinations for PCBs bound to a unicast address.
+
+  2006-08-07 Christiaan Simons
+  * api_msg.c: Flushing TCP output in do_close() (bug #15926).
+
+  2006-06-27 Christiaan Simons
+  * api_msg.c: Applied patch for cold case (bug #11135).
+    In accept_function() ensure newconn->callback is always initialized.
+
+  2006-06-15 Christiaan Simons
+  * mem.h: added MEM_SIZE_F alias to fix an ancient cold case (bug #1748),
+    facilitate printing of mem_size_t and u16_t statistics.
+
+  2006-06-14 Christiaan Simons
+  * api_msg.c: Applied patch #5146 to handle allocation failures
+    in accept() by Kevin Lawson.
+
+  2006-05-26 Christiaan Simons
+  * api_lib.c: Removed conn->sem creation and destruction 
+    from netconn_write() and added sys_sem_new to netconn_new_*.
+
+(STABLE-1_1_1)
+
+  2006-03-03  Christiaan Simons
+  * ipv4/ip_frag.c: Added bound-checking assertions on ip_reassbitmap
+    access and added pbuf_alloc() return value checks.
+
+  2006-01-01  Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * tcp_{in,out}.c, tcp_out.c: Removed 'even sndbuf' fix in TCP, which is
+    now handled by the checksum routine properly.
+
+  2006-02-27  Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+   * pbuf.c: Fix alignment; pbuf_init() would not work unless
+     pbuf_pool_memory[] was properly aligned. (Patch by Curt McDowell.)
+
+  2005-12-20  Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * tcp.c: Remove PCBs which stay in LAST_ACK state too long. Patch
+    submitted by Mitrani Hiroshi.
+
+  2005-12-15  Christiaan Simons
+  * inet.c: Disabled the added summing routine to preserve code space.
+
+  2005-12-14  Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * tcp_in.c: Duplicate FIN ACK race condition fix by Kelvin Lawson.
+    Added Curt McDowell's optimized checksumming routine for future
+    inclusion. Need to create test case for unaliged, aligned, odd,
+    even length combination of cases on various endianess machines.
+
+  2005-12-09  Christiaan Simons
+  * inet.c: Rewrote standard checksum routine in proper portable C.
+
+  2005-11-25  Christiaan Simons
+  * udp.c tcp.c: Removed SO_REUSE hack. Should reside in socket code only.
+  * *.c: introduced cc.h LWIP_DEBUG formatters matching the u16_t, s16_t,
+    u32_t, s32_t typedefs. This solves most debug word-length assumes.
+
+  2005-07-17 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * inet.c: Fixed unaligned 16-bit access in the standard checksum
+    routine by Peter Jolasson.
+  * slipif.c: Fixed implementation assumption of single-pbuf datagrams.
+
+  2005-02-04 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * tcp_out.c: Fixed uninitialized 'queue' referenced in memerr branch.
+  * tcp_{out|in}.c: Applied patch fixing unaligned access.
+
+  2005-01-04 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * pbuf.c: Fixed missing semicolon after LWIP_DEBUG statement.
+
+  2005-01-03 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * udp.c: UDP pcb->recv() was called even when it was NULL.
+
+(STABLE-1_1_0)
+
+  2004-12-28 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * etharp.*: Disabled multiple packets on the ARP queue.
+    This clashes with TCP queueing.
+
+  2004-11-28 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * etharp.*: Fixed race condition from ARP request to ARP timeout.
+    Halved the ARP period, doubled the period counts.
+    ETHARP_MAX_PENDING now should be at least 2. This prevents
+    the counter from reaching 0 right away (which would allow
+    too little time for ARP responses to be received).
+
+  2004-11-25 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * dhcp.c: Decline messages were not multicast but unicast.
+  * etharp.c: ETHARP_CREATE is renamed to ETHARP_TRY_HARD.
+    Do not try hard to insert arbitrary packet's source address,
+    etharp_ip_input() now calls etharp_update() without ETHARP_TRY_HARD. 
+    etharp_query() now always DOES call ETHARP_TRY_HARD so that users
+    querying an address will see it appear in the cache (DHCP could
+    suffer from this when a server invalidly gave an in-use address.)
+  * ipv4/ip_addr.h: Renamed ip_addr_maskcmp() to _netcmp() as we are
+    comparing network addresses (identifiers), not the network masks
+    themselves.
+  * ipv4/ip_addr.c: ip_addr_isbroadcast() now checks that the given
+    IP address actually belongs to the network of the given interface.
+
+  2004-11-24 Kieran Mansley <kjm25@cam.ac.uk>
+  * tcp.c: Increment pcb->snd_buf when ACK is received in SYN_SENT state.
+
+(STABLE-1_1_0-RC1)
+
+  2004-10-16 Kieran Mansley <kjm25@cam.ac.uk>
+  * tcp.c: Add code to tcp_recved() to send an ACK (window update) immediately,
+    even if one is already pending, if the rcv_wnd is above a threshold
+    (currently TCP_WND/2). This avoids waiting for a timer to expire to send a
+    delayed ACK in order to open the window if the stack is only receiving data.
+
+  2004-09-12 Kieran Mansley <kjm25@cam.ac.uk>
+  * tcp*.*: Retransmit time-out handling improvement by Sam Jansen.
+
+  2004-08-20 Tony Mountifield <tony@softins.co.uk>
+  * etharp.c: Make sure the first pbuf queued on an ARP entry
+    is properly ref counted.
+
+  2004-07-27 Tony Mountifield <tony@softins.co.uk>
+  * debug.h: Added (int) cast in LWIP_DEBUGF() to avoid compiler
+    warnings about comparison.
+  * pbuf.c: Stopped compiler complaining of empty if statement
+    when LWIP_DEBUGF() empty.  Closed an unclosed comment.
+  * tcp.c: Stopped compiler complaining of empty if statement
+    when LWIP_DEBUGF() empty.
+  * ip.h Corrected IPH_TOS() macro: returns a byte, so doesn't need htons().
+  * inet.c: Added a couple of casts to quiet the compiler.
+    No need to test isascii(c) before isdigit(c) or isxdigit(c).
+
+  2004-07-22 Tony Mountifield <tony@softins.co.uk>
+  * inet.c: Made data types consistent in inet_ntoa().
+    Added casts for return values of checksum routines, to pacify compiler.
+  * ip_frag.c, tcp_out.c, sockets.c, pbuf.c
+    Small corrections to some debugging statements, to pacify compiler.
+
+  2004-07-21 Tony Mountifield <tony@softins.co.uk>
+  * etharp.c: Removed spurious semicolon and added missing end-of-comment.
+  * ethernetif.c Updated low_level_output() to match prototype for
+    netif->linkoutput and changed low_level_input() similarly for consistency.
+  * api_msg.c: Changed recv_raw() from int to u8_t, to match prototype
+    of raw_recv() in raw.h and so avoid compiler error.
+  * sockets.c: Added trivial (int) cast to keep compiler happier.
+  * ip.c, netif.c Changed debug statements to use the tidier ip4_addrN() macros.
+
+(STABLE-1_0_0)
+
+  ++ Changes:
+
+  2004-07-05 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * sockets.*: Restructured LWIP_PRIVATE_TIMEVAL. Make sure
+    your cc.h file defines this either 1 or 0. If non-defined,
+    defaults to 1.
+  * .c: Added <string.h> and <errno.h> includes where used.
+  * etharp.c: Made some array indices unsigned.
+
+  2004-06-27 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * netif.*: Added netif_set_up()/down().
+  * dhcp.c: Changes to restart program flow.
+
+  2004-05-07 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * etharp.c: In find_entry(), instead of a list traversal per candidate, do a
+    single-pass lookup for different candidates. Should exploit locality.
+
+  2004-04-29 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * tcp*.c: Cleaned up source comment documentation for Doxygen processing.
+  * opt.h: ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT option removed to comply with ARP RFC.
+  * etharp.c: update_arp_entry() only adds new ARP entries when adviced to by
+    the caller. This deprecates the ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT overrule option.
+
+  ++ Bug fixes:
+
+  2004-04-27 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * etharp.c: Applied patch of bug #8708 by Toni Mountifield with a solution
+    suggested by Timmy Brolin. Fix for 32-bit processors that cannot access
+    non-aligned 32-bit words, such as soms 32-bit TCP/IP header fields. Fix
+    is to prefix the 14-bit Ethernet headers with two padding bytes.
+
+  2004-04-23 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
+  * ip_addr.c: Fix in the ip_addr_isbroadcast() check.
+  * etharp.c: Fixed the case where the packet that initiates the ARP request
+    is not queued, and gets lost. Fixed the case where the packets destination
+    address is already known; we now always queue the packet and perform an ARP
+    request.
+
+(STABLE-0_7_0)
+
+  ++ Bug fixes:
+
+  * Fixed TCP bug for SYN_SENT to ESTABLISHED state transition.
+  * Fixed TCP bug in dequeueing of FIN from out of order segment queue.
+  * Fixed two possible NULL references in rare cases.
+
+(STABLE-0_6_6)
+
+  ++ Bug fixes:
+
+  * Fixed DHCP which did not include the IP address in DECLINE messages.
+
+  ++ Changes:
+
+  * etharp.c has been hauled over a bit.
+
+(STABLE-0_6_5)
+
+  ++ Bug fixes:
+
+  * Fixed TCP bug induced by bad window resizing with unidirectional TCP traffic.
+  * Packets sent from ARP queue had invalid source hardware address.
+
+  ++ Changes:
+
+  * Pass-by ARP requests do now update the cache.
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  * No longer dependent on ctype.h.
+  * New socket options.
+  * Raw IP pcb support.
+
+(STABLE-0_6_4)
+
+  ++ Bug fixes:
+
+  * Some debug formatters and casts fixed.
+  * Numereous fixes in PPP.
+
+  ++ Changes:
+
+  * DEBUGF now is LWIP_DEBUGF
+  * pbuf_dechain() has been re-enabled.
+  * Mentioned the changed use of CVS branches in README.
+
+(STABLE-0_6_3)
+
+  ++ Bug fixes:
+
+  * Fixed pool pbuf memory leak in pbuf_alloc().
+    Occured if not enough PBUF_POOL pbufs for a packet pbuf chain.
+    Reported by Savin Zlobec.
+
+  * PBUF_POOL chains had their tot_len field not set for non-first
+    pbufs. Fixed in pbuf_alloc().
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  * Added PPP stack contributed by Marc Boucher
+
+  ++ Changes:
+
+  * Now drops short packets for ICMP/UDP/TCP protocols. More robust.
+
+  * ARP queueuing now queues the latest packet instead of the first.
+    This is the RFC recommended behaviour, but can be overridden in
+    lwipopts.h.
+
+(0.6.2)
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  * TCP has been fixed to deal with the new use of the pbuf->ref
+    counter.
+
+  * DHCP dhcp_inform() crash bug fixed.
+
+  ++ Changes:
+
+  * Removed pbuf_pool_free_cache and pbuf_pool_alloc_cache. Also removed
+    pbuf_refresh(). This has sped up pbuf pool operations considerably.
+    Implemented by David Haas.
+
+(0.6.1)
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  * The packet buffer implementation has been enhanced to support
+    zero-copy and copy-on-demand for packet buffers which have their
+    payloads in application-managed memory.
+    Implemented by David Haas.
+
+    Use PBUF_REF to make a pbuf refer to RAM. lwIP will use zero-copy
+    if an outgoing packet can be directly sent on the link, or perform
+    a copy-on-demand when necessary.
+
+    The application can safely assume the packet is sent, and the RAM
+    is available to the application directly after calling udp_send()
+    or similar function.
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  * ARP_QUEUEING should now correctly work for all cases, including
+    PBUF_REF.
+    Implemented by Leon Woestenberg.
+
+  ++ Changes:
+
+  * IP_ADDR_ANY is no longer a NULL pointer. Instead, it is a pointer
+    to a '0.0.0.0' IP address.
+
+  * The packet buffer implementation is changed. The pbuf->ref counter
+    meaning has changed, and several pbuf functions have been
+    adapted accordingly.
+
+  * netif drivers have to be changed to set the hardware address length field
+    that must be initialized correctly by the driver (hint: 6 for Ethernet MAC).
+    See the contrib/ports/c16x cs8900 driver as a driver example.
+
+  * netif's have a dhcp field that must be initialized to NULL by the driver.
+    See the contrib/ports/c16x cs8900 driver as a driver example.
+
+(0.5.x) This file has been unmaintained up to 0.6.1. All changes are
+  logged in CVS but have not been explained here.
+
+(0.5.3) Changes since version 0.5.2
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  * memp_malloc(MEMP_API_MSG) could fail with multiple application
+    threads because it wasn't protected by semaphores.
+
+  ++ Other changes:
+
+  * struct ip_addr now packed.
+
+  * The name of the time variable in arp.c has been changed to ctime
+    to avoid conflicts with the time() function.
+
+(0.5.2) Changes since version 0.5.1
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  * A new TCP function, tcp_tmr(), now handles both TCP timers.
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  * A bug in tcp_parseopt() could cause the stack to hang because of a
+    malformed TCP option.
+
+  * The address of new connections in the accept() function in the BSD
+    socket library was not handled correctly.
+
+  * pbuf_dechain() did not update the ->tot_len field of the tail.
+
+  * Aborted TCP connections were not handled correctly in all
+    situations.
+
+  ++ Other changes:
+
+  * All protocol header structs are now packed.
+
+  * The ->len field in the tcp_seg structure now counts the actual
+    amount of data, and does not add one for SYN and FIN segments.
+
+(0.5.1) Changes since version 0.5.0
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  * Possible to run as a user process under Linux.
+
+  * Preliminary support for cross platform packed structs.
+
+  * ARP timer now implemented.
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  * TCP output queue length was badly initialized when opening
+    connections.
+
+  * TCP delayed ACKs were not sent correctly.
+
+  * Explicit initialization of BSS segment variables.
+
+  * read() in BSD socket library could drop data.
+
+  * Problems with memory alignment.
+
+  * Situations when all TCP buffers were used could lead to
+    starvation.
+
+  * TCP MSS option wasn't parsed correctly.
+
+  * Problems with UDP checksum calculation.
+
+  * IP multicast address tests had endianess problems.
+
+  * ARP requests had wrong destination hardware address.
+
+  ++ Other changes:
+
+  * struct eth_addr changed from u16_t[3] array to u8_t[6].
+
+  * A ->linkoutput() member was added to struct netif.
+
+  * TCP and UDP ->dest_* struct members where changed to ->remote_*.
+
+  * ntoh* macros are now null definitions for big endian CPUs.
+
+(0.5.0) Changes since version 0.4.2
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  * Redesigned operating system emulation layer to make porting easier.
+
+  * Better control over TCP output buffers.
+
+  * Documenation added.
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  * Locking issues in buffer management.
+
+  * Bugfixes in the sequential API.
+
+  * IP forwarding could cause memory leakage. This has been fixed.
+
+  ++ Other changes:
+
+  * Directory structure somewhat changed; the core/ tree has been
+    collapsed.
+
+(0.4.2) Changes since version 0.4.1
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  * Experimental ARP implementation added.
+
+  * Skeleton Ethernet driver added.
+
+  * Experimental BSD socket API library added.
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  * In very intense situations, memory leakage could occur. This has
+    been fixed.
+
+  ++ Other changes:
+
+  * Variables named "data" and "code" have been renamed in order to
+    avoid name conflicts in certain compilers.
+
+  * Variable++ have in appliciable cases been translated to ++variable
+    since some compilers generate better code in the latter case.
+
+(0.4.1) Changes since version 0.4
+
+  ++ New features:
+
+  * TCP: Connection attempts time out earlier than data
+    transmissions. Nagle algorithm implemented. Push flag set on the
+    last segment in a burst.
+
+  * UDP: experimental support for UDP-Lite extensions.
+
+  ++ Bugfixes:
+
+  * TCP: out of order segments were in some cases handled incorrectly,
+    and this has now been fixed. Delayed acknowledgements was broken
+    in 0.4, has now been fixed. Binding to an address that is in use
+    now results in an error. Reset connections sometimes hung an
+    application; this has been fixed.
+
+  * Checksum calculation sometimes failed for chained pbufs with odd
+    lengths. This has been fixed.
+
+  * API: a lot of bug fixes in the API. The UDP API has been improved
+    and tested. Error reporting and handling has been
+    improved. Logical flaws and race conditions for incoming TCP
+    connections has been found and removed.
+
+  * Memory manager: alignment issues. Reallocating memory sometimes
+    failed, this has been fixed.
+
+  * Generic library: bcopy was flawed and has been fixed.
+
+  ++ Other changes:
+
+  * API: all datatypes has been changed from generic ones such as
+    ints, to specified ones such as u16_t. Functions that return
+    errors now have the correct type (err_t).
+
+  * General: A lot of code cleaned up and debugging code removed. Many
+    portability issues have been fixed.
+
+  * The license was changed; the advertising clause was removed.
+
+  * C64 port added.
+
+  * Thanks: Huge thanks go to Dagan Galarneau, Horst Garnetzke, Petri
+    Kosunen, Mikael Caleres, and Frits Wilmink for reporting and
+    fixing bugs!
+
+(0.4) Changes since version 0.3.1
+
+  * Memory management has been radically changed; instead of
+    allocating memory from a shared heap, memory for objects that are
+    rapidly allocated and deallocated is now kept in pools. Allocation
+    and deallocation from those memory pools is very fast. The shared
+    heap is still present but is used less frequently.
+
+  * The memory, memory pool, and packet buffer subsystems now support
+    4-, 2-, or 1-byte alignment.
+
+  * "Out of memory" situations are handled in a more robust way.
+
+  * Stack usage has been reduced.
+
+  * Easier configuration of lwIP parameters such as memory usage,
+    TTLs, statistics gathering, etc. All configuration parameters are
+    now kept in a single header file "lwipopts.h".
+
+  * The directory structure has been changed slightly so that all
+    architecture specific files are kept under the src/arch
+    hierarchy.
+
+  * Error propagation has been improved, both in the protocol modules
+    and in the API.
+
+  * The code for the RTXC architecture has been implemented, tested
+    and put to use.
+
+  * Bugs have been found and corrected in the TCP, UDP, IP, API, and
+    the Internet checksum modules.
+
+  * Bugs related to porting between a 32-bit and a 16-bit architecture
+    have been found and corrected.
+
+  * The license has been changed slightly to conform more with the
+    original BSD license, including the advertisement clause.
+
+(0.3.1) Changes since version 0.3
+
+  * Fix of a fatal bug in the buffer management. Pbufs with allocated
+    RAM never returned the RAM when the pbuf was deallocated.
+
+  * TCP congestion control, window updates and retransmissions did not
+    work correctly. This has now been fixed.
+
+  * Bugfixes in the API.
+
+(0.3) Changes since version 0.2
+
+  * New and improved directory structure. All include files are now
+    kept in a dedicated include/ directory.
+
+  * The API now has proper error handling. A new function,
+    netconn_err(), now returns an error code for the connection in
+    case of errors.
+
+  * Improvements in the memory management subsystem. The system now
+    keeps a pointer to the lowest free memory block. A new function,
+    mem_malloc2() tries to allocate memory once, and if it fails tries
+    to free some memory and retry the allocation.
+
+  * Much testing has been done with limited memory
+    configurations. lwIP now does a better job when overloaded.
+
+  * Some bugfixes and improvements to the buffer (pbuf) subsystem.
+
+  * Many bugfixes in the TCP code:
+
+    - Fixed a bug in tcp_close().
+
+    - The TCP receive window was incorrectly closed when out of
+      sequence segments was received. This has been fixed.
+
+    - Connections are now timed-out of the FIN-WAIT-2 state.
+
+    - The initial congestion window could in some cases be too
+      large. This has been fixed.
+
+    - The retransmission queue could in some cases be screwed up. This
+      has been fixed.
+
+    - TCP RST flag now handled correctly.
+
+    - Out of sequence data was in some cases never delivered to the
+      application. This has been fixed.
+
+    - Retransmitted segments now contain the correct acknowledgment
+      number and advertised window.
+
+    - TCP retransmission timeout backoffs are not correctly computed
+      (ala BSD). After a number of retransmissions, TCP now gives up
+      the connection.
+
+  * TCP connections now are kept on three lists, one for active
+    connections, one for listening connections, and one for
+    connections that are in TIME-WAIT. This greatly speeds up the fast
+    timeout processing for sending delayed ACKs.
+
+  * TCP now provides proper feedback to the application when a
+    connection has been successfully set up.
+
+  * More comments have been added to the code. The code has also been
+    somewhat cleaned up.
+
+(0.2) Initial public release.
diff --git a/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md b/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0952b04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# Contributor Covenant Code of Conduct
+
+## Our Pledge
+
+In the interest of fostering an open and welcoming environment, we as
+contributors and maintainers pledge to making participation in our project and
+our community a harassment-free experience for everyone, regardless of age, body
+size, disability, ethnicity, sex characteristics, gender identity and expression,
+level of experience, education, socio-economic status, nationality, personal
+appearance, race, religion, or sexual identity and orientation.
+
+## Our Standards
+
+Examples of behavior that contributes to creating a positive environment
+include:
+
+* Using welcoming and inclusive language
+* Being respectful of differing viewpoints and experiences
+* Gracefully accepting constructive criticism
+* Focusing on what is best for the community
+* Showing empathy towards other community members
+
+Examples of unacceptable behavior by participants include:
+
+* The use of sexualized language or imagery and unwelcome sexual attention or
+ advances
+* Trolling, insulting/derogatory comments, and personal or political attacks
+* Public or private harassment
+* Publishing others' private information, such as a physical or electronic
+ address, without explicit permission
+* Other conduct which could reasonably be considered inappropriate in a
+ professional setting
+
+## Our Responsibilities
+
+Project maintainers are responsible for clarifying the standards of acceptable
+behavior and are expected to take appropriate and fair corrective action in
+response to any instances of unacceptable behavior.
+
+Project maintainers have the right and responsibility to remove, edit, or
+reject comments, commits, code, wiki edits, issues, and other contributions
+that are not aligned to this Code of Conduct, or to ban temporarily or
+permanently any contributor for other behaviors that they deem inappropriate,
+threatening, offensive, or harmful.
+
+## Scope
+
+This Code of Conduct applies both within project spaces and in public spaces
+when an individual is representing the project or its community. Examples of
+representing a project or community include using an official project e-mail
+address, posting via an official social media account, or acting as an appointed
+representative at an online or offline event. Representation of a project may be
+further defined and clarified by project maintainers.
+
+## Enforcement
+
+Instances of abusive, harassing, or otherwise unacceptable behavior may be
+reported by contacting the project team at https://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/contact-us.html. All
+complaints will be reviewed and investigated and will result in a response that
+is deemed necessary and appropriate to the circumstances. The project team is
+obligated to maintain confidentiality with regard to the reporter of an incident.
+Further details of specific enforcement policies may be posted separately.
+
+Project maintainers who do not follow or enforce the Code of Conduct in good
+faith may face temporary or permanent repercussions as determined by other
+members of the project's leadership.
+
+## Attribution
+
+This Code of Conduct is adapted from the [Contributor Covenant][homepage], version 1.4,
+available at https://www.contributor-covenant.org/version/1/4/code-of-conduct.html
+
+[homepage]: https://www.contributor-covenant.org
+
+For answers to common questions about this code of conduct, see
+https://www.contributor-covenant.org/faq
diff --git a/CONTRIBUTING.md b/CONTRIBUTING.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d1e4a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONTRIBUTING.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+## Contributing guide
+This document serves as a checklist before contributing to this repository.
+It includes links to read up on if topics are unclear to you.
+
+This guide mainly focuses on the proper use of Git.
+
+### 1. Before opening an issue
+Please check the following boxes before posting an issue:
+- [ ] `Make sure you are using the latest commit (major releases are Tagged, but corrections are available as new commits).`
+- [ ] `Make sure your issue is a question/feedback/suggestions RELATED TO the software provided in this repository.` Otherwise, it should be discussed on the [ST Community/STM32 MCUs forum](https://community.st.com/s/group/0F90X000000AXsASAW/stm32-mcus).
+- [ ] `Make sure your issue is not already reported/fixed on GitHub or discussed on a previous issue.` Please refer to this [dashboard](https://github.com/orgs/STMicroelectronics/projects/5) for the list of issues and pull-requests. Do not forget to browse into the **closed** issues.
+
+### 2. Posting the issue
+When you have checked the previous boxes. You will find two templates (Bug Report or Other Issue) available in the **Issues** tab of the repository ([link](https://github.com/STMicroelectronics/stm32_mw_lwip/issues/new/choose)).
+
+### 3. Pull Requests
+STMicrolectronics is happy to receive contributions from the community, based on an initial Contributor License Agreement (CLA) procedure.
+
+* If you are an individual writing original source code and you are sure **you own the intellectual property**, then you need to sign an Individual CLA (https://cla.st.com).
+* If you work for a company that wants also to allow you to contribute with your work, your company needs to provide a Corporate CLA (https://cla.st.com) mentioning your GitHub account name.
+* If you are not sure that a CLA (Individual or Corporate) has been signed for your GitHub account you can check here (https://cla.st.com).
+
+Please note that:
+* The Corporate CLA will always take precedence over the Individual CLA.
+* One CLA submission is sufficient, for any project proposed by STMicroelectronics.
+
+#### How to proceed
+
+* We recommend to engage first a communication thru an issue, in order to present your proposal. Just to confirm that it corresponds to STMicroelectronics domain or scope.
+* Then fork the project to your GitHub account to further develop your contribution. Please use the latest commit version.
+* Please, submit one Pull Request for one new feature or proposal. This will ease the analysis and the final merge if accepted.
diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e23898b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+
diff --git a/FILES b/FILES
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6e0998
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FILES
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+src/      - The source code for the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+doc/      - The documentation for lwIP.
+test/     - Some code to test whether the sources do what they should.
+
+See also the FILES file in each subdirectory.
diff --git a/License.md b/License.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d91bddb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/License.md
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+
+This software component is licensed under the **BSD-3-Clause** license. You may not use this file except in compliance with this license. You may obtain a copy of the license [here](https://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause).
diff --git a/README b/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0884d27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+INTRODUCTION
+
+lwIP is a small independent implementation of the TCP/IP protocol
+suite that has been developed by Adam Dunkels at the Computer and
+Networks Architectures (CNA) lab at the Swedish Institute of Computer
+Science (SICS).
+
+The focus of the lwIP TCP/IP implementation is to reduce the RAM usage
+while still having a full scale TCP. This making lwIP suitable for use
+in embedded systems with tens of kilobytes of free RAM and room for
+around 40 kilobytes of code ROM.
+
+
+FEATURES
+
+  * IP (Internet Protocol, IPv4 and IPv6) including packet forwarding over
+    multiple network interfaces
+  * ICMP (Internet Control Message Protocol) for network maintenance and debugging
+  * IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) for multicast traffic management
+  * MLD (Multicast listener discovery for IPv6). Aims to be compliant with 
+    RFC 2710. No support for MLDv2
+  * ND (Neighbor discovery and stateless address autoconfiguration for IPv6).
+    Aims to be compliant with RFC 4861 (Neighbor discovery) and RFC 4862
+    (Address autoconfiguration)
+  * UDP (User Datagram Protocol) including experimental UDP-lite extensions
+  * TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) with congestion control, RTT estimation
+    and fast recovery/fast retransmit
+  * raw/native API for enhanced performance
+  * Optional Berkeley-like socket API
+  * DNS (Domain names resolver)
+
+
+APPLICATIONS
+
+  * HTTP server with SSI and CGI
+  * SNMPv2c agent with MIB compiler (Simple Network Management Protocol)
+  * SNTP (Simple network time protocol)
+  * NetBIOS name service responder
+  * MDNS (Multicast DNS) responder
+  * iPerf server implementation
+
+
+LICENSE
+
+lwIP is freely available under a BSD license.
+
+
+DEVELOPMENT
+
+lwIP has grown into an excellent TCP/IP stack for embedded devices,
+and developers using the stack often submit bug fixes, improvements,
+and additions to the stack to further increase its usefulness.
+
+Development of lwIP is hosted on Savannah, a central point for
+software development, maintenance and distribution. Everyone can
+help improve lwIP by use of Savannah's interface, Git and the
+mailing list. A core team of developers will commit changes to the
+Git source tree.
+
+The lwIP TCP/IP stack is maintained in the 'lwip' Git module and
+contributions (such as platform ports) are in the 'contrib' Git module.
+
+See doc/savannah.txt for details on Git server access for users and
+developers.
+
+The current Git trees are web-browsable:
+  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/lwip.git
+  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/lwip/lwip-contrib.git
+
+Submit patches and bugs via the lwIP project page:
+  http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/lwip/
+
+Continuous integration builds (GCC, clang):
+  https://travis-ci.org/yarrick/lwip-merged
+
+
+DOCUMENTATION
+
+Self documentation of the source code is regularly extracted from the current
+Git sources and is available from this web page:
+  http://www.nongnu.org/lwip/
+
+There is now a constantly growing wiki about lwIP at
+  http://lwip.wikia.com/wiki/LwIP_Wiki
+
+Also, there are mailing lists you can subscribe at
+  http://savannah.nongnu.org/mail/?group=lwip
+plus searchable archives:
+  http://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/lwip-users/
+  http://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/lwip-devel/
+
+lwIP was originally written by Adam Dunkels:
+  http://dunkels.com/adam/
+
+Reading Adam's papers, the files in docs/, browsing the source code
+documentation and browsing the mailing list archives is a good way to
+become familiar with the design of lwIP.
+
+Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@gmx.net>
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
index f7a0a22..a0ac608 100644
--- a/README.md
+++ b/README.md
@@ -1 +1,50 @@
-# mw_lwip
\ No newline at end of file
+# Middleware LwIP MCU Component
+
+## Overview
+
+**STM32Cube** is an STMicroelectronics original initiative to ease the developers life by reducing efforts, time and cost.
+
+**STM32Cube** covers the overall STM32 products portfolio. It includes a comprehensive embedded software platform, delivered for each STM32 series.
+   * The CMSIS modules (core and device) corresponding to the ARM(tm) core implemented in this STM32 product.
+   * The STM32 HAL-LL drivers : an abstraction drivers layer, the API ensuring maximized portability across the STM32 portfolio.
+   * The BSP Drivers of each evaluation or demonstration board provided by this STM32 series.
+   * A consistent set of middlewares components such as RTOS, USB, FatFS, Graphics, STM32_TouchSensing_Library...
+   * A full set of software projects (basic examples, applications or demonstrations) for each board provided by this STM32 series.
+
+Two models of publication are proposed for the STM32Cube embedded software:
+   * The monolithic **MCU Package** : all STM32Cube software modules of one STM32 series are present (Drivers, Middlewares, Projects, Utilities) in the repo (usual name **STM32Cubexx**, xx corresponding to the STM32 series).
+   * The **MCU component** : progressively from November 2019, each STM32Cube software module being part of the STM32Cube MCU Package, will be delivered as an individual repo, allowing the user to select and get only the required software functions.
+
+## Description
+
+This **stm32_mw_lwip** MCU component repository is one element **common to all** STM32Cube MCU embedded software packages, providing the **LwIP MCU Middleware** part.
+
+## License
+
+Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+
+This software component is licensed under the **BSD-3-Clause** license. You may not use this file except in compliance with this license. You may obtain a copy of the license [here](https://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause).
+
+## Release note
+
+Details about the content of this release are available in the release note [here](https://github.com/STMicroelectronics/stm32_mw_lwip/blob/master/CHANGELOG).
+
+Details about the content of this release are available in the release note [here](https://github.com/STMicroelectronics/stm32_mw_lwip/blob/master/st_readme.txt).
+
+## Compatibility information
+
+This table shows the correspondence between the LwIP MW version and the corresponding HAL version of the targeted series. It is **crucial** that you use a consistent set of versions for the MW - HAL, as mentioned in this table.
+
+Note that:
+* in case a series does not support a particular tag, it is not mentioned in front of it.
+* in case a series supports a recent tag, it is not mentioned in front of older ones.
+
+LwIP | HAL |
+---------- | ---------- |
+Tag v2.0.3 | Tag v1.1.4 ([stm32f1xx_hal_driver](https://github.com/STMicroelectronics/stm32f1xx_hal_driver))<br>Tag v1.2.4 ([stm32f2xx_hal_driver](https://github.com/STMicroelectronics/stm32f2xx_hal_driver))<br>
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+If you have any issue with the **software content** of this repository, you can file an issue [here](https://github.com/STMicroelectronics/stm32_mw_lwip/issues/new/choose).
+
+For any other question related to the product, the tools, the environment, you can submit a topic to the [ST Community](https://community.st.com/s/).
diff --git a/UPGRADING b/UPGRADING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60a0438
--- /dev/null
+++ b/UPGRADING
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+This file lists major changes between release versions that require
+ports or applications to be changed. Use it to update a port or an
+application written for an older version of lwIP to correctly work
+with newer versions.
+
+
+(git master)
+
+  * [Enter new changes just after this line - do not remove this line]
+
+(2.0.2)
+
+  ++ Application changes:
+
+  * slipif: The way to pass serial port number has changed. netif->num is not
+    supported any more, netif->state is interpreted as an u8_t port number now
+    (it's not a POINTER to an u8_t any more!)
+
+(2.0.1)
+
+  ++ Application changes:
+
+  * UDP does NOT receive multicast traffic from ALL netifs on an UDP PCB bound to a specific
+    netif any more. Users need to bind to IP_ADDR_ANY to receive multicast traffic and compare 
+    ip_current_netif() to the desired netif for every packet.
+    See bug #49662 for an explanation.
+
+(2.0.0)
+
+  ++ Application changes:
+
+  * Changed netif "up" flag handling to be an administrative flag (as opposed to the previous meaning of
+    "ip4-address-valid", a netif will now not be used for transmission if not up) -> even a DHCP netif
+    has to be set "up" before starting the DHCP client
+  * Added IPv6 support (dual-stack or IPv4/IPv6 only)
+  * Changed ip_addr_t to be a union in dual-stack mode (use ip4_addr_t where referring to IPv4 only).
+  * Major rewrite of SNMP (added MIB parser that creates code stubs for custom MIBs);
+    supports SNMPv2c (experimental v3 support)
+  * Moved some core applications from contrib repository to src/apps (and include/lwip/apps)
+
+  +++ Raw API:
+    * Changed TCP listen backlog: removed tcp_accepted(), added the function pair tcp_backlog_delayed()/
+      tcp_backlog_accepted() to explicitly delay backlog handling on a connection pcb
+
+  +++ Socket API:
+    * Added an implementation for posix sendmsg()
+    * Added LWIP_FIONREAD_LINUXMODE that makes ioctl/FIONREAD return the size of the next pending datagram
+
+  ++ Port changes
+
+  +++ new files:
+    * MANY new and moved files! 
+    * Added src/Filelists.mk for use in Makefile projects
+    * Continued moving stack-internal parts from abc.h to abc_priv.h in sub-folder "priv"
+      to let abc.h only contain the actual application programmer's API
+
+  +++ sys layer:
+    * Made LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING==1 the default as it usually performs better than
+      the traditional message passing (although with LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX you are still
+      open to priority inversion, so this is not recommended any more)
+    * Added LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD to use one "op_completed" semaphore per thread
+      instead of using one per netconn (these semaphores are used even with core locking
+      enabled as some longer lasting functions like big writes still need to delay)
+    * Added generalized abstraction for itoa(), strnicmp(), stricmp() and strnstr()
+      in def.h (to be overridden in cc.h) instead of config 
+      options for netbiosns, httpd, dns, etc. ...
+    * New abstraction for hton* and ntoh* functions in def.h.
+      To override them, use the following in cc.h: 
+      #define lwip_htons(x) <your_htons>
+      #define lwip_htonl(x) <your_htonl>
+
+  +++ new options:
+     * TODO
+
+  +++ new pools:
+     * Added LWIP_MEMPOOL_* (declare/init/alloc/free) to declare private memp pools
+       that share memp.c code but do not have to be made global via lwippools.h
+     * Added pools for IPv6, MPU_COMPATIBLE, dns-api, netif-api, etc.
+     * added hook LWIP_HOOK_MEMP_AVAILABLE() to get informed when a memp pool was empty and an item
+       is now available
+
+  * Signature of LWIP_HOOK_VLAN_SET macro was changed
+
+  * LWIP_DECLARE_MEMORY_ALIGNED() may be used to declare aligned memory buffers (mem/memp)
+    or to move buffers to dedicated memory using compiler attributes
+
+  * Standard C headers are used to define sized types and printf formatters
+    (disable by setting LWIP_NO_STDINT_H=1 or LWIP_NO_INTTYPES_H=1 if your compiler
+    does not support these)
+
+
+  ++ Major bugfixes/improvements
+
+  * Added IPv6 support (dual-stack or IPv4/IPv6 only)
+  * Major rewrite of PPP (incl. keep-up with apache pppd)
+    see doc/ppp.txt for an upgrading how-to
+  * Major rewrite of SNMP (incl. MIB parser)
+  * Fixed timing issues that might have lead to losing a DHCP lease
+  * Made rx processing path more robust against crafted errors
+  * TCP window scaling support
+  * modification of api modules to support FreeRTOS-MPU (don't pass stack-pointers to other threads)
+  * made DNS client more robust
+  * support PBUF_REF for RX packets
+  * LWIP_NETCONN_FULLDUPLEX allows netconn/sockets to be used for reading/writing from separate
+    threads each (needs LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD)
+  * Moved and reordered stats (mainly memp/mib2)
+
+(1.4.0)
+
+  ++ Application changes:
+
+  * Replaced struct ip_addr by typedef ip_addr_t (struct ip_addr is kept for
+    compatibility to old applications, but will be removed in the future).
+
+  * Renamed mem_realloc() to mem_trim() to prevent confusion with realloc()
+
+  +++ Raw API:
+    * Changed the semantics of tcp_close() (since it was rather a
+      shutdown before): Now the application does *NOT* get any calls to the recv
+      callback (aside from NULL/closed) after calling tcp_close()
+
+    * When calling tcp_abort() from a raw API TCP callback function,
+      make sure you return ERR_ABRT to prevent accessing unallocated memory.
+      (ERR_ABRT now means the applicaiton has called tcp_abort!)
+
+  +++ Netconn API:
+    * Changed netconn_receive() and netconn_accept() to return
+      err_t, not a pointer to new data/netconn.
+
+  +++ Socket API:
+    * LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO: when accept() or recv() time out, they
+      now set errno to EWOULDBLOCK/EAGAIN, not ETIMEDOUT.
+
+    * Added a minimal version of posix fctl() to have a
+      standardised way to set O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking sockets.
+
+  +++ all APIs:
+    * correctly implemented SO(F)_REUSEADDR
+
+  ++ Port changes
+
+  +++ new files:
+
+    * Added 4 new files: def.c, timers.c, timers.h, tcp_impl.h:
+
+    * Moved stack-internal parts of tcp.h to tcp_impl.h, tcp.h now only contains
+      the actual application programmer's API
+  
+    * Separated timer implementation from sys.h/.c, moved to timers.h/.c;
+      Added timer implementation for NO_SYS==1, set NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS==1 if you
+      still want to use your own timer implementation for NO_SYS==0 (as before).
+
+  +++ sys layer:
+
+    * Converted mbox- and semaphore-functions to take pointers to sys_mbox_t/
+      sys_sem_t;
+
+    * Converted sys_mbox_new/sys_sem_new to take pointers and return err_t;
+
+    * Added Mutex concept in sys_arch (define LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX to let sys.h use
+      binary semaphores instead of mutexes - as before)
+
+  +++ new options:
+
+     * Don't waste memory when chaining segments, added option TCP_OVERSIZE to
+       prevent creating many small pbufs when calling tcp_write with many small
+       blocks of data. Instead, pbufs are allocated larger than needed and the
+       space is used for later calls to tcp_write.
+
+     * Added LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF to always copy to try to create single pbufs
+       in tcp_write/udp_send.
+
+    * Added an additional option LWIP_ETHERNET to support ethernet without ARP
+      (necessary for pure PPPoE)
+
+    * Add MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS to place memory pools in separate arrays. This may
+      be used to place these pools into user-defined memory by using external
+      declaration.
+
+    * Added TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT corresponding to TCP_SNDLOWAT
+
+  +++ new pools:
+
+     * Netdb uses a memp pool for allocating memory when getaddrinfo() is called,
+       so MEMP_NUM_NETDB has to be set accordingly.
+
+     * DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC uses a memp pool instead of the heap, so
+       MEMP_NUM_LOCALHOSTLIST has to be set accordingly.
+
+     * Snmp-agent uses a memp pools instead of the heap, so MEMP_NUM_SNMP_* have
+       to be set accordingly.
+
+     * PPPoE uses a MEMP pool instead of the heap, so MEMP_NUM_PPPOE_INTERFACES
+       has to be set accordingly
+
+  * Integrated loopif into netif.c - loopif does not have to be created by the
+    port any more, just define LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF to 1.
+
+  * Added define LWIP_RAND() for lwip-wide randomization (needs to be defined
+    in cc.h, e.g. used by igmp)
+
+  * Added printf-formatter X8_F to printf u8_t as hex
+
+  * The heap now may be moved to user-defined memory by defining
+    LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER as a void pointer to that memory's address
+
+  * added autoip_set_struct() and dhcp_set_struct() to let autoip and dhcp work
+    with user-allocated structs instead of calling mem_malloc
+
+  * Added const char* name to mem- and memp-stats for easier debugging.
+
+  * Calculate the TCP/UDP checksum while copying to only fetch data once:
+    Define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY to a memcpy-like function that returns the checksum
+
+  * Added SO_REUSE_RXTOALL to pass received UDP broadcast/multicast packets to
+    more than one pcb.
+
+  * Changed the semantics of ARP_QUEUEING==0: ARP_QUEUEING now cannot be turned
+    off any more, if this is set to 0, only one packet (the most recent one) is
+    queued (like demanded by RFC 1122).
+
+  
+  ++ Major bugfixes/improvements
+
+  * Implemented tcp_shutdown() to only shut down one end of a connection
+  * Implemented shutdown() at socket- and netconn-level
+  * Added errorset support to select() + improved select speed overhead
+  * Merged pppd to v2.3.11 (including some backported bugfixes from 2.4.x)
+  * Added timer implementation for NO_SYS==1 (may be disabled with NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS==1
+  * Use macros defined in ip_addr.h to work with IP addresses
+  * Implemented many nonblocking socket/netconn functions
+  * Fixed ARP input processing: only add a new entry if a request was directed as us
+  * mem_realloc() to mem_trim() to prevent confusion with realloc()
+  * Some improvements for AutoIP (don't route/forward link-local addresses, don't break
+    existing connections when assigning a routable address)
+  * Correctly handle remote side overrunning our rcv_wnd in ooseq case
+  * Removed packing from ip_addr_t, the packed version is now only used in protocol headers
+  * Corrected PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE for ports where ETH_PAD_SIZE > 0
+  * Added support for static ARP table entries
+
+(STABLE-1.3.2)
+
+  * initial version of this file
diff --git a/doc/FILES b/doc/FILES
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e588575
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/FILES
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+doxygen/       - Configuration files and scripts to create the lwIP doxygen source
+                 documentation (found at http://www.nongnu.org/lwip/)
+
+savannah.txt   - How to obtain the current development source code.
+contrib.txt    - How to contribute to lwIP as a developer.
+rawapi.txt     - The documentation for the core API of lwIP.
+                 Also provides an overview about the other APIs and multithreading.
+sys_arch.txt   - The documentation for a system abstraction layer of lwIP.
+ppp.txt        - Documentation of the PPP interface for lwIP.
diff --git a/doc/NO_SYS_SampleCode.c b/doc/NO_SYS_SampleCode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0af660
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/NO_SYS_SampleCode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+void
+eth_mac_irq()
+{
+  /* Service MAC IRQ here */
+
+  /* Allocate pbuf from pool (avoid using heap in interrupts) */
+  struct pbuf* p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, eth_data_count, PBUF_POOL);
+
+  if(p != NULL) {
+    /* Copy ethernet frame into pbuf */
+    pbuf_take(p, eth_data, eth_data_count);
+
+    /* Put in a queue which is processed in main loop */
+    if(!queue_try_put(&queue, p)) {
+      /* queue is full -> packet loss */
+      pbuf_free(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static err_t 
+netif_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p)
+{
+  LINK_STATS_INC(link.xmit);
+
+  /* Update SNMP stats (only if you use SNMP) */
+  MIB2_STATS_NETIF_ADD(netif, ifoutoctets, p->tot_len);
+  int unicast = ((p->payload[0] & 0x01) == 0);
+  if (unicast) {
+    MIB2_STATS_NETIF_INC(netif, ifoutucastpkts);
+  } else {
+    MIB2_STATS_NETIF_INC(netif, ifoutnucastpkts);
+  }
+
+  lock_interrupts();
+  pbuf_copy_partial(p, mac_send_buffer, p->tot_len, 0);
+  /* Start MAC transmit here */
+  unlock_interrupts();
+
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+static void 
+netif_status_callback(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  printf("netif status changed %s\n", ip4addr_ntoa(netif_ip4_addr(netif)));
+}
+
+static err_t 
+netif_init(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  netif->linkoutput = netif_output;
+  netif->output     = etharp_output;
+  netif->output_ip6 = ethip6_output;
+  netif->mtu        = ETHERNET_MTU;
+  netif->flags      = NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST | NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP | NETIF_FLAG_ETHERNET | NETIF_FLAG_IGMP | NETIF_FLAG_MLD6;
+  MIB2_INIT_NETIF(netif, snmp_ifType_ethernet_csmacd, 100000000);
+
+  SMEMCPY(netif->hwaddr, your_mac_address_goes_here, sizeof(netif->hwaddr));
+  netif->hwaddr_len = sizeof(netif->hwaddr);
+
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+void 
+main(void)
+{
+  struct netif netif;
+
+  lwip_init();
+
+  netif_add(&netif, IP4_ADDR_ANY, IP4_ADDR_ANY, IP4_ADDR_ANY, NULL, netif_init, netif_input);
+  netif.name[0] = 'e';
+  netif.name[1] = '0';
+  netif_create_ip6_linklocal_address(&netif, 1);
+  netif.ip6_autoconfig_enabled = 1;
+  netif_set_status_callback(&netif, netif_status_callback);
+  netif_set_default(&netif);
+  netif_set_up(&netif);
+  
+  /* Start DHCP and HTTPD */
+  dhcp_start(&netif );
+  httpd_init();
+
+  while(1) {
+    /* Check link state, e.g. via MDIO communication with PHY */
+    if(link_state_changed()) {
+      if(link_is_up()) {
+        netif_set_link_up(&netif);
+      } else {
+        netif_set_link_down(&netif);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for received frames, feed them to lwIP */
+    lock_interrupts();
+    struct pbuf* p = queue_try_get(&queue);
+    unlock_interrupts();
+
+    if(p != NULL) {
+      LINK_STATS_INC(link.recv);
+ 
+      /* Update SNMP stats (only if you use SNMP) */
+      MIB2_STATS_NETIF_ADD(netif, ifinoctets, p->tot_len);
+      int unicast = ((p->payload[0] & 0x01) == 0);
+      if (unicast) {
+        MIB2_STATS_NETIF_INC(netif, ifinucastpkts);
+      } else {
+        MIB2_STATS_NETIF_INC(netif, ifinnucastpkts);
+      }
+
+      if(netif.input(p, &netif) != ERR_OK) {
+        pbuf_free(p);
+      }
+    }
+     
+    /* Cyclic lwIP timers check */
+    sys_check_timeouts();
+     
+    /* your application goes here */
+  }
+}
diff --git a/doc/contrib.txt b/doc/contrib.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f0d7bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/contrib.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+1 Introduction
+
+This document describes some guidelines for people participating
+in lwIP development.
+
+2 How to contribute to lwIP
+
+Here is a short list of suggestions to anybody working with lwIP and 
+trying to contribute bug reports, fixes, enhancements, platform ports etc.
+First of all as you may already know lwIP is a volunteer project so feedback
+to fixes or questions might often come late. Hopefully the bug and patch tracking 
+features of Savannah help us not lose users' input.
+
+2.1 Source code style:
+
+1. do not use tabs.
+2. indentation is two spaces per level (i.e. per tab).
+3. end debug messages with a trailing newline (\n).
+4. one space between keyword and opening bracket.
+5. no space between function and opening bracket.
+6. one space and no newline before opening curly braces of a block.
+7. closing curly brace on a single line.
+8. spaces surrounding assignment and comparisons.
+9. don't initialize static and/or global variables to zero, the compiler takes care of that.
+10. use current source code style as further reference.
+
+2.2 Source code documentation style:
+
+1. JavaDoc compliant and Doxygen compatible.
+2. Function documentation above functions in .c files, not .h files.
+   (This forces you to synchronize documentation and implementation.)
+3. Use current documentation style as further reference.
+ 
+2.3 Bug reports and patches:
+
+1. Make sure you are reporting bugs or send patches against the latest
+   sources. (From the latest release and/or the current Git sources.)
+2. If you think you found a bug make sure it's not already filed in the
+   bugtracker at Savannah.
+3. If you have a fix put the patch on Savannah. If it is a patch that affects
+   both core and arch specific stuff please separate them so that the core can
+   be applied separately while leaving the other patch 'open'. The preferred way
+   is to NOT touch archs you can't test and let maintainers take care of them.
+   This is a good way to see if they are used at all - the same goes for unix
+   netifs except tapif.
+4. Do not file a bug and post a fix to it to the patch area. Either a bug report
+   or a patch will be enough.
+   If you correct an existing bug then attach the patch to the bug rather than creating a new entry in the patch area.
+5. Patches should be specific to a single change or to related changes. Do not mix bugfixes with spelling and other
+   trivial fixes unless the bugfix is trivial too. Do not reorganize code and rename identifiers in the same patch you
+   change behaviour if not necessary. A patch is easier to read and understand if it's to the point and short than
+   if it's not to the point and long :) so the chances for it to be applied are greater. 
+
+2.4 Platform porters:
+
+1. If you have ported lwIP to a platform (an OS, a uC/processor or a combination of these) and
+   you think it could benefit others[1] you might want discuss this on the mailing list. You
+   can also ask for Git access to submit and maintain your port in the contrib Git module.
diff --git a/doc/doxygen/generate.bat b/doc/doxygen/generate.bat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99afb12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/doxygen/generate.bat
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+doxygen lwip.Doxyfile
diff --git a/doc/doxygen/generate.sh b/doc/doxygen/generate.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89344b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/doxygen/generate.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+doxygen lwip.Doxyfile
diff --git a/doc/doxygen/lwip.Doxyfile b/doc/doxygen/lwip.Doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95fa363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/doxygen/lwip.Doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2505 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.11
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "lwIP"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = "2.0.3"
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          = "Lightweight IP stack"
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = output
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class       " \
+                         "The $name widget       " \
+                         "The $name file       " \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        = ../../
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 8
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# If one adds a struct or class to a group and this option is enabled, then also
+# any nested class or struct is added to the same group. By default this option
+# is disabled and one has to add nested compounds explicitly via \ingroup.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = YES
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = YES
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = NO
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = NO
+
+# If the WARN_AS_ERROR tag is set to YES then doxygen will immediately stop when
+# a warning is encountered.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_AS_ERROR          = NO
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text       "
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces. See also FILE_PATTERNS and EXTENSION_MAPPING
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = main_page.h ../../src
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also
+# need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not
+# read by doxygen.
+#
+# If left blank the following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp,
+# *.c++, *.java, *.ii, *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h,
+# *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc,
+# *.m, *.markdown, *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.pyw, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl,
+# *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.c \
+                         *.cc \
+                         *.cxx \
+                         *.cpp \
+                         *.c++ \
+                         *.java \
+                         *.ii \
+                         *.ixx \
+                         *.ipp \
+                         *.i++ \
+                         *.inl \
+                         *.h \
+                         *.hh \
+                         *.hxx \
+                         *.hpp \
+                         *.h++ \
+                         *.idl \
+                         *.odl \
+                         *.inc \
+                         *.m \
+                         *.mm \
+                         *.dox
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = ../../src/include/netif/ppp/polarssl
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        =
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           = ../ ../../
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also
+# need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not
+# properly processed by doxygen.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also
+# need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not
+# properly processed by doxygen.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = main_page.h
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# generated with the -Duse-libclang=ON option for CMake.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = NO
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to YES can help to show when doxygen was last run and thus if the
+# documentation is up to date.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = NO
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               = lwip.chm
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = YES
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. The package can be specified just
+# by its name or with the correct syntax as to be used with the LaTeX
+# \usepackage command. To get the times font for instance you can specify :
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times or EXTRA_PACKAGES={times}
+# To use the option intlimits with the amsmath package you can specify:
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=[intlimits]{amsmath}
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+# If the LATEX_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_TIMESTAMP        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           = ../../src/include
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = *.h
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__=1 \
+                         NO_SYS=0 \
+                         SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT=1 \
+                         LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING=1 \
+                         LWIP_IPV4=1 \
+                         LWIP_IPV6=1 \
+                         LWIP_ICMP=1 \
+                         LWIP_RAW=1 \
+                         LWIP_DHCP=1 \
+                         LWIP_UDPLITE=1 \
+                         LWIP_UDP=1 \
+                         LWIP_IGMP=1 \
+                         LWIP_TCP=1 \
+                         TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG=1 \
+                         LWIP_SNMP=1 \
+                         SNMP_USE_NETCONN=1 \
+                         SNMP_USE_RAW=1 \
+                         MIB2_STATS=1 \
+                         LWIP_MDNS_RESPONDER=1 \
+                         MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK=0 \
+                         MEMP_SANITY_CHECK=1 \
+                         LWIP_ARP=1 \
+                         LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF=1 \
+                         LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME=1 \
+                         LWIP_NETIF_API=1 \
+                         LWIP_NETIF_CALLBACK=1 \
+                         LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK=1 \
+                         LWIP_NETIF_REMOVE_CALLBACK=1 \
+                         LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK=1 \
+                         LWIP_NUM_NETIF_CLIENT_DATA=1 \
+                         ENABLE_LOOPBACK=1 \
+                         LWIP_AUTOIP=1 \
+                         ARP_QUEUEING=1 \
+                         LWIP_STATS=1 \
+                         MEM_USE_POOLS=0 \
+                         LWIP_DNS=1 \
+                         LWIP_SOCKET=1 \
+                         LWIP_NETCONN=1 \
+                         IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1 \
+                         IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV=1 \
+                         LWIP_NETIF_API=1 \
+                         LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO=1 \
+                         LWIP_SO_RCVBUF=1 \
+                         LWIP_SO_LINGER=1 \
+                         SO_REUSE=1 \
+                         SO_REUSE_RXTOALL=1 \
+                         LWIP_HAVE_SLIPIF=1 \
+                         LWIP_6LOWPAN=1
+ 
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           = Helvetica
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command. Disabling a call graph can be
+# accomplished by means of the command \hidecallgraph.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command. Disabling a caller graph can be
+# accomplished by means of the command \hidecallergraph.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot. For an explanation of the image formats see the section
+# output formats in the documentation of the dot tool (Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/)).
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, png:cairo, png:cairo:cairo, png:cairo:gd, png:gd,
+# png:gd:gd, jpg, jpg:cairo, jpg:cairo:gd, jpg:gd, jpg:gd:gd, gif, gif:cairo,
+# gif:cairo:gd, gif:gd, gif:gd:gd, svg, png:gd, png:gd:gd, png:cairo,
+# png:cairo:gd, png:cairo:cairo, png:cairo:gdiplus, png:gdiplus and
+# png:gdiplus:gdiplus.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 50
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 1000
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = NO
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/doc/doxygen/main_page.h b/doc/doxygen/main_page.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d35d16e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/doxygen/main_page.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/**
+ * @defgroup lwip lwIP
+ *
+ * @defgroup infrastructure Infrastructure
+ *
+ * @defgroup callbackstyle_api Callback-style APIs
+ * Non thread-safe APIs, callback style for maximum performance and minimum
+ * memory footprint.
+ * 
+ * @defgroup sequential_api Sequential-style APIs
+ * Sequential-style APIs, blocking functions. More overhead, but can be called
+ * from any thread except TCPIP thread.
+ * 
+ * @defgroup addons Addons
+ * 
+ * @defgroup apps Applications
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @mainpage Overview
+ * @verbinclude "README"
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @page upgrading Upgrading
+ * @verbinclude "UPGRADING"
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @page changelog Changelog
+ * @verbinclude "CHANGELOG"
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @page contrib How to contribute to lwIP
+ * @verbinclude "contrib.txt"
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @page pitfalls Common pitfalls
+ *
+ * Multiple Execution Contexts in lwIP code
+ * ========================================
+ *
+ * The most common source of lwIP problems is to have multiple execution contexts
+ * inside the lwIP code.
+ * 
+ * lwIP can be used in two basic modes: @ref lwip_nosys (no OS/RTOS 
+ * running on target system) or @ref lwip_os (there is an OS running
+ * on the target system).
+ *
+ * Mainloop Mode
+ * -------------
+ * In mainloop mode, only @ref callbackstyle_api can be used.
+ * The user has two possibilities to ensure there is only one 
+ * exection context at a time in lwIP:
+ *
+ * 1) Deliver RX ethernet packets directly in interrupt context to lwIP
+ *    by calling netif->input directly in interrupt. This implies all lwIP 
+ *    callback functions are called in IRQ context, which may cause further
+ *    problems in application code: IRQ is blocked for a long time, multiple
+ *    execution contexts in application code etc. When the application wants
+ *    to call lwIP, it only needs to disable interrupts during the call.
+ *    If timers are involved, even more locking code is needed to lock out
+ *    timer IRQ and ethernet IRQ from each other, assuming these may be nested.
+ *
+ * 2) Run lwIP in a mainloop. There is example code here: @ref lwip_nosys.
+ *    lwIP is _ONLY_ called from mainloop callstacks here. The ethernet IRQ
+ *    has to put received telegrams into a queue which is polled in the
+ *    mainloop. Ensure lwIP is _NEVER_ called from an interrupt, e.g.
+ *    some SPI IRQ wants to forward data to udp_send() or tcp_write()!
+ *
+ * OS Mode
+ * -------
+ * In OS mode, @ref callbackstyle_api AND @ref sequential_api can be used.
+ * @ref sequential_api are designed to be called from threads other than
+ * the TCPIP thread, so there is nothing to consider here.
+ * But @ref callbackstyle_api functions must _ONLY_ be called from
+ * TCPIP thread. It is a common error to call these from other threads
+ * or from IRQ contexts. ​Ethernet RX needs to deliver incoming packets
+ * in the correct way by sending a message to TCPIP thread, this is
+ * implemented in tcpip_input().​​
+ * Again, ensure lwIP is _NEVER_ called from an interrupt, e.g.
+ * some SPI IRQ wants to forward data to udp_send() or tcp_write()!
+ * 
+ * 1) tcpip_callback() can be used get called back from TCPIP thread,
+ *    it is safe to call any @ref callbackstyle_api from there.
+ *
+ * 2) Use @ref LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING. All @ref callbackstyle_api
+ *    functions can be called when lwIP core lock is aquired, see
+ *    @ref LOCK_TCPIP_CORE() and @ref UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE().
+ *    These macros cannot be used in an interrupt context!
+ *    Note the OS must correctly handle priority inversion for this.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @page bugs Reporting bugs
+ * Please report bugs in the lwIP bug tracker at savannah.\n
+ * BEFORE submitting, please check if the bug has already been reported!\n
+ * https://savannah.nongnu.org/bugs/?group=lwip
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lwip_nosys Mainloop mode ("NO_SYS")
+ * @ingroup lwip
+ * Use this mode if you do not run an OS on your system. \#define NO_SYS to 1.
+ * Feed incoming packets to netif->input(pbuf, netif) function from mainloop,
+ * *not* *from* *interrupt* *context*. You can allocate a @ref pbuf in interrupt
+ * context and put them into a queue which is processed from mainloop.\n
+ * Call sys_check_timeouts() periodically in the mainloop.\n
+ * Porting: implement all functions in @ref sys_time, @ref sys_prot and 
+ * @ref compiler_abstraction.\n
+ * You can only use @ref callbackstyle_api in this mode.\n
+ * Sample code:\n
+ * @include NO_SYS_SampleCode.c
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lwip_os OS mode (TCPIP thread)
+ * @ingroup lwip
+ * Use this mode if you run an OS on your system. It is recommended to
+ * use an RTOS that correctly handles priority inversion and
+ * to use @ref LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING.\n
+ * Porting: implement all functions in @ref sys_layer.\n
+ * You can use @ref callbackstyle_api together with @ref tcpip_callback,
+ * and all @ref sequential_api.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @page raw_api lwIP API
+ * @verbinclude "rawapi.txt"
+ */
diff --git a/doc/doxygen/output/index.html b/doc/doxygen/output/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a52e09f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/doxygen/output/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+  <title>Redirection</title>
+  <meta http-equiv="refresh" content="0; url=html/index.html" />
+</head>
+<body>
+  <a href="html/index.html">index.html</a>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/doc/doxygen_docs.zip b/doc/doxygen_docs.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6daa98a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/doxygen_docs.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/doc/mdns.txt b/doc/mdns.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c322843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/mdns.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+Multicast DNS for lwIP
+
+Author: Erik Ekman
+
+
+Note! The MDNS responder does not have all features required by the standards.
+See notes in src/apps/mdns/mdns.c for what is left. It is however usable in normal
+cases - but watch out if many devices on the same network try to use the same
+host/service instance names.
+
+
+How to enable:
+==============
+
+MDNS support does not depend on DNS.
+MDNS supports using IPv4 only, v6 only, or v4+v6.
+
+To enable MDNS responder, set
+  LWIP_MDNS_RESPONDER = 1
+in lwipopts.h and add src/apps/mdns/mdns.c to your list of files to build.
+
+The max number of services supported per netif is defined by MDNS_MAX_SERVICES,
+default is 1.
+
+Increase MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB by 1. MDNS needs one PCB.
+Increase LWIP_NUM_NETIF_CLIENT_DATA by 1 (MDNS needs one entry on netif).
+
+MDNS with IPv4 requires LWIP_IGMP = 1, and preferably LWIP_AUTOIP = 1.
+MDNS with IPv6 requires LWIP_IPV6_MLD = 1, and that a link-local address is
+generated.
+
+The MDNS code puts its structs on the stack where suitable to reduce dynamic
+memory allocation. It may use up to 1kB of stack.
+
+MDNS needs a strncasecmp() implementation. If you have one, define
+LWIP_MDNS_STRNCASECMP to it. Otherwise the code will provide an implementation
+for you.
+
+
+How to use:
+===========
+
+Call mdns_resp_init() during system initialization.
+This opens UDP sockets on port 5353 for IPv4 and IPv6.
+
+
+To start responding on a netif, run
+  mdns_resp_add_netif(struct netif *netif, char *hostname, u32_t dns_ttl)
+
+The hostname will be copied. If this returns successfully, the netif will join
+the multicast groups and any MDNS/legacy DNS requests sent unicast or multicast
+to port 5353 will be handled:
+- <hostname>.local type A, AAAA or ANY returns relevant IP addresses
+- Reverse lookups (PTR in-addr.arpa, ip6.arpa) of netif addresses
+  returns <hostname>.local
+Answers will use the supplied TTL (in seconds)
+MDNS allows UTF-8 names, but it is recommended to stay within ASCII,
+since the default case-insensitive comparison assumes this.
+
+It is recommended to call this function after an IPv4 address has been set,
+since there is currently no check if the v4 address is valid.
+
+Call mdns_resp_netif_settings_changed() every time the IP address
+on the netif has changed.
+
+To stop responding on a netif, run
+  mdns_resp_remove_netif(struct netif *netif)
+
+
+Adding services:
+================
+
+The netif first needs to be registered. Then run
+  mdns_resp_add_service(struct netif *netif, char *name, char *service,
+      u16_t proto, u16_t port, u32_t dns_ttl,
+      service_get_txt_fn_t txt_fn, void *txt_userdata);
+
+The name and service pointers will be copied. Name refers to the name of the
+service instance, and service is the type of service, like _http
+proto can be DNSSD_PROTO_UDP or DNSSD_PROTO_TCP which represent _udp and _tcp.
+If this call returns successfully, the following queries will be answered:
+- _services._dns-sd._udp.local type PTR returns <service>.<proto>.local
+- <service>.<proto>.local type PTR returns <name>.<service>.<proto>.local
+- <name>.<service>.<proto>.local type SRV returns hostname and port of service
+- <name>.<service>.<proto>.local type TXT builds text strings by calling txt_fn
+  with the supplied userdata. The callback adds strings to the reply by calling
+  mdns_resp_add_service_txtitem(struct mdns_service *service, char *txt,
+   int txt_len). Example callback method:
+
+   static void srv_txt(struct mdns_service *service, void *txt_userdata)
+   {
+     res = mdns_resp_add_service_txtitem(service, "path=/", 6);
+     LWIP_ERROR("mdns add service txt failed\n", (res == ERR_OK), return);
+   }
+
+  Since a hostname struct is used for TXT storage each single item can be max
+  63 bytes long, and  the total max length (including length bytes for each
+  item) is 255 bytes.
+
+If your device runs a webserver on port 80, an example call might be:
+
+  mdns_resp_add_service(netif, "myweb", "_http"
+      DNSSD_PROTO_TCP, 80, 3600, srv_txt, NULL);
+
+which will publish myweb._http._tcp.local for any hosts looking for web servers,
+and point them to <hostname>.local:80
+
+Relevant information will be sent as additional records to reduce number of
+requests required from a client.
+
+Removing services is currently not supported. Services are removed when the
+netif is removed.
+
diff --git a/doc/mqtt_client.txt b/doc/mqtt_client.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e67def
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/mqtt_client.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+MQTT client for lwIP
+
+Author: Erik Andersson
+
+Details of the MQTT protocol can be found at:
+http://docs.oasis-open.org/mqtt/mqtt/v3.1.1/os/mqtt-v3.1.1-os.html 
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+1. Initial steps, reserve memory and make connection to server:
+
+1.1: Provide storage
+
+Static allocation:
+  mqtt_client_t static_client;
+  example_do_connect(&static_client);
+
+Dynamic allocation:
+  mqtt_client_t *client = mqtt_client_new();
+  if(client != NULL) {
+    example_do_connect(&client);
+  }
+  
+1.2: Establish Connection with server
+
+void example_do_connect(mqtt_client_t *client)
+{
+  struct mqtt_connect_client_info_t ci;
+  err_t err;
+  
+  /* Setup an empty client info structure */
+  memset(&ci, 0, sizeof(ci));
+  
+  /* Minimal amount of information required is client identifier, so set it here */ 
+  ci.client_id = "lwip_test";
+  
+  /* Initiate client and connect to server, if this fails immediately an error code is returned
+     otherwise mqtt_connection_cb will be called with connection result after attempting 
+     to establish a connection with the server. 
+     For now MQTT version 3.1.1 is always used */
+  
+  err = mqtt_client_connect(client, ip_addr, MQTT_PORT, mqtt_connection_cb, 0, &ci);
+  
+  /* For now just print the result code if something goes wrong
+  if(err != ERR_OK) {
+    printf("mqtt_connect return %d\n", err);
+  }
+}
+
+Connection to server can also be probed by calling mqtt_client_is_connected(client) 
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+2. Implementing the connection status callback
+
+
+static void mqtt_connection_cb(mqtt_client_t *client, void *arg, mqtt_connection_status_t status)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  if(status == MQTT_CONNECT_ACCEPTED) {
+    printf("mqtt_connection_cb: Successfully connected\n");
+    
+    /* Setup callback for incoming publish requests */
+    mqtt_set_inpub_callback(client, mqtt_incoming_publish_cb, mqtt_incoming_data_cb, arg);
+    
+    /* Subscribe to a topic named "subtopic" with QoS level 1, call mqtt_sub_request_cb with result */ 
+    err = mqtt_subscribe(client, "subtopic", 1, mqtt_sub_request_cb, arg);
+
+    if(err != ERR_OK) {
+      printf("mqtt_subscribe return: %d\n", err);
+    }
+  } else {
+    printf("mqtt_connection_cb: Disconnected, reason: %d\n", status);
+    
+    /* Its more nice to be connected, so try to reconnect */
+    example_do_connect(client);
+  }  
+}
+
+static void mqtt_sub_request_cb(void *arg, err_t result)
+{
+  /* Just print the result code here for simplicity, 
+     normal behaviour would be to take some action if subscribe fails like 
+     notifying user, retry subscribe or disconnect from server */
+  printf("Subscribe result: %d\n", result);
+}
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+3. Implementing callbacks for incoming publish and data
+
+/* The idea is to demultiplex topic and create some reference to be used in data callbacks
+   Example here uses a global variable, better would be to use a member in arg
+   If RAM and CPU budget allows it, the easiest implementation might be to just take a copy of
+   the topic string and use it in mqtt_incoming_data_cb
+*/
+static int inpub_id;
+static void mqtt_incoming_publish_cb(void *arg, const char *topic, u32_t tot_len)
+{
+  printf("Incoming publish at topic %s with total length %u\n", topic, (unsigned int)tot_len);
+
+  /* Decode topic string into a user defined reference */
+  if(strcmp(topic, "print_payload") == 0) {
+    inpub_id = 0;
+  } else if(topic[0] == 'A') {
+    /* All topics starting with 'A' might be handled at the same way */
+    inpub_id = 1;
+  } else {
+    /* For all other topics */
+    inpub_id = 2;
+  }
+}
+
+static void mqtt_incoming_data_cb(void *arg, const u8_t *data, u16_t len, u8_t flags)
+{
+  printf("Incoming publish payload with length %d, flags %u\n", len, (unsigned int)flags);
+
+  if(flags & MQTT_DATA_FLAG_LAST) {
+    /* Last fragment of payload received (or whole part if payload fits receive buffer
+       See MQTT_VAR_HEADER_BUFFER_LEN)  */
+
+    /* Call function or do action depending on reference, in this case inpub_id */
+    if(inpub_id == 0) {
+      /* Don't trust the publisher, check zero termination */
+      if(data[len-1] == 0) {
+        printf("mqtt_incoming_data_cb: %s\n", (const char *)data);
+      }
+    } else if(inpub_id == 1) {
+      /* Call an 'A' function... */
+    } else {
+      printf("mqtt_incoming_data_cb: Ignoring payload...\n");
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Handle fragmented payload, store in buffer, write to file or whatever */
+  }
+}
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+4. Using outgoing publish
+
+
+void example_publish(mqtt_client_t *client, void *arg)
+{
+  const char *pub_payload= "PubSubHubLubJub";
+  err_t err;
+  u8_t qos = 2; /* 0 1 or 2, see MQTT specification */
+  u8_t retain = 0; /* No don't retain such crappy payload... */
+  err = mqtt_publish(client, "pub_topic", pub_payload, strlen(pub_payload), qos, retain, mqtt_pub_request_cb, arg);
+  if(err != ERR_OK) {
+    printf("Publish err: %d\n", err);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Called when publish is complete either with sucess or failure */
+static void mqtt_pub_request_cb(void *arg, err_t result)
+{
+  if(result != ERR_OK) {
+    printf("Publish result: %d\n", result);
+  }
+}
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+5. Disconnecting
+
+Simply call mqtt_disconnect(client)
diff --git a/doc/ppp.txt b/doc/ppp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b88b3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/ppp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
+PPP interface for lwIP
+
+Author: Sylvain Rochet
+
+Table of Contents:
+
+1 - Supported PPP protocols and features
+2 - Raw API PPP example for all protocols
+3 - PPPoS input path (raw API, IRQ safe API, TCPIP API)
+4 - Thread safe PPP API (PPPAPI)
+5 - Notify phase callback (PPP_NOTIFY_PHASE)
+6 - Upgrading from lwIP <= 1.4.x to lwIP >= 2.0.x
+
+
+
+1 Supported PPP protocols and features
+======================================
+
+Supported Low level protocols:
+* PPP over serial using HDLC-like framing, such as wired dialup modems
+  or mobile telecommunications GPRS/EDGE/UMTS/HSPA+/LTE modems
+* PPP over Ethernet, such as xDSL modems
+* PPP over L2TP (Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol) LAC (L2TP Access Concentrator),
+  IP tunnel over UDP, such as VPN access
+
+Supported auth protocols:
+* PAP, Password Authentication Protocol
+* CHAP, Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol, also known as CHAP-MD5
+* MSCHAPv1, Microsoft version of CHAP, version 1
+* MSCHAPv2, Microsoft version of CHAP, version 2
+* EAP, Extensible Authentication Protocol
+
+Supported address protocols:
+* IPCP, IP Control Protocol, IPv4 addresses negotiation
+* IP6CP, IPv6 Control Protocol, IPv6 link-local addresses negotiation
+
+Supported encryption protocols:
+* MPPE, Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption
+
+Supported compression or miscellaneous protocols, for serial links only:
+* PFC, Protocol Field Compression
+* ACFC, Address-and-Control-Field-Compression
+* ACCM, Asynchronous-Control-Character-Map
+* VJ, Van Jacobson TCP/IP Header Compression
+
+
+
+2 Raw API PPP example for all protocols
+=======================================
+
+As usual, raw API for lwIP means the lightweight API which *MUST* only be used
+for NO_SYS=1 systems or called inside lwIP core thread for NO_SYS=0 systems.
+
+/*
+ * Globals
+ * =======
+ */
+
+/* The PPP control block */
+ppp_pcb *ppp;
+
+/* The PPP IP interface */
+struct netif ppp_netif;
+
+
+/*
+ * PPP status callback
+ * ===================
+ *
+ * PPP status callback is called on PPP status change (up, down, …) from lwIP
+ * core thread
+ */
+
+/* PPP status callback example */
+static void status_cb(ppp_pcb *pcb, int err_code, void *ctx) {
+  struct netif *pppif = ppp_netif(pcb);
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(ctx);
+
+  switch(err_code) {
+    case PPPERR_NONE: {
+#if LWIP_DNS
+      const ip_addr_t *ns;
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+      printf("status_cb: Connected\n");
+#if PPP_IPV4_SUPPORT
+      printf("   our_ipaddr  = %s\n", ipaddr_ntoa(&pppif->ip_addr));
+      printf("   his_ipaddr  = %s\n", ipaddr_ntoa(&pppif->gw));
+      printf("   netmask     = %s\n", ipaddr_ntoa(&pppif->netmask));
+#if LWIP_DNS
+      ns = dns_getserver(0);
+      printf("   dns1        = %s\n", ipaddr_ntoa(ns));
+      ns = dns_getserver(1);
+      printf("   dns2        = %s\n", ipaddr_ntoa(ns));
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+#endif /* PPP_IPV4_SUPPORT */
+#if PPP_IPV6_SUPPORT
+      printf("   our6_ipaddr = %s\n", ip6addr_ntoa(netif_ip6_addr(pppif, 0)));
+#endif /* PPP_IPV6_SUPPORT */
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_PARAM: {
+      printf("status_cb: Invalid parameter\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_OPEN: {
+      printf("status_cb: Unable to open PPP session\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_DEVICE: {
+      printf("status_cb: Invalid I/O device for PPP\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_ALLOC: {
+      printf("status_cb: Unable to allocate resources\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_USER: {
+      printf("status_cb: User interrupt\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_CONNECT: {
+      printf("status_cb: Connection lost\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_AUTHFAIL: {
+      printf("status_cb: Failed authentication challenge\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_PROTOCOL: {
+      printf("status_cb: Failed to meet protocol\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_PEERDEAD: {
+      printf("status_cb: Connection timeout\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_IDLETIMEOUT: {
+      printf("status_cb: Idle Timeout\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_CONNECTTIME: {
+      printf("status_cb: Max connect time reached\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case PPPERR_LOOPBACK: {
+      printf("status_cb: Loopback detected\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      printf("status_cb: Unknown error code %d\n", err_code);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+/*
+ * This should be in the switch case, this is put outside of the switch
+ * case for example readability.
+ */
+
+  if (err_code == PPPERR_NONE) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* ppp_close() was previously called, don't reconnect */
+  if (err_code == PPPERR_USER) {
+    /* ppp_free(); -- can be called here */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /*
+   * Try to reconnect in 30 seconds, if you need a modem chatscript you have
+   * to do a much better signaling here ;-)
+   */
+  ppp_connect(pcb, 30);
+  /* OR ppp_listen(pcb); */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Creating a new PPPoS session
+ * ============================
+ *
+ * In lwIP, PPPoS is not PPPoSONET, in lwIP PPPoS is PPPoSerial.
+ */
+
+#include "netif/ppp/pppos.h"
+
+/*
+ * PPPoS serial output callback
+ *
+ * ppp_pcb, PPP control block
+ * data, buffer to write to serial port
+ * len, length of the data buffer
+ * ctx, optional user-provided callback context pointer
+ *
+ * Return value: len if write succeed
+ */
+static u32_t output_cb(ppp_pcb *pcb, u8_t *data, u32_t len, void *ctx) {
+  return uart_write(UART, data, len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new PPPoS interface
+ *
+ * ppp_netif, netif to use for this PPP link, i.e. PPP IP interface
+ * output_cb, PPPoS serial output callback
+ * status_cb, PPP status callback, called on PPP status change (up, down, …)
+ * ctx_cb, optional user-provided callback context pointer
+ */
+ppp = pppos_create(&ppp_netif,
+       output_cb, status_cb, ctx_cb);
+
+
+/*
+ * Creating a new PPPoE session
+ * ============================
+ */
+
+#include "netif/ppp/pppoe.h"
+
+/*
+ * Create a new PPPoE interface
+ *
+ * ppp_netif, netif to use for this PPP link, i.e. PPP IP interface
+ * ethif, already existing and setup Ethernet interface to use
+ * service_name, PPPoE service name discriminator (not supported yet)
+ * concentrator_name, PPPoE concentrator name discriminator (not supported yet)
+ * status_cb, PPP status callback, called on PPP status change (up, down, …)
+ * ctx_cb, optional user-provided callback context pointer
+ */
+ppp = pppoe_create(&ppp_netif,
+       &ethif,
+       service_name, concentrator_name,
+       status_cb, ctx_cb);
+
+
+/*
+ * Creating a new PPPoL2TP session
+ * ===============================
+ */
+
+#include "netif/ppp/pppol2tp.h"
+
+/*
+ * Create a new PPPoL2TP interface
+ *
+ * ppp_netif, netif to use for this PPP link, i.e. PPP IP interface
+ * netif, optional already existing and setup output netif, necessary if you
+ *        want to set this interface as default route to settle the chicken
+ *        and egg problem with VPN links
+ * ipaddr, IP to connect to
+ * port, UDP port to connect to (usually 1701)
+ * secret, L2TP secret to use
+ * secret_len, size in bytes of the L2TP secret
+ * status_cb, PPP status callback, called on PPP status change (up, down, …)
+ * ctx_cb, optional user-provided callback context pointer
+ */
+ppp = pppol2tp_create(&ppp_netif,
+       struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, u16_t port,
+       u8_t *secret, u8_t secret_len,
+       ppp_link_status_cb_fn link_status_cb, void *ctx_cb);
+
+
+/*
+ * Initiate PPP client connection
+ * ==============================
+ */
+
+/* Set this interface as default route */
+ppp_set_default(ppp);
+
+/*
+ * Basic PPP client configuration. Can only be set if PPP session is in the
+ * dead state (i.e. disconnected). We don't need to provide thread-safe
+ * equivalents through PPPAPI because those helpers are only changing
+ * structure members while session is inactive for lwIP core. Configuration
+ * only need to be done once.
+ */
+
+/* Ask the peer for up to 2 DNS server addresses. */
+ppp_set_usepeerdns(ppp, 1);
+
+/* Auth configuration, this is pretty self-explanatory */
+ppp_set_auth(ppp, PPPAUTHTYPE_ANY, "login", "password");
+
+/*
+ * Initiate PPP negotiation, without waiting (holdoff=0), can only be called
+ * if PPP session is in the dead state (i.e. disconnected).
+ */
+u16_t holdoff = 0;
+ppp_connect(ppp, holdoff);
+
+
+/*
+ * Initiate PPP server listener
+ * ============================
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Basic PPP server configuration. Can only be set if PPP session is in the
+ * dead state (i.e. disconnected). We don't need to provide thread-safe
+ * equivalents through PPPAPI because those helpers are only changing
+ * structure members while session is inactive for lwIP core. Configuration
+ * only need to be done once.
+ */
+ip4_addr_t addr;
+
+/* Set our address */
+IP4_ADDR(&addr, 192,168,0,1);
+ppp_set_ipcp_ouraddr(ppp, &addr);
+
+/* Set peer(his) address */
+IP4_ADDR(&addr, 192,168,0,2);
+ppp_set_ipcp_hisaddr(ppp, &addr);
+
+/* Set primary DNS server */
+IP4_ADDR(&addr, 192,168,10,20);
+ppp_set_ipcp_dnsaddr(ppp, 0, &addr);
+
+/* Set secondary DNS server */
+IP4_ADDR(&addr, 192,168,10,21);
+ppp_set_ipcp_dnsaddr(ppp, 1, &addr);
+
+/* Auth configuration, this is pretty self-explanatory */
+ppp_set_auth(ppp, PPPAUTHTYPE_ANY, "login", "password");
+
+/* Require peer to authenticate */
+ppp_set_auth_required(ppp, 1);
+
+/*
+ * Only for PPPoS, the PPP session should be up and waiting for input.
+ *
+ * Note: for PPPoS, ppp_connect() and ppp_listen() are actually the same thing.
+ * The listen call is meant for future support of PPPoE and PPPoL2TP server
+ * mode, where we will need to negotiate the incoming PPPoE session or L2TP
+ * session before initiating PPP itself. We need this call because there is
+ * two passive modes for PPPoS, ppp_set_passive and ppp_set_silent.
+ */
+ppp_set_silent(pppos, 1);
+
+/*
+ * Initiate PPP listener (i.e. wait for an incoming connection), can only
+ * be called if PPP session is in the dead state (i.e. disconnected).
+ */
+ppp_listen(ppp);
+
+
+/*
+ * Closing PPP connection
+ * ======================
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Initiate the end of the PPP session, without carrier lost signal
+ * (nocarrier=0), meaning a clean shutdown of PPP protocols.
+ * You can call this function at anytime.
+ */
+u8_t nocarrier = 0;
+ppp_close(ppp, nocarrier);
+/*
+ * Then you must wait your status_cb() to be called, it may takes from a few
+ * seconds to several tens of seconds depending on the current PPP state.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Freeing a PPP connection
+ * ========================
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Free the PPP control block, can only be called if PPP session is in the
+ * dead state (i.e. disconnected). You need to call ppp_close() before.
+ */
+ppp_free(ppp);
+
+
+
+3 PPPoS input path (raw API, IRQ safe API, TCPIP API)
+=====================================================
+
+Received data on serial port should be sent to lwIP using the pppos_input()
+function or the pppos_input_tcpip() function.
+
+If NO_SYS is 1 and if PPP_INPROC_IRQ_SAFE is 0 (the default), pppos_input()
+is not IRQ safe and then *MUST* only be called inside your main loop.
+
+Whatever the NO_SYS value, if PPP_INPROC_IRQ_SAFE is 1, pppos_input() is IRQ
+safe and can be safely called from an interrupt context, using that is going
+to reduce your need of buffer if pppos_input() is called byte after byte in
+your rx serial interrupt.
+
+if NO_SYS is 0, the thread safe way outside an interrupt context is to use
+the pppos_input_tcpip() function to pass input data to the lwIP core thread
+using the TCPIP API. This is thread safe in all cases but you should avoid
+passing data byte after byte because it uses heavy locking (mailbox) and it
+allocates pbuf, better fill them !
+
+if NO_SYS is 0 and if PPP_INPROC_IRQ_SAFE is 1, you may also use pppos_input()
+from an RX thread, however pppos_input() is not thread safe by itself. You can
+do that *BUT* you should NEVER call pppos_connect(), pppos_listen() and
+ppp_free() if pppos_input() can still be running, doing this is NOT thread safe
+at all. Using PPP_INPROC_IRQ_SAFE from an RX thread is discouraged unless you
+really know what you are doing, your move ;-)
+
+
+/*
+ * Fonction to call for received data
+ *
+ * ppp, PPP control block
+ * buffer, input buffer
+ * buffer_len, buffer length in bytes
+ */
+void pppos_input(ppp, buffer, buffer_len);
+
+or
+
+void pppos_input_tcpip(ppp, buffer, buffer_len);
+
+
+
+4 Thread safe PPP API (PPPAPI)
+==============================
+
+There is a thread safe API for all corresponding ppp_* functions, you have to
+enable LWIP_PPP_API in your lwipopts.h file, then see
+include/netif/ppp/pppapi.h, this is actually pretty obvious.
+
+
+
+5 Notify phase callback (PPP_NOTIFY_PHASE)
+==========================================
+
+Notify phase callback, enabled using the PPP_NOTIFY_PHASE config option, let
+you configure a callback that is called on each PPP internal state change.
+This is different from the status callback which only warns you about
+up(running) and down(dead) events.
+
+Notify phase callback can be used, for example, to set a LED pattern depending
+on the current phase of the PPP session. Here is a callback example which
+tries to mimic what we usually see on xDSL modems while they are negotiating
+the link, which should be self-explanatory:
+
+static void ppp_notify_phase_cb(ppp_pcb *pcb, u8_t phase, void *ctx) {
+  switch (phase) {
+
+  /* Session is down (either permanently or briefly) */
+  case PPP_PHASE_DEAD:
+    led_set(PPP_LED, LED_OFF);
+    break;
+
+  /* We are between two sessions */
+  case PPP_PHASE_HOLDOFF:
+    led_set(PPP_LED, LED_SLOW_BLINK);
+    break;
+
+  /* Session just started */
+  case PPP_PHASE_INITIALIZE:
+    led_set(PPP_LED, LED_FAST_BLINK);
+    break;
+
+  /* Session is running */
+  case PPP_PHASE_RUNNING:
+    led_set(PPP_LED, LED_ON);
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+6 Upgrading from lwIP <= 1.4.x to lwIP >= 2.0.x
+===============================================
+
+PPP API was fully reworked between 1.4.x and 2.0.x releases. However porting
+from previous lwIP version is pretty easy:
+
+* Previous PPP API used an integer to identify PPP sessions, we are now
+  using ppp_pcb* control block, therefore all functions changed from "int ppp"
+  to "ppp_pcb *ppp"
+
+* struct netif was moved outside the PPP structure, you have to provide a netif
+  for PPP interface in pppoX_create() functions
+
+* PPP session are not started automatically after you created them anymore,
+  you have to call ppp_connect(), this way you can configure the session before
+  starting it.
+
+* Previous PPP API used CamelCase, we are now using snake_case.
+
+* Previous PPP API mixed PPPoS and PPPoE calls, this isn't the case anymore,
+  PPPoS functions are now prefixed pppos_ and PPPoE functions are now prefixed
+  pppoe_, common functions are now prefixed ppp_.
+
+* New PPPERR_ error codes added, check you have all of them in your status
+  callback function
+
+* Only the following include files should now be used in user application:
+  #include "netif/ppp/pppapi.h"
+  #include "netif/ppp/pppos.h"
+  #include "netif/ppp/pppoe.h"
+  #include "netif/ppp/pppol2tp.h"
+
+  Functions from ppp.h can be used, but you don't need to include this header
+  file as it is already included by above header files.
+
+* PPP_INPROC_OWNTHREAD was broken by design and was removed, you have to create
+  your own serial rx thread
+
+* PPP_INPROC_MULTITHREADED option was misnamed and confusing and was renamed
+  PPP_INPROC_IRQ_SAFE, please read the "PPPoS input path" documentation above
+  because you might have been fooled by that
+
+* If you used tcpip_callback_with_block() on ppp_ functions you may wish to use
+  the PPPAPI API instead.
+
+* ppp_sighup and ppp_close functions were merged using an optional argument
+  "nocarrier" on ppp_close.
+
+* DNS servers are now only remotely asked if LWIP_DNS is set and if
+  ppp_set_usepeerdns() is set to true, they are now automatically registered
+  using the dns_setserver() function so you don't need to do that in the PPP
+  callback anymore.
+
+* PPPoS does not use the SIO API anymore, as such it now requires a serial
+  output callback in place of sio_write
+
+* PPP_MAXIDLEFLAG is now in ms instead of jiffies
diff --git a/doc/rawapi.txt b/doc/rawapi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cdfdce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/rawapi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+Raw TCP/IP interface for lwIP
+
+Authors: Adam Dunkels, Leon Woestenberg, Christiaan Simons
+
+lwIP provides three Application Program's Interfaces (APIs) for programs
+to use for communication with the TCP/IP code:
+* low-level "core" / "callback" or "raw" API.
+* higher-level "sequential" API.
+* BSD-style socket API.
+
+The raw API (sometimes called native API) is an event-driven API designed
+to be used without an operating system that implements zero-copy send and
+receive. This API is also used by the core stack for interaction between
+the various protocols. It is the only API available when running lwIP
+without an operating system.
+
+The sequential API provides a way for ordinary, sequential, programs
+to use the lwIP stack. It is quite similar to the BSD socket API. The
+model of execution is based on the blocking open-read-write-close
+paradigm. Since the TCP/IP stack is event based by nature, the TCP/IP
+code and the application program must reside in different execution
+contexts (threads).
+
+The socket API is a compatibility API for existing applications,
+currently it is built on top of the sequential API. It is meant to
+provide all functions needed to run socket API applications running
+on other platforms (e.g. unix / windows etc.). However, due to limitations
+in the specification of this API, there might be incompatibilities
+that require small modifications of existing programs.
+
+** Multithreading
+
+lwIP started targeting single-threaded environments. When adding multi-
+threading support, instead of making the core thread-safe, another
+approach was chosen: there is one main thread running the lwIP core
+(also known as the "tcpip_thread"). When running in a multithreaded
+environment, raw API functions MUST only be called from the core thread
+since raw API functions are not protected from concurrent access (aside
+from pbuf- and memory management functions). Application threads using
+the sequential- or socket API communicate with this main thread through
+message passing.
+
+      As such, the list of functions that may be called from
+      other threads or an ISR is very limited! Only functions
+      from these API header files are thread-safe:
+      - api.h
+      - netbuf.h
+      - netdb.h
+      - netifapi.h
+      - pppapi.h
+      - sockets.h
+      - sys.h
+
+      Additionaly, memory (de-)allocation functions may be
+      called from multiple threads (not ISR!) with NO_SYS=0
+      since they are protected by SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT and/or
+      semaphores.
+
+      Netconn or Socket API functions are thread safe against the
+      core thread but they are not reentrant at the control block
+      granularity level. That is, a UDP or TCP control block must
+      not be shared among multiple threads without proper locking.
+
+      If SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT is set to 1 and
+      LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT is set to 1,
+      pbuf_free() may also be called from another thread or
+      an ISR (since only then, mem_free - for PBUF_RAM - may
+      be called from an ISR: otherwise, the HEAP is only
+      protected by semaphores).
+
+
+** The remainder of this document discusses the "raw" API. **
+
+The raw TCP/IP interface allows the application program to integrate
+better with the TCP/IP code. Program execution is event based by
+having callback functions being called from within the TCP/IP
+code. The TCP/IP code and the application program both run in the same
+thread. The sequential API has a much higher overhead and is not very
+well suited for small systems since it forces a multithreaded paradigm
+on the application.
+
+The raw TCP/IP interface is not only faster in terms of code execution
+time but is also less memory intensive. The drawback is that program
+development is somewhat harder and application programs written for
+the raw TCP/IP interface are more difficult to understand. Still, this
+is the preferred way of writing applications that should be small in
+code size and memory usage.
+
+All APIs can be used simultaneously by different application
+programs. In fact, the sequential API is implemented as an application
+program using the raw TCP/IP interface.
+
+Do not confuse the lwIP raw API with raw Ethernet or IP sockets.
+The former is a way of interfacing the lwIP network stack (including
+TCP and UDP), the later refers to processing raw Ethernet or IP data
+instead of TCP connections or UDP packets.
+
+Raw API applications may never block since all packet processing
+(input and output) as well as timer processing (TCP mainly) is done
+in a single execution context.
+
+--- Callbacks
+
+Program execution is driven by callbacks functions, which are then
+invoked by the lwIP core when activity related to that application
+occurs. A particular application may register to be notified via a
+callback function for events such as incoming data available, outgoing
+data sent, error notifications, poll timer expiration, connection
+closed, etc. An application can provide a callback function to perform
+processing for any or all of these events. Each callback is an ordinary
+C function that is called from within the TCP/IP code. Every callback
+function is passed the current TCP or UDP connection state as an
+argument. Also, in order to be able to keep program specific state,
+the callback functions are called with a program specified argument
+that is independent of the TCP/IP state.
+
+The function for setting the application connection state is:
+
+- void tcp_arg(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, void *arg)
+
+  Specifies the program specific state that should be passed to all
+  other callback functions. The "pcb" argument is the current TCP
+  connection control block, and the "arg" argument is the argument
+  that will be passed to the callbacks.
+
+  
+--- TCP connection setup
+
+The functions used for setting up connections is similar to that of
+the sequential API and of the BSD socket API. A new TCP connection
+identifier (i.e., a protocol control block - PCB) is created with the
+tcp_new() function. This PCB can then be either set to listen for new
+incoming connections or be explicitly connected to another host.
+
+- struct tcp_pcb *tcp_new(void)
+
+  Creates a new connection identifier (PCB). If memory is not
+  available for creating the new pcb, NULL is returned.
+
+- err_t tcp_bind(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+                 u16_t port)
+
+  Binds the pcb to a local IP address and port number. The IP address
+  can be specified as IP_ADDR_ANY in order to bind the connection to
+  all local IP addresses.
+
+  If another connection is bound to the same port, the function will
+  return ERR_USE, otherwise ERR_OK is returned.
+
+- struct tcp_pcb *tcp_listen(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
+
+  Commands a pcb to start listening for incoming connections. When an
+  incoming connection is accepted, the function specified with the
+  tcp_accept() function will be called. The pcb will have to be bound
+  to a local port with the tcp_bind() function.
+
+  The tcp_listen() function returns a new connection identifier, and
+  the one passed as an argument to the function will be
+  deallocated. The reason for this behavior is that less memory is
+  needed for a connection that is listening, so tcp_listen() will
+  reclaim the memory needed for the original connection and allocate a
+  new smaller memory block for the listening connection.
+
+  tcp_listen() may return NULL if no memory was available for the
+  listening connection. If so, the memory associated with the pcb
+  passed as an argument to tcp_listen() will not be deallocated.
+
+- struct tcp_pcb *tcp_listen_with_backlog(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u8_t backlog)
+
+  Same as tcp_listen, but limits the number of outstanding connections
+  in the listen queue to the value specified by the backlog argument.
+  To use it, your need to set TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG=1 in your lwipopts.h.
+
+- void tcp_accept(struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
+                  err_t (* accept)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *newpcb,
+                                   err_t err))
+
+  Specified the callback function that should be called when a new
+  connection arrives on a listening connection.
+
+- err_t tcp_connect(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+                    u16_t port, err_t (* connected)(void *arg,
+                                                    struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
+                                                    err_t err));
+
+  Sets up the pcb to connect to the remote host and sends the
+  initial SYN segment which opens the connection. 
+
+  The tcp_connect() function returns immediately; it does not wait for
+  the connection to be properly setup. Instead, it will call the
+  function specified as the fourth argument (the "connected" argument)
+  when the connection is established. If the connection could not be
+  properly established, either because the other host refused the
+  connection or because the other host didn't answer, the "err"
+  callback function of this pcb (registered with tcp_err, see below)
+  will be called.
+
+  The tcp_connect() function can return ERR_MEM if no memory is
+  available for enqueueing the SYN segment. If the SYN indeed was
+  enqueued successfully, the tcp_connect() function returns ERR_OK.
+
+
+--- Sending TCP data
+
+TCP data is sent by enqueueing the data with a call to
+tcp_write(). When the data is successfully transmitted to the remote
+host, the application will be notified with a call to a specified
+callback function.
+
+- err_t tcp_write(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, const void *dataptr, u16_t len,
+                  u8_t apiflags)
+
+  Enqueues the data pointed to by the argument dataptr. The length of
+  the data is passed as the len parameter. The apiflags can be one or more of:
+  - TCP_WRITE_FLAG_COPY: indicates whether the new memory should be allocated
+    for the data to be copied into. If this flag is not given, no new memory
+    should be allocated and the data should only be referenced by pointer. This
+    also means that the memory behind dataptr must not change until the data is
+    ACKed by the remote host
+  - TCP_WRITE_FLAG_MORE: indicates that more data follows. If this is omitted,
+    the PSH flag is set in the last segment created by this call to tcp_write.
+    If this flag is given, the PSH flag is not set.
+
+  The tcp_write() function will fail and return ERR_MEM if the length
+  of the data exceeds the current send buffer size or if the length of
+  the queue of outgoing segment is larger than the upper limit defined
+  in lwipopts.h. The number of bytes available in the output queue can
+  be retrieved with the tcp_sndbuf() function.
+
+  The proper way to use this function is to call the function with at
+  most tcp_sndbuf() bytes of data. If the function returns ERR_MEM,
+  the application should wait until some of the currently enqueued
+  data has been successfully received by the other host and try again.
+
+- void tcp_sent(struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
+                err_t (* sent)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
+                u16_t len))
+
+  Specifies the callback function that should be called when data has
+  successfully been received (i.e., acknowledged) by the remote
+  host. The len argument passed to the callback function gives the
+  amount bytes that was acknowledged by the last acknowledgment.
+
+  
+--- Receiving TCP data
+
+TCP data reception is callback based - an application specified
+callback function is called when new data arrives. When the
+application has taken the data, it has to call the tcp_recved()
+function to indicate that TCP can advertise increase the receive
+window.
+
+- void tcp_recv(struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
+                err_t (* recv)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
+                               struct pbuf *p, err_t err))
+
+  Sets the callback function that will be called when new data
+  arrives. The callback function will be passed a NULL pbuf to
+  indicate that the remote host has closed the connection. If
+  there are no errors and the callback function is to return
+  ERR_OK, then it must free the pbuf. Otherwise, it must not
+  free the pbuf so that lwIP core code can store it.
+
+- void tcp_recved(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u16_t len)
+
+  Must be called when the application has received the data. The len
+  argument indicates the length of the received data.
+
+
+--- Application polling
+
+When a connection is idle (i.e., no data is either transmitted or
+received), lwIP will repeatedly poll the application by calling a
+specified callback function. This can be used either as a watchdog
+timer for killing connections that have stayed idle for too long, or
+as a method of waiting for memory to become available. For instance,
+if a call to tcp_write() has failed because memory wasn't available,
+the application may use the polling functionality to call tcp_write()
+again when the connection has been idle for a while.
+
+- void tcp_poll(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, 
+                err_t (* poll)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb),
+                u8_t interval)
+
+  Specifies the polling interval and the callback function that should
+  be called to poll the application. The interval is specified in
+  number of TCP coarse grained timer shots, which typically occurs
+  twice a second. An interval of 10 means that the application would
+  be polled every 5 seconds.
+
+
+--- Closing and aborting connections
+
+- err_t tcp_close(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
+
+  Closes the connection. The function may return ERR_MEM if no memory
+  was available for closing the connection. If so, the application
+  should wait and try again either by using the acknowledgment
+  callback or the polling functionality. If the close succeeds, the
+  function returns ERR_OK.
+
+  The pcb is deallocated by the TCP code after a call to tcp_close(). 
+
+- void tcp_abort(struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
+
+  Aborts the connection by sending a RST (reset) segment to the remote
+  host. The pcb is deallocated. This function never fails.
+
+  ATTENTION: When calling this from one of the TCP callbacks, make
+  sure you always return ERR_ABRT (and never return ERR_ABRT otherwise
+  or you will risk accessing deallocated memory or memory leaks!
+
+
+If a connection is aborted because of an error, the application is
+alerted of this event by the err callback. Errors that might abort a
+connection are when there is a shortage of memory. The callback
+function to be called is set using the tcp_err() function.
+
+- void tcp_err(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, void (* err)(void *arg,
+       err_t err))
+
+  The error callback function does not get the pcb passed to it as a
+  parameter since the pcb may already have been deallocated.
+
+
+--- UDP interface
+
+The UDP interface is similar to that of TCP, but due to the lower
+level of complexity of UDP, the interface is significantly simpler.
+
+- struct udp_pcb *udp_new(void)
+
+  Creates a new UDP pcb which can be used for UDP communication. The
+  pcb is not active until it has either been bound to a local address
+  or connected to a remote address.
+
+- void udp_remove(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
+
+  Removes and deallocates the pcb.  
+  
+- err_t udp_bind(struct udp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+                 u16_t port)
+
+  Binds the pcb to a local address. The IP-address argument "ipaddr"
+  can be IP_ADDR_ANY to indicate that it should listen to any local IP
+  address. The function currently always return ERR_OK.
+
+- err_t udp_connect(struct udp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+                    u16_t port)
+
+  Sets the remote end of the pcb. This function does not generate any
+  network traffic, but only set the remote address of the pcb.
+
+- err_t udp_disconnect(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
+
+  Remove the remote end of the pcb. This function does not generate
+  any network traffic, but only removes the remote address of the pcb.
+
+- err_t udp_send(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
+
+  Sends the pbuf p. The pbuf is not deallocated.
+
+- void udp_recv(struct udp_pcb *pcb,
+                void (* recv)(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *upcb,
+                                         struct pbuf *p,
+                                         ip_addr_t *addr,
+                                         u16_t port),
+                              void *recv_arg)
+
+  Specifies a callback function that should be called when a UDP
+  datagram is received.
+  
+
+--- System initalization
+
+A truly complete and generic sequence for initializing the lwIP stack
+cannot be given because it depends on additional initializations for
+your runtime environment (e.g. timers).
+
+We can give you some idea on how to proceed when using the raw API.
+We assume a configuration using a single Ethernet netif and the
+UDP and TCP transport layers, IPv4 and the DHCP client.
+
+Call these functions in the order of appearance:
+
+- lwip_init()
+
+  Initialize the lwIP stack and all of its subsystems.
+
+- netif_add(struct netif *netif, const ip4_addr_t *ipaddr,
+            const ip4_addr_t *netmask, const ip4_addr_t *gw,
+            void *state, netif_init_fn init, netif_input_fn input)
+
+  Adds your network interface to the netif_list. Allocate a struct
+  netif and pass a pointer to this structure as the first argument.
+  Give pointers to cleared ip_addr structures when using DHCP,
+  or fill them with sane numbers otherwise. The state pointer may be NULL.
+
+  The init function pointer must point to a initialization function for
+  your Ethernet netif interface. The following code illustrates its use.
+  
+  err_t netif_if_init(struct netif *netif)
+  {
+    u8_t i;
+    
+    for (i = 0; i < ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN; i++) {
+      netif->hwaddr[i] = some_eth_addr[i];
+    }
+    init_my_eth_device();
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+  
+  For Ethernet drivers, the input function pointer must point to the lwIP
+  function ethernet_input() declared in "netif/etharp.h". Other drivers
+  must use ip_input() declared in "lwip/ip.h".
+  
+- netif_set_default(struct netif *netif)
+
+  Registers the default network interface.
+
+- netif_set_link_up(struct netif *netif)
+
+  This is the hardware link state; e.g. whether cable is plugged for wired
+  Ethernet interface. This function must be called even if you don't know
+  the current state. Having link up and link down events is optional but
+  DHCP and IPv6 discover benefit well from those events.
+
+- netif_set_up(struct netif *netif)
+
+  This is the administrative (= software) state of the netif, when the
+  netif is fully configured this function must be called.
+
+- dhcp_start(struct netif *netif)
+
+  Creates a new DHCP client for this interface on the first call.
+  
+  You can peek in the netif->dhcp struct for the actual DHCP status.
+
+- sys_check_timeouts()
+
+  When the system is running, you have to periodically call
+  sys_check_timeouts() which will handle all timers for all protocols in
+  the stack; add this to your main loop or equivalent.
+
+
+--- Optimalization hints
+
+The first thing you want to optimize is the lwip_standard_checksum()
+routine from src/core/inet.c. You can override this standard
+function with the #define LWIP_CHKSUM <your_checksum_routine>.
+
+There are C examples given in inet.c or you might want to
+craft an assembly function for this. RFC1071 is a good
+introduction to this subject.
+
+Other significant improvements can be made by supplying
+assembly or inline replacements for htons() and htonl()
+if you're using a little-endian architecture.
+#define lwip_htons(x) <your_htons>
+#define lwip_htonl(x) <your_htonl>
+If you #define them to htons() and htonl(), you should
+#define LWIP_DONT_PROVIDE_BYTEORDER_FUNCTIONS to prevent lwIP from
+defining hton*/ntoh* compatibility macros.
+
+Check your network interface driver if it reads at
+a higher speed than the maximum wire-speed. If the
+hardware isn't serviced frequently and fast enough
+buffer overflows are likely to occur.
+
+E.g. when using the cs8900 driver, call cs8900if_service(ethif)
+as frequently as possible. When using an RTOS let the cs8900 interrupt
+wake a high priority task that services your driver using a binary
+semaphore or event flag. Some drivers might allow additional tuning
+to match your application and network.
+
+For a production release it is recommended to set LWIP_STATS to 0.
+Note that speed performance isn't influenced much by simply setting
+high values to the memory options.
+
+For more optimization hints take a look at the lwIP wiki.
+
+--- Zero-copy MACs
+
+To achieve zero-copy on transmit, the data passed to the raw API must
+remain unchanged until sent. Because the send- (or write-)functions return
+when the packets have been enqueued for sending, data must be kept stable
+after that, too.
+
+This implies that PBUF_RAM/PBUF_POOL pbufs passed to raw-API send functions
+must *not* be reused by the application unless their ref-count is 1.
+
+For no-copy pbufs (PBUF_ROM/PBUF_REF), data must be kept unchanged, too,
+but the stack/driver will/must copy PBUF_REF'ed data when enqueueing, while
+PBUF_ROM-pbufs are just enqueued (as ROM-data is expected to never change).
+
+Also, data passed to tcp_write without the copy-flag must not be changed!
+
+Therefore, be careful which type of PBUF you use and if you copy TCP data
+or not!
diff --git a/doc/savannah.txt b/doc/savannah.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7d19eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/savannah.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+Daily Use Guide for using Savannah for lwIP
+
+Table of Contents:
+
+1 - Obtaining lwIP from the Git repository
+2 - Committers/developers Git access using SSH
+3 - Merging a development branch to master branch
+4 - How to release lwIP
+
+
+
+1 Obtaining lwIP from the Git repository
+----------------------------------------
+
+To perform an anonymous Git clone of the master branch (this is where
+bug fixes and incremental enhancements occur), do this:
+ git clone git://git.savannah.nongnu.org/lwip.git
+
+Or, obtain a stable branch (updated with bug fixes only) as follows:
+ git clone --branch DEVEL-1_4_1 git://git.savannah.nongnu.org/lwip.git
+
+Or, obtain a specific (fixed) release as follows:
+ git clone --branch STABLE-1_4_1 git://git.savannah.nongnu.org/lwip.git
+
+
+2 Committers/developers Git access using SSH
+--------------------------------------------
+
+The Savannah server uses SSH (Secure Shell) protocol 2 authentication and encryption.
+As such, Git commits to the server occur through a SSH tunnel for project members.
+To create a SSH2 key pair in UNIX-like environments, do this:
+ ssh-keygen -t dsa
+
+Under Windows, a recommended SSH client is "PuTTY", freely available with good
+documentation and a graphic user interface. Use its key generator.
+
+Now paste the id_dsa.pub contents into your Savannah account public key list. Wait
+a while so that Savannah can update its configuration (This can take minutes).
+
+Try to login using SSH:
+ ssh -v your_login@git.sv.gnu.org
+
+If it tells you:
+ Linux vcs.savannah.gnu.org 2.6.32-5-xen-686 #1 SMP Wed Jun 17 17:10:03 UTC 2015 i686
+
+ Interactive shell login is not possible for security reasons.
+ VCS commands are allowed.
+ Last login: Tue May 15 23:10:12 2012 from 82.245.102.129
+ You tried to execute:
+ Sorry, you are not allowed to execute that command.
+ Shared connection to git.sv.gnu.org closed.
+
+then you could login; Savannah refuses to give you a shell - which is OK, as we
+are allowed to use SSH for Git only. Now, you should be able to do this:
+ git clone your_login@git.sv.gnu.org:/srv/git/lwip.git
+
+After which you can edit your local files with bug fixes or new features and
+commit them. Make sure you know what you are doing when using Git to make
+changes on the repository. If in doubt, ask on the lwip-members mailing list.
+
+(If SSH asks about authenticity of the host, you can check the key
+fingerprint against https://savannah.nongnu.org/git/?group=lwip
+
+
+3 - Merging a development branch to master branch
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+Merging is a straightforward process in Git. How to merge all changes in a
+development branch since our last merge from main:
+
+Checkout the master branch:
+ git checkout master
+
+Merge the development branch to master:
+ git merge your-development-branch
+
+Resolve any conflict.
+
+Commit the merge result.
+ git commit -a
+
+Push your commits:
+ git push
+
+
+4 How to release lwIP
+---------------------
+
+First, tag the release using Git: (I use release number 1.4.1 throughout
+this example).
+ git tag -a STABLE-1_4_1
+
+Share the tag reference by pushing it to remote:
+ git push origin STABLE-1_4_1
+
+Prepare the release:
+ cp -r lwip lwip-1.4.1
+ rm -rf lwip-1.4.1/.git lwip-1.4.1/.gitattributes
+
+Archive the current directory using tar, gzip'd, bzip2'd and zip'd.
+ tar czvf lwip-1.4.1.tar.gz lwip-1.4.1
+ tar cjvf lwip-1.4.1.tar.bz2 lwip-1.4.1
+ zip -r lwip-1.4.1.zip lwip-1.4.1
+
+Now, sign the archives with a detached GPG binary signature as follows:
+ gpg -b lwip-1.4.1.tar.gz
+ gpg -b lwip-1.4.1.tar.bz2
+ gpg -b lwip-1.4.1.zip
+
+Upload these files using anonymous FTP:
+ ncftp ftp://savannah.gnu.org/incoming/savannah/lwip
+ ncftp> mput *1.4.1.*
+
+Additionally, you may post a news item on Savannah, like this:
+
+A new 1.4.1 release is now available here:
+http://savannah.nongnu.org/files/?group=lwip&highlight=1.4.1
+
+You will have to submit this via the user News interface, then approve
+this via the Administrator News interface.
diff --git a/doc/sys_arch.txt b/doc/sys_arch.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4dc727b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/sys_arch.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+sys_arch interface for lwIP
+
+Author: Adam Dunkels
+        Simon Goldschmidt
+
+The operating system emulation layer provides a common interface
+between the lwIP code and the underlying operating system kernel. The
+general idea is that porting lwIP to new architectures requires only
+small changes to a few header files and a new sys_arch
+implementation. It is also possible to do a sys_arch implementation
+that does not rely on any underlying operating system.
+
+The sys_arch provides semaphores, mailboxes and mutexes to lwIP. For the full
+lwIP functionality, multiple threads support can be implemented in the
+sys_arch, but this is not required for the basic lwIP
+functionality. Timer scheduling is implemented in lwIP, but can be implemented
+by the sys_arch port (LWIP_TIMERS_CUSTOM==1).
+
+In addition to the source file providing the functionality of sys_arch,
+the OS emulation layer must provide several header files defining
+macros used throughout lwip.  The files required and the macros they
+must define are listed below the sys_arch description.
+
+Semaphores can be either counting or binary - lwIP works with both
+kinds. Mailboxes should be implemented as a queue which allows multiple messages
+to be posted (implementing as a rendez-vous point where only one message can be
+posted at a time can have a highly negative impact on performance). A message
+in a mailbox is just a pointer, nothing more. 
+
+Semaphores are represented by the type "sys_sem_t" which is typedef'd
+in the sys_arch.h file. Mailboxes are equivalently represented by the
+type "sys_mbox_t". Mutexes are represented by the type "sys_mutex_t".
+lwIP does not place any restrictions on how these types are represented
+internally.
+
+Since lwIP 1.4.0, semaphore, mutexes and mailbox functions are prototyped in a way that
+allows both using pointers or actual OS structures to be used. This way, memory
+required for such types can be either allocated in place (globally or on the
+stack) or on the heap (allocated internally in the "*_new()" functions).
+
+The following functions must be implemented by the sys_arch:
+
+- void sys_init(void)
+
+  Is called to initialize the sys_arch layer.
+
+- err_t sys_sem_new(sys_sem_t *sem, u8_t count)
+
+  Creates a new semaphore. The semaphore is allocated to the memory that 'sem'
+  points to (which can be both a pointer or the actual OS structure).
+  The "count" argument specifies the initial state of the semaphore (which is
+  either 0 or 1).
+  If the semaphore has been created, ERR_OK should be returned. Returning any
+  other error will provide a hint what went wrong, but except for assertions,
+  no real error handling is implemented.
+
+- void sys_sem_free(sys_sem_t *sem)
+
+  Deallocates a semaphore.
+
+- void sys_sem_signal(sys_sem_t *sem)
+
+  Signals a semaphore.
+
+- u32_t sys_arch_sem_wait(sys_sem_t *sem, u32_t timeout)
+
+  Blocks the thread while waiting for the semaphore to be
+  signaled. If the "timeout" argument is non-zero, the thread should
+  only be blocked for the specified time (measured in
+  milliseconds). If the "timeout" argument is zero, the thread should be
+  blocked until the semaphore is signalled.
+
+  If the timeout argument is non-zero, the return value is the number of
+  milliseconds spent waiting for the semaphore to be signaled. If the
+  semaphore wasn't signaled within the specified time, the return value is
+  SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT. If the thread didn't have to wait for the semaphore
+  (i.e., it was already signaled), the function may return zero.
+
+  Notice that lwIP implements a function with a similar name,
+  sys_sem_wait(), that uses the sys_arch_sem_wait() function.
+
+- int sys_sem_valid(sys_sem_t *sem)
+
+  Returns 1 if the semaphore is valid, 0 if it is not valid.
+  When using pointers, a simple way is to check the pointer for != NULL.
+  When directly using OS structures, implementing this may be more complex.
+  This may also be a define, in which case the function is not prototyped.
+
+- void sys_sem_set_invalid(sys_sem_t *sem)
+
+  Invalidate a semaphore so that sys_sem_valid() returns 0.
+  ATTENTION: This does NOT mean that the semaphore shall be deallocated:
+  sys_sem_free() is always called before calling this function!
+  This may also be a define, in which case the function is not prototyped.
+
+- void sys_mutex_new(sys_mutex_t *mutex)
+
+  Creates a new mutex. The mutex is allocated to the memory that 'mutex'
+  points to (which can be both a pointer or the actual OS structure).
+  If the mutex has been created, ERR_OK should be returned. Returning any
+  other error will provide a hint what went wrong, but except for assertions,
+  no real error handling is implemented.
+
+- void sys_mutex_free(sys_mutex_t *mutex)
+
+  Deallocates a mutex.
+
+- void sys_mutex_lock(sys_mutex_t *mutex)
+  
+  Blocks the thread until the mutex can be grabbed.
+
+- void sys_mutex_unlock(sys_mutex_t *mutex)
+
+  Releases the mutex previously locked through 'sys_mutex_lock()'.
+
+- void sys_mutex_valid(sys_mutex_t *mutex)
+
+  Returns 1 if the mutes is valid, 0 if it is not valid.
+  When using pointers, a simple way is to check the pointer for != NULL.
+  When directly using OS structures, implementing this may be more complex.
+  This may also be a define, in which case the function is not prototyped.
+
+- void sys_mutex_set_invalid(sys_mutex_t *mutex)
+
+  Invalidate a mutex so that sys_mutex_valid() returns 0.
+  ATTENTION: This does NOT mean that the mutex shall be deallocated:
+  sys_mutex_free() is always called before calling this function!
+  This may also be a define, in which case the function is not prototyped.
+
+- err_t sys_mbox_new(sys_mbox_t *mbox, int size)
+
+  Creates an empty mailbox for maximum "size" elements. Elements stored
+  in mailboxes are pointers. You have to define macros "_MBOX_SIZE"
+  in your lwipopts.h, or ignore this parameter in your implementation
+  and use a default size.
+  If the mailbox has been created, ERR_OK should be returned. Returning any
+  other error will provide a hint what went wrong, but except for assertions,
+  no real error handling is implemented.
+
+- void sys_mbox_free(sys_mbox_t *mbox)
+
+  Deallocates a mailbox. If there are messages still present in the
+  mailbox when the mailbox is deallocated, it is an indication of a
+  programming error in lwIP and the developer should be notified.
+
+- void sys_mbox_post(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void *msg)
+
+  Posts the "msg" to the mailbox. This function have to block until
+  the "msg" is really posted.
+
+- err_t sys_mbox_trypost(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void *msg)
+
+  Try to post the "msg" to the mailbox. Returns ERR_MEM if this one
+  is full, else, ERR_OK if the "msg" is posted.
+
+- u32_t sys_arch_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg, u32_t timeout)
+
+  Blocks the thread until a message arrives in the mailbox, but does
+  not block the thread longer than "timeout" milliseconds (similar to
+  the sys_arch_sem_wait() function). If "timeout" is 0, the thread should
+  be blocked until a message arrives. The "msg" argument is a result
+  parameter that is set by the function (i.e., by doing "*msg =
+  ptr"). The "msg" parameter maybe NULL to indicate that the message
+  should be dropped.
+
+  The return values are the same as for the sys_arch_sem_wait() function:
+  Number of milliseconds spent waiting or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT if there was a
+  timeout.
+
+  Note that a function with a similar name, sys_mbox_fetch(), is
+  implemented by lwIP. 
+
+- u32_t sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg)
+
+  This is similar to sys_arch_mbox_fetch, however if a message is not
+  present in the mailbox, it immediately returns with the code
+  SYS_MBOX_EMPTY. On success 0 is returned.
+
+  To allow for efficient implementations, this can be defined as a
+  function-like macro in sys_arch.h instead of a normal function. For
+  example, a naive implementation could be:
+    #define sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(mbox,msg) \
+      sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox,msg,1)
+  although this would introduce unnecessary delays.
+
+- int sys_mbox_valid(sys_mbox_t *mbox)
+
+  Returns 1 if the mailbox is valid, 0 if it is not valid.
+  When using pointers, a simple way is to check the pointer for != NULL.
+  When directly using OS structures, implementing this may be more complex.
+  This may also be a define, in which case the function is not prototyped.
+
+- void sys_mbox_set_invalid(sys_mbox_t *mbox)
+
+  Invalidate a mailbox so that sys_mbox_valid() returns 0.
+  ATTENTION: This does NOT mean that the mailbox shall be deallocated:
+  sys_mbox_free() is always called before calling this function!
+  This may also be a define, in which case the function is not prototyped.
+
+If threads are supported by the underlying operating system and if
+such functionality is needed in lwIP, the following function will have
+to be implemented as well:
+
+- sys_thread_t sys_thread_new(char *name, void (* thread)(void *arg), void *arg, int stacksize, int prio)
+
+  Starts a new thread named "name" with priority "prio" that will begin its
+  execution in the function "thread()". The "arg" argument will be passed as an
+  argument to the thread() function. The stack size to used for this thread is
+  the "stacksize" parameter. The id of the new thread is returned. Both the id
+  and the priority are system dependent.
+
+When lwIP is used from more than one context (e.g. from multiple threads OR from
+main-loop and from interrupts), the SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT protection SHOULD be enabled!
+
+- sys_prot_t sys_arch_protect(void)
+
+  This optional function does a "fast" critical region protection and returns
+  the previous protection level. This function is only called during very short
+  critical regions. An embedded system which supports ISR-based drivers might
+  want to implement this function by disabling interrupts. Task-based systems
+  might want to implement this by using a mutex or disabling tasking. This
+  function should support recursive calls from the same task or interrupt. In
+  other words, sys_arch_protect() could be called while already protected. In
+  that case the return value indicates that it is already protected.
+
+  sys_arch_protect() is only required if your port is supporting an operating
+  system.
+
+- void sys_arch_unprotect(sys_prot_t pval)
+
+  This optional function does a "fast" set of critical region protection to the
+  value specified by pval. See the documentation for sys_arch_protect() for
+  more information. This function is only required if your port is supporting
+  an operating system.
+
+For some configurations, you also need:
+
+- u32_t sys_now(void)
+
+  This optional function returns the current time in milliseconds (don't care
+  for wraparound, this is only used for time diffs).
+  Not implementing this function means you cannot use some modules (e.g. TCP
+  timestamps, internal timeouts for NO_SYS==1).
+
+
+Note:
+
+Be careful with using mem_malloc() in sys_arch. When malloc() refers to
+mem_malloc() you can run into a circular function call problem. In mem.c
+mem_init() tries to allcate a semaphore using mem_malloc, which of course
+can't be performed when sys_arch uses mem_malloc.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Additional files required for the "OS support" emulation layer:
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+cc.h       - Architecture environment, some compiler specific, some
+             environment specific (probably should move env stuff 
+             to sys_arch.h.)
+
+  Typedefs for the types used by lwip -
+    u8_t, s8_t, u16_t, s16_t, u32_t, s32_t, mem_ptr_t
+
+  Compiler hints for packing lwip's structures -
+    PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x)
+    PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT
+    PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+    PACK_STRUCT_END
+
+  Platform specific diagnostic output -
+    LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(x)    - non-fatal, print a message.
+    LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(x)  - fatal, print message and abandon execution.
+    Portability defines for printf formatters:
+    U16_F, S16_F, X16_F, U32_F, S32_F, X32_F, SZT_F
+
+  "lightweight" synchronization mechanisms -
+    SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(x) - declare a protection state variable.
+    SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(x)      - enter protection mode.
+    SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(x)    - leave protection mode.
+
+  If the compiler does not provide memset() this file must include a
+  definition of it, or include a file which defines it.
+
+  This file must either include a system-local <errno.h> which defines
+  the standard *nix error codes, or it should #define LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO
+  to make lwip/arch.h define the codes which are used throughout.
+
+
+perf.h     - Architecture specific performance measurement.
+  Measurement calls made throughout lwip, these can be defined to nothing.
+    PERF_START               - start measuring something.
+    PERF_STOP(x)             - stop measuring something, and record the result.
+
+sys_arch.h - Tied to sys_arch.c
+
+  Arch dependent types for the following objects:
+    sys_sem_t, sys_mbox_t, sys_thread_t,
+  And, optionally:
+    sys_prot_t
+
+  Defines to set vars of sys_mbox_t and sys_sem_t to NULL.
+    SYS_MBOX_NULL NULL
+    SYS_SEM_NULL NULL
diff --git a/src/FILES b/src/FILES
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0be0741
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/FILES
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+api/      - The code for the high-level wrapper API. Not needed if
+            you use the lowel-level call-back/raw API.
+
+apps/     - Higher layer applications that are specifically programmed
+            with the lwIP low-level raw API.
+
+core/     - The core of the TPC/IP stack; protocol implementations,
+            memory and buffer management, and the low-level raw API.
+
+include/  - lwIP include files.
+
+netif/    - Generic network interface device drivers are kept here.
+
+For more information on the various subdirectories, check the FILES
+file in each directory.
diff --git a/src/Filelists.mk b/src/Filelists.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d30bb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/Filelists.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+# All rights reserved. 
+# 
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+# are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+#
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+#    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+#    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+#    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+# 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+#    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+# WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+# MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+# SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+# EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+# OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+# INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+# CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+# IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+# OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+#
+# This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+# 
+# Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+#
+
+# COREFILES, CORE4FILES: The minimum set of files needed for lwIP.
+COREFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/core/init.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/def.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/dns.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/inet_chksum.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ip.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/mem.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/memp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/netif.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/pbuf.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/raw.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/stats.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/sys.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/tcp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/tcp_in.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/tcp_out.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/timeouts.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/udp.c
+
+CORE4FILES=$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv4/autoip.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv4/dhcp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv4/etharp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv4/icmp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv4/igmp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv4/ip4_frag.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv4/ip4.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv4/ip4_addr.c
+
+CORE6FILES=$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv6/dhcp6.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv6/ethip6.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv6/icmp6.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv6/inet6.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv6/ip6.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv6/ip6_addr.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv6/ip6_frag.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv6/mld6.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/core/ipv6/nd6.c
+
+# APIFILES: The files which implement the sequential and socket APIs.
+APIFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/api/api_lib.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/api/api_msg.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/api/err.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/api/netbuf.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/api/netdb.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/api/netifapi.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/api/sockets.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/api/tcpip.c
+
+# NETIFFILES: Files implementing various generic network interface functions
+NETIFFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ethernet.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/slipif.c
+
+# SIXLOWPAN: 6LoWPAN
+SIXLOWPAN=$(LWIPDIR)/netif/lowpan6.c \
+
+# PPPFILES: PPP
+PPPFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/auth.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/ccp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/chap-md5.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/chap_ms.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/chap-new.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/demand.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/eap.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/ecp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/eui64.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/fsm.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/ipcp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/ipv6cp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/lcp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/magic.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/mppe.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/multilink.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/ppp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/pppapi.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/pppcrypt.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/pppoe.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/pppol2tp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/pppos.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/upap.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/utils.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/vj.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/polarssl/arc4.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/polarssl/des.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/polarssl/md4.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/polarssl/md5.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/netif/ppp/polarssl/sha1.c
+
+# LWIPNOAPPSFILES: All LWIP files without apps
+LWIPNOAPPSFILES=$(COREFILES) \
+	$(CORE4FILES) \
+	$(CORE6FILES) \
+	$(APIFILES) \
+	$(NETIFFILES) \
+	$(PPPFILES) \
+	$(SIXLOWPAN)
+
+# SNMPFILES: SNMPv2c agent
+SNMPFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_asn1.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_core.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_mib2.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_mib2_icmp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_mib2_interfaces.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_mib2_ip.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_mib2_snmp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_mib2_system.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_mib2_tcp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_mib2_udp.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_msg.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmpv3.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_netconn.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_pbuf_stream.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_raw.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_scalar.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_table.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_threadsync.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmp_traps.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmpv3_mbedtls.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/snmp/snmpv3_dummy.c
+
+# HTTPDFILES: HTTP server
+HTTPDFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/apps/httpd/fs.c \
+	$(LWIPDIR)/apps/httpd/httpd.c
+
+# LWIPERFFILES: IPERF server
+LWIPERFFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/apps/lwiperf/lwiperf.c
+
+# SNTPFILES: SNTP client
+SNTPFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/apps/sntp/sntp.c
+
+# MDNSFILES: MDNS responder
+MDNSFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/apps/mdns/mdns.c
+
+# NETBIOSNSFILES: NetBIOS name server
+NETBIOSNSFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/apps/netbiosns/netbiosns.c
+
+# TFTPFILES: TFTP server files
+TFTPFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/apps/tftp/tftp_server.c
+
+# MQTTFILES: MQTT client files
+MQTTFILES=$(LWIPDIR)/apps/mqtt/mqtt.c
+
+# LWIPAPPFILES: All LWIP APPs
+LWIPAPPFILES=$(SNMPFILES) \
+	$(HTTPDFILES) \
+	$(LWIPERFFILES) \
+	$(SNTPFILES) \
+	$(MDNSFILES) \
+	$(NETBIOSNSFILES) \
+	$(TFTPFILES) \
+	$(MQTTFILES)
diff --git a/src/api/api_lib.c b/src/api/api_lib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c1d6a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/api/api_lib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1010 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Sequential API External module
+ * 
+ * @defgroup netconn Netconn API
+ * @ingroup sequential_api
+ * Thread-safe, to be called from non-TCPIP threads only.
+ * TX/RX handling based on @ref netbuf (containing @ref pbuf)
+ * to avoid copying data around.
+ * 
+ * @defgroup netconn_common Common functions
+ * @ingroup netconn
+ * For use with TCP and UDP
+ * 
+ * @defgroup netconn_tcp TCP only
+ * @ingroup netconn
+ * TCP only functions
+ * 
+ * @defgroup netconn_udp UDP only
+ * @ingroup netconn
+ * UDP only functions
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ */
+
+/* This is the part of the API that is linked with
+   the application */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/api.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/raw.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "lwip/priv/api_msg.h"
+#include "lwip/priv/tcp_priv.h"
+#include "lwip/priv/tcpip_priv.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define API_MSG_VAR_REF(name)               API_VAR_REF(name)
+#define API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(name)           API_VAR_DECLARE(struct api_msg, name)
+#define API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(name)             API_VAR_ALLOC(struct api_msg, MEMP_API_MSG, name, ERR_MEM)
+#define API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC_RETURN_NULL(name) API_VAR_ALLOC(struct api_msg, MEMP_API_MSG, name, NULL)
+#define API_MSG_VAR_FREE(name)              API_VAR_FREE(MEMP_API_MSG, name)
+
+static err_t netconn_close_shutdown(struct netconn *conn, u8_t how);
+
+/**
+ * Call the lower part of a netconn_* function
+ * This function is then running in the thread context
+ * of tcpip_thread and has exclusive access to lwIP core code.
+ *
+ * @param fn function to call
+ * @param apimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
+ * @return ERR_OK if the function was called, another err_t if not
+ */
+static err_t
+netconn_apimsg(tcpip_callback_fn fn, struct api_msg *apimsg)
+{
+  err_t err;
+
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+  /* catch functions that don't set err */
+  apimsg->err = ERR_VAL;
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD
+  apimsg->op_completed_sem = LWIP_NETCONN_THREAD_SEM_GET();
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD */
+
+  err = tcpip_send_msg_wait_sem(fn, apimsg, LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(apimsg));
+  if (err == ERR_OK) {
+    return apimsg->err;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new netconn (of a specific type) that has a callback function.
+ * The corresponding pcb is also created.
+ *
+ * @param t the type of 'connection' to create (@see enum netconn_type)
+ * @param proto the IP protocol for RAW IP pcbs
+ * @param callback a function to call on status changes (RX available, TX'ed)
+ * @return a newly allocated struct netconn or
+ *         NULL on memory error
+ */
+struct netconn*
+netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(enum netconn_type t, u8_t proto, netconn_callback callback)
+{
+  struct netconn *conn;
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC_RETURN_NULL(msg);
+
+  conn = netconn_alloc(t, callback);
+  if (conn != NULL) {
+    err_t err;
+
+    API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.n.proto = proto;
+    API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+    err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_newconn, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+    if (err != ERR_OK) {
+      LWIP_ASSERT("freeing conn without freeing pcb", conn->pcb.tcp == NULL);
+      LWIP_ASSERT("conn has no recvmbox", sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox));
+#if LWIP_TCP
+      LWIP_ASSERT("conn->acceptmbox shouldn't exist", !sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox));
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+#if !LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD
+      LWIP_ASSERT("conn has no op_completed", sys_sem_valid(&conn->op_completed));
+      sys_sem_free(&conn->op_completed);
+#endif /* !LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD */
+      sys_mbox_free(&conn->recvmbox);
+      memp_free(MEMP_NETCONN, conn);
+      API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  }
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+  return conn;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_common
+ * Close a netconn 'connection' and free its resources.
+ * UDP and RAW connection are completely closed, TCP pcbs might still be in a waitstate
+ * after this returns.
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn to delete
+ * @return ERR_OK if the connection was deleted
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_delete(struct netconn *conn)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+
+  /* No ASSERT here because possible to get a (conn == NULL) if we got an accept error */
+  if (conn == NULL) {
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+#if LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO || LWIP_SO_LINGER
+  /* get the time we started, which is later compared to
+     sys_now() + conn->send_timeout */
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.sd.time_started = sys_now();
+#else /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO || LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.sd.polls_left =
+    ((LWIP_TCP_CLOSE_TIMEOUT_MS_DEFAULT + TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL - 1) / TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL) + 1;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO || LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_delconn, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+  if (err != ERR_OK) {
+    return err;
+  }
+
+  netconn_free(conn);
+
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the local or remote IP address and port of a netconn.
+ * For RAW netconns, this returns the protocol instead of a port!
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn to query
+ * @param addr a pointer to which to save the IP address
+ * @param port a pointer to which to save the port (or protocol for RAW)
+ * @param local 1 to get the local IP address, 0 to get the remote one
+ * @return ERR_CONN for invalid connections
+ *         ERR_OK if the information was retrieved
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_getaddr(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t *port, u8_t local)
+{
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  err_t err;
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid addr", (addr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid port", (port != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.ad.local = local;
+#if LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_getaddr, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  *addr = msg->msg.ad.ipaddr;
+  *port = msg->msg.ad.port;
+#else /* LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE */
+  msg.msg.ad.ipaddr = addr;
+  msg.msg.ad.port = port;
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_getaddr, &msg);
+#endif /* LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE */
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_common
+ * Bind a netconn to a specific local IP address and port.
+ * Binding one netconn twice might not always be checked correctly!
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn to bind
+ * @param addr the local IP address to bind the netconn to 
+ *             (use IP4_ADDR_ANY/IP6_ADDR_ANY to bind to all addresses)
+ * @param port the local port to bind the netconn to (not used for RAW)
+ * @return ERR_OK if bound, any other err_t on failure
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_bind(struct netconn *conn, const ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
+{
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  err_t err;
+  
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_bind: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+  /* Don't propagate NULL pointer (IP_ADDR_ANY alias) to subsequent functions */
+  if (addr == NULL) {
+    addr = IP4_ADDR_ANY;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+  
+#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
+  /* "Socket API like" dual-stack support: If IP to bind to is IP6_ADDR_ANY,
+   * and NETCONN_FLAG_IPV6_V6ONLY is 0, use IP_ANY_TYPE to bind
+   */
+  if ((netconn_get_ipv6only(conn) == 0) &&
+     ip_addr_cmp(addr, IP6_ADDR_ANY)) {
+    addr = IP_ANY_TYPE;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6 */
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.bc.ipaddr = API_MSG_VAR_REF(addr);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.bc.port = port;
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_bind, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_common
+ * Connect a netconn to a specific remote IP address and port.
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn to connect
+ * @param addr the remote IP address to connect to
+ * @param port the remote port to connect to (no used for RAW)
+ * @return ERR_OK if connected, return value of tcp_/udp_/raw_connect otherwise
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_connect(struct netconn *conn, const ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
+{
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  err_t err;
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_connect: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+  /* Don't propagate NULL pointer (IP_ADDR_ANY alias) to subsequent functions */
+  if (addr == NULL) {
+    addr = IP4_ADDR_ANY;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.bc.ipaddr = API_MSG_VAR_REF(addr);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.bc.port = port;
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_connect, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_udp
+ * Disconnect a netconn from its current peer (only valid for UDP netconns).
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn to disconnect
+ * @return See @ref err_t
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_disconnect(struct netconn *conn)
+{
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  err_t err;
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_disconnect: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_disconnect, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_tcp
+ * Set a TCP netconn into listen mode
+ *
+ * @param conn the tcp netconn to set to listen mode
+ * @param backlog the listen backlog, only used if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG==1
+ * @return ERR_OK if the netconn was set to listen (UDP and RAW netconns
+ *         don't return any error (yet?))
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_listen_with_backlog(struct netconn *conn, u8_t backlog)
+{
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  err_t err;
+
+  /* This does no harm. If TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG is off, backlog is unused. */
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(backlog);
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_listen: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.lb.backlog = backlog;
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_listen, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+  return err;
+#else /* LWIP_TCP */
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(conn);
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(backlog);
+  return ERR_ARG;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_tcp
+ * Accept a new connection on a TCP listening netconn.
+ *
+ * @param conn the TCP listen netconn
+ * @param new_conn pointer where the new connection is stored
+ * @return ERR_OK if a new connection has been received or an error
+ *                code otherwise
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_accept(struct netconn *conn, struct netconn **new_conn)
+{
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  void *accept_ptr;
+  struct netconn *newconn;
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid pointer",    (new_conn != NULL),                  return ERR_ARG;);
+  *new_conn = NULL;
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid conn",       (conn != NULL),                      return ERR_ARG;);
+
+  if (ERR_IS_FATAL(conn->last_err)) {
+    /* don't recv on fatal errors: this might block the application task
+       waiting on acceptmbox forever! */
+    return conn->last_err;
+  }
+  if (!sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox)) {
+    return ERR_CLSD;
+  }
+
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
+  if (sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->acceptmbox, &accept_ptr, conn->recv_timeout) == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+    API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+    return ERR_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+#else
+  sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->acceptmbox, &accept_ptr, 0);
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO*/
+  newconn = (struct netconn *)accept_ptr;
+  /* Register event with callback */
+  API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, 0);
+
+  if (accept_ptr == &netconn_aborted) {
+    /* a connection has been aborted: out of pcbs or out of netconns during accept */
+    /* @todo: set netconn error, but this would be fatal and thus block further accepts */
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+    API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+    return ERR_ABRT;
+  }
+  if (newconn == NULL) {
+    /* connection has been aborted */
+    /* in this special case, we set the netconn error from application thread, as
+       on a ready-to-accept listening netconn, there should not be anything running
+       in tcpip_thread */
+    NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_CLSD);
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+    API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+    return ERR_CLSD;
+  }
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+  /* Let the stack know that we have accepted the connection. */
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = newconn;
+  /* don't care for the return value of lwip_netconn_do_recv */
+  netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_accepted, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+
+  *new_conn = newconn;
+  /* don't set conn->last_err: it's only ERR_OK, anyway */
+  return ERR_OK;
+#else /* LWIP_TCP */
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(conn);
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(new_conn);
+  return ERR_ARG;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_common
+ * Receive data: actual implementation that doesn't care whether pbuf or netbuf
+ * is received
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn from which to receive data
+ * @param new_buf pointer where a new pbuf/netbuf is stored when received data
+ * @return ERR_OK if data has been received, an error code otherwise (timeout,
+ *                memory error or another error)
+ */
+static err_t
+netconn_recv_data(struct netconn *conn, void **new_buf)
+{
+  void *buf = NULL;
+  u16_t len;
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+#if LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE
+  msg = NULL;
+#endif
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid pointer", (new_buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+  *new_buf = NULL;
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid conn",    (conn != NULL),    return ERR_ARG;);
+#if LWIP_TCP
+#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
+  if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP)
+#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
+  {
+    if (!sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox)) {
+      /* This happens when calling this function after receiving FIN */
+      return sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox) ? ERR_CONN : ERR_CLSD;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid recvmbox", sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox), return ERR_CONN;);
+
+  if (ERR_IS_FATAL(conn->last_err)) {
+    /* don't recv on fatal errors: this might block the application task
+       waiting on recvmbox forever! */
+    /* @todo: this does not allow us to fetch data that has been put into recvmbox
+       before the fatal error occurred - is that a problem? */
+    return conn->last_err;
+  }
+#if LWIP_TCP
+#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
+  if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP)
+#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
+  {
+    API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
+  if (sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->recvmbox, &buf, conn->recv_timeout) == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
+#if LWIP_TCP
+#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
+    if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP)
+#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
+    {
+      API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+    }
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+    return ERR_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+#else
+  sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->recvmbox, &buf, 0);
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO*/
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
+  if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP)
+#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
+  {
+    /* Let the stack know that we have taken the data. */
+    /* @todo: Speedup: Don't block and wait for the answer here
+       (to prevent multiple thread-switches). */
+    API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+    if (buf != NULL) {
+      API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.r.len = ((struct pbuf *)buf)->tot_len;
+    } else {
+      API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.r.len = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* don't care for the return value of lwip_netconn_do_recv */
+    netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_recv, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+    API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+    /* If we are closed, we indicate that we no longer wish to use the socket */
+    if (buf == NULL) {
+      API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, 0);
+      if (conn->pcb.ip == NULL) {
+        /* race condition: RST during recv */
+        return conn->last_err == ERR_OK ? ERR_RST : conn->last_err;
+      }
+      /* RX side is closed, so deallocate the recvmbox */
+      netconn_close_shutdown(conn, NETCONN_SHUT_RD);
+      /* Don' store ERR_CLSD as conn->err since we are only half-closed */
+      return ERR_CLSD;
+    }
+    len = ((struct pbuf *)buf)->tot_len;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+#if LWIP_TCP && (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
+  else
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP && (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
+#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
+  {
+    LWIP_ASSERT("buf != NULL", buf != NULL);
+    len = netbuf_len((struct netbuf*)buf);
+  }
+#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
+
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+  SYS_ARCH_DEC(conn->recv_avail, len);
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+  /* Register event with callback */
+  API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, len);
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(API_LIB_DEBUG, ("netconn_recv_data: received %p, len=%"U16_F"\n", buf, len));
+
+  *new_buf = buf;
+  /* don't set conn->last_err: it's only ERR_OK, anyway */
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_tcp
+ * Receive data (in form of a pbuf) from a TCP netconn
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn from which to receive data
+ * @param new_buf pointer where a new pbuf is stored when received data
+ * @return ERR_OK if data has been received, an error code otherwise (timeout,
+ *                memory error or another error)
+ *         ERR_ARG if conn is not a TCP netconn
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_recv_tcp_pbuf(struct netconn *conn, struct pbuf **new_buf)
+{
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid conn", (conn != NULL) &&
+             NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(netconn_type(conn)) == NETCONN_TCP, return ERR_ARG;);
+
+  return netconn_recv_data(conn, (void **)new_buf);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_common
+ * Receive data (in form of a netbuf containing a packet buffer) from a netconn
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn from which to receive data
+ * @param new_buf pointer where a new netbuf is stored when received data
+ * @return ERR_OK if data has been received, an error code otherwise (timeout,
+ *                memory error or another error)
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_recv(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf **new_buf)
+{
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  struct netbuf *buf = NULL;
+  err_t err;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid pointer", (new_buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+  *new_buf = NULL;
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid conn",    (conn != NULL),    return ERR_ARG;);
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
+  if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP)
+#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
+  {
+    struct pbuf *p = NULL;
+    /* This is not a listening netconn, since recvmbox is set */
+
+    buf = (struct netbuf *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETBUF);
+    if (buf == NULL) {
+      return ERR_MEM;
+    }
+
+    err = netconn_recv_data(conn, (void **)&p);
+    if (err != ERR_OK) {
+      memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, buf);
+      return err;
+    }
+    LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
+
+    buf->p = p;
+    buf->ptr = p;
+    buf->port = 0;
+    ip_addr_set_zero(&buf->addr);
+    *new_buf = buf;
+    /* don't set conn->last_err: it's only ERR_OK, anyway */
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+#if LWIP_TCP && (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
+  else
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP && (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
+  {
+#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
+    return netconn_recv_data(conn, (void **)new_buf);
+#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_udp
+ * Send data (in form of a netbuf) to a specific remote IP address and port.
+ * Only to be used for UDP and RAW netconns (not TCP).
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn over which to send data
+ * @param buf a netbuf containing the data to send
+ * @param addr the remote IP address to which to send the data
+ * @param port the remote port to which to send the data
+ * @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_sendto(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf, const ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
+{
+  if (buf != NULL) {
+    ip_addr_set(&buf->addr, addr);
+    buf->port = port;
+    return netconn_send(conn, buf);
+  }
+  return ERR_VAL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_udp
+ * Send data over a UDP or RAW netconn (that is already connected).
+ *
+ * @param conn the UDP or RAW netconn over which to send data
+ * @param buf a netbuf containing the data to send
+ * @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_send(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf)
+{
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  err_t err;
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_send: invalid conn",  (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(API_LIB_DEBUG, ("netconn_send: sending %"U16_F" bytes\n", buf->p->tot_len));
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.b = buf;
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_send, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_tcp
+ * Send data over a TCP netconn.
+ *
+ * @param conn the TCP netconn over which to send data
+ * @param dataptr pointer to the application buffer that contains the data to send
+ * @param size size of the application data to send
+ * @param apiflags combination of following flags :
+ * - NETCONN_COPY: data will be copied into memory belonging to the stack
+ * - NETCONN_MORE: for TCP connection, PSH flag will be set on last segment sent
+ * - NETCONN_DONTBLOCK: only write the data if all data can be written at once
+ * @param bytes_written pointer to a location that receives the number of written bytes
+ * @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_write_partly(struct netconn *conn, const void *dataptr, size_t size,
+                     u8_t apiflags, size_t *bytes_written)
+{
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  err_t err;
+  u8_t dontblock;
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_write: invalid conn",  (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_write: invalid conn->type",  (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(conn->type)== NETCONN_TCP), return ERR_VAL;);
+  if (size == 0) {
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+  dontblock = netconn_is_nonblocking(conn) || (apiflags & NETCONN_DONTBLOCK);
+#if LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO
+  if (conn->send_timeout != 0) {
+    dontblock = 1;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO */
+  if (dontblock && !bytes_written) {
+    /* This implies netconn_write() cannot be used for non-blocking send, since
+       it has no way to return the number of bytes written. */
+    return ERR_VAL;
+  }
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+  /* non-blocking write sends as much  */
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.w.dataptr = dataptr;
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.w.apiflags = apiflags;
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.w.len = size;
+#if LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO
+  if (conn->send_timeout != 0) {
+    /* get the time we started, which is later compared to
+        sys_now() + conn->send_timeout */
+    API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.w.time_started = sys_now();
+  } else {
+    API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.w.time_started = 0;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO */
+
+  /* For locking the core: this _can_ be delayed on low memory/low send buffer,
+     but if it is, this is done inside api_msg.c:do_write(), so we can use the
+     non-blocking version here. */
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_write, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  if ((err == ERR_OK) && (bytes_written != NULL)) {
+    if (dontblock) {
+      /* nonblocking write: maybe the data has been sent partly */
+      *bytes_written = API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.w.len;
+    } else {
+      /* blocking call succeeded: all data has been sent if it */
+      *bytes_written = size;
+    }
+  }
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_tcp
+ * Close or shutdown a TCP netconn (doesn't delete it).
+ *
+ * @param conn the TCP netconn to close or shutdown
+ * @param how fully close or only shutdown one side?
+ * @return ERR_OK if the netconn was closed, any other err_t on error
+ */
+static err_t
+netconn_close_shutdown(struct netconn *conn, u8_t how)
+{
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  err_t err;
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(how);
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_close: invalid conn",  (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  /* shutting down both ends is the same as closing */
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.sd.shut = how;
+#if LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO || LWIP_SO_LINGER
+  /* get the time we started, which is later compared to
+     sys_now() + conn->send_timeout */
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.sd.time_started = sys_now();
+#else /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO || LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.sd.polls_left =
+    ((LWIP_TCP_CLOSE_TIMEOUT_MS_DEFAULT + TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL - 1) / TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL) + 1;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO || LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_close, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_tcp
+ * Close a TCP netconn (doesn't delete it).
+ *
+ * @param conn the TCP netconn to close
+ * @return ERR_OK if the netconn was closed, any other err_t on error
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_close(struct netconn *conn)
+{
+  /* shutting down both ends is the same as closing */
+  return netconn_close_shutdown(conn, NETCONN_SHUT_RDWR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_tcp
+ * Shut down one or both sides of a TCP netconn (doesn't delete it).
+ *
+ * @param conn the TCP netconn to shut down
+ * @param shut_rx shut down the RX side (no more read possible after this)
+ * @param shut_tx shut down the TX side (no more write possible after this)
+ * @return ERR_OK if the netconn was closed, any other err_t on error
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_shutdown(struct netconn *conn, u8_t shut_rx, u8_t shut_tx)
+{
+  return netconn_close_shutdown(conn, (shut_rx ? NETCONN_SHUT_RD : 0) | (shut_tx ? NETCONN_SHUT_WR : 0));
+}
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP || (LWIP_IPV6 && LWIP_IPV6_MLD)
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_udp
+ * Join multicast groups for UDP netconns.
+ *
+ * @param conn the UDP netconn for which to change multicast addresses
+ * @param multiaddr IP address of the multicast group to join or leave
+ * @param netif_addr the IP address of the network interface on which to send
+ *                  the igmp message
+ * @param join_or_leave flag whether to send a join- or leave-message
+ * @return ERR_OK if the action was taken, any err_t on error
+ */
+err_t
+netconn_join_leave_group(struct netconn *conn,
+                         const ip_addr_t *multiaddr,
+                         const ip_addr_t *netif_addr,
+                         enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave)
+{
+  API_MSG_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  err_t err;
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_join_leave_group: invalid conn",  (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+  /* Don't propagate NULL pointer (IP_ADDR_ANY alias) to subsequent functions */
+  if (multiaddr == NULL) {
+    multiaddr = IP4_ADDR_ANY;
+  }
+  if (netif_addr == NULL) {
+    netif_addr = IP4_ADDR_ANY;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).conn = conn;
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.jl.multiaddr = API_MSG_VAR_REF(multiaddr);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.jl.netif_addr = API_MSG_VAR_REF(netif_addr);
+  API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg).msg.jl.join_or_leave = join_or_leave;
+  err = netconn_apimsg(lwip_netconn_do_join_leave_group, &API_MSG_VAR_REF(msg));
+  API_MSG_VAR_FREE(msg);
+
+  return err;
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP || (LWIP_IPV6 && LWIP_IPV6_MLD) */
+
+#if LWIP_DNS
+/**
+ * @ingroup netconn_common
+ * Execute a DNS query, only one IP address is returned
+ *
+ * @param name a string representation of the DNS host name to query
+ * @param addr a preallocated ip_addr_t where to store the resolved IP address
+ * @param dns_addrtype IP address type (IPv4 / IPv6)
+ * @return ERR_OK: resolving succeeded
+ *         ERR_MEM: memory error, try again later
+ *         ERR_ARG: dns client not initialized or invalid hostname
+ *         ERR_VAL: dns server response was invalid
+ */
+#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
+err_t
+netconn_gethostbyname_addrtype(const char *name, ip_addr_t *addr, u8_t dns_addrtype)
+#else
+err_t
+netconn_gethostbyname(const char *name, ip_addr_t *addr)
+#endif
+{
+  API_VAR_DECLARE(struct dns_api_msg, msg);
+#if !LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE
+  sys_sem_t sem;
+#endif /* LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE */
+  err_t err;
+  err_t cberr;
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_gethostbyname: invalid name", (name != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("netconn_gethostbyname: invalid addr", (addr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+#if LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE
+  if (strlen(name) >= DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH) {
+    return ERR_ARG;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  API_VAR_ALLOC(struct dns_api_msg, MEMP_DNS_API_MSG, msg, ERR_MEM);
+#if LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE
+  strncpy(API_VAR_REF(msg).name, name, DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH-1);
+  API_VAR_REF(msg).name[DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH-1] = 0;
+#else /* LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE */
+  msg.err = &err;
+  msg.sem = &sem;
+  API_VAR_REF(msg).addr = API_VAR_REF(addr);
+  API_VAR_REF(msg).name = name;
+#endif /* LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE */
+#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
+  API_VAR_REF(msg).dns_addrtype = dns_addrtype;
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6 */
+#if LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD
+  API_VAR_REF(msg).sem = LWIP_NETCONN_THREAD_SEM_GET();
+#else /* LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD*/
+  err = sys_sem_new(API_EXPR_REF(API_VAR_REF(msg).sem), 0);
+  if (err != ERR_OK) {
+    API_VAR_FREE(MEMP_DNS_API_MSG, msg);
+    return err;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD */
+
+  cberr = tcpip_callback(lwip_netconn_do_gethostbyname, &API_VAR_REF(msg));
+  if (cberr != ERR_OK) {
+#if !LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD
+    sys_sem_free(API_EXPR_REF(API_VAR_REF(msg).sem));
+#endif /* !LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD */
+    API_VAR_FREE(MEMP_DNS_API_MSG, msg);
+    return cberr;
+  }
+  sys_sem_wait(API_EXPR_REF_SEM(API_VAR_REF(msg).sem));
+#if !LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD
+  sys_sem_free(API_EXPR_REF(API_VAR_REF(msg).sem));
+#endif /* !LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD */
+
+#if LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE
+  *addr = msg->addr;
+  err = msg->err;
+#endif /* LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE */
+
+  API_VAR_FREE(MEMP_DNS_API_MSG, msg);
+  return err;
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS*/
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD
+void
+netconn_thread_init(void)
+{
+  sys_sem_t *sem = LWIP_NETCONN_THREAD_SEM_GET();
+  if ((sem == NULL) || !sys_sem_valid(sem)) {
+    /* call alloc only once */
+    LWIP_NETCONN_THREAD_SEM_ALLOC();
+    LWIP_ASSERT("LWIP_NETCONN_THREAD_SEM_ALLOC() failed", sys_sem_valid(LWIP_NETCONN_THREAD_SEM_GET()));
+  }
+}
+
+void
+netconn_thread_cleanup(void)
+{
+  sys_sem_t *sem = LWIP_NETCONN_THREAD_SEM_GET();
+  if ((sem != NULL) && sys_sem_valid(sem)) {
+    /* call free only once */
+    LWIP_NETCONN_THREAD_SEM_FREE();
+  }
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
diff --git a/src/api/api_msg.c b/src/api/api_msg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a8dad9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/api/api_msg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1953 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Sequential API Internal module
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/priv/api_msg.h"
+
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "lwip/tcp.h"
+#include "lwip/raw.h"
+
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+#include "lwip/igmp.h"
+#include "lwip/dns.h"
+#include "lwip/mld6.h"
+#include "lwip/priv/tcpip_priv.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* netconns are polled once per second (e.g. continue write on memory error) */
+#define NETCONN_TCP_POLL_INTERVAL 2
+
+#define SET_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(conn, val)  do { if (val) { \
+  (conn)->flags |= NETCONN_FLAG_IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT; \
+} else { \
+  (conn)->flags &= ~ NETCONN_FLAG_IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT; }} while(0)
+#define IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(conn) (((conn)->flags & NETCONN_FLAG_IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT) != 0)
+
+/* forward declarations */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+#define WRITE_DELAYED         , 1
+#define WRITE_DELAYED_PARAM   , u8_t delayed
+#else /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+#define WRITE_DELAYED
+#define WRITE_DELAYED_PARAM
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+static err_t lwip_netconn_do_writemore(struct netconn *conn  WRITE_DELAYED_PARAM);
+static err_t lwip_netconn_do_close_internal(struct netconn *conn  WRITE_DELAYED_PARAM);
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+#define TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(m)   NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR((m)->conn, (m)->err)
+#else /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+#define TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(m)   do { NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR((m)->conn, (m)->err); sys_sem_signal(LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(m)); } while(0)
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+u8_t netconn_aborted;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+#if LWIP_RAW
+/**
+ * Receive callback function for RAW netconns.
+ * Doesn't 'eat' the packet, only copies it and sends it to
+ * conn->recvmbox
+ *
+ * @see raw.h (struct raw_pcb.recv) for parameters and return value
+ */
+static u8_t
+recv_raw(void *arg, struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+    const ip_addr_t *addr)
+{
+  struct pbuf *q;
+  struct netbuf *buf;
+  struct netconn *conn;
+
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(addr);
+  conn = (struct netconn *)arg;
+
+  if ((conn != NULL) && sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox)) {
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+    int recv_avail;
+    SYS_ARCH_GET(conn->recv_avail, recv_avail);
+    if ((recv_avail + (int)(p->tot_len)) > conn->recv_bufsize) {
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+    /* copy the whole packet into new pbufs */
+    q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
+    if (q != NULL) {
+      if (pbuf_copy(q, p) != ERR_OK) {
+        pbuf_free(q);
+        q = NULL;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (q != NULL) {
+      u16_t len;
+      buf = (struct netbuf *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETBUF);
+      if (buf == NULL) {
+        pbuf_free(q);
+        return 0;
+      }
+
+      buf->p = q;
+      buf->ptr = q;
+      ip_addr_copy(buf->addr, *ip_current_src_addr());
+      buf->port = pcb->protocol;
+
+      len = q->tot_len;
+      if (sys_mbox_trypost(&conn->recvmbox, buf) != ERR_OK) {
+        netbuf_delete(buf);
+        return 0;
+      } else {
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+        SYS_ARCH_INC(conn->recv_avail, len);
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+        /* Register event with callback */
+        API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, len);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0; /* do not eat the packet */
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW*/
+
+#if LWIP_UDP
+/**
+ * Receive callback function for UDP netconns.
+ * Posts the packet to conn->recvmbox or deletes it on memory error.
+ *
+ * @see udp.h (struct udp_pcb.recv) for parameters
+ */
+static void
+recv_udp(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+   const ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
+{
+  struct netbuf *buf;
+  struct netconn *conn;
+  u16_t len;
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+  int recv_avail;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(pcb); /* only used for asserts... */
+  LWIP_ASSERT("recv_udp must have a pcb argument", pcb != NULL);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("recv_udp must have an argument", arg != NULL);
+  conn = (struct netconn *)arg;
+
+  if (conn == NULL) {
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("recv_udp: recv for wrong pcb!", conn->pcb.udp == pcb);
+
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+  SYS_ARCH_GET(conn->recv_avail, recv_avail);
+  if (!sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox) ||
+      ((recv_avail + (int)(p->tot_len)) > conn->recv_bufsize)) {
+#else  /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+  if (!sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox)) {
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  buf = (struct netbuf *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETBUF);
+  if (buf == NULL) {
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    return;
+  } else {
+    buf->p = p;
+    buf->ptr = p;
+    ip_addr_set(&buf->addr, addr);
+    buf->port = port;
+#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
+    {
+      /* get the UDP header - always in the first pbuf, ensured by udp_input */
+      const struct udp_hdr* udphdr = (const struct udp_hdr*)ip_next_header_ptr();
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+      buf->flags = NETBUF_FLAG_DESTADDR;
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+      ip_addr_set(&buf->toaddr, ip_current_dest_addr());
+      buf->toport_chksum = udphdr->dest;
+    }
+#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO */
+  }
+
+  len = p->tot_len;
+  if (sys_mbox_trypost(&conn->recvmbox, buf) != ERR_OK) {
+    netbuf_delete(buf);
+    return;
+  } else {
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+    SYS_ARCH_INC(conn->recv_avail, len);
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+    /* Register event with callback */
+    API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, len);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+/**
+ * Receive callback function for TCP netconns.
+ * Posts the packet to conn->recvmbox, but doesn't delete it on errors.
+ *
+ * @see tcp.h (struct tcp_pcb.recv) for parameters and return value
+ */
+static err_t
+recv_tcp(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, err_t err)
+{
+  struct netconn *conn;
+  u16_t len;
+
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(pcb);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("recv_tcp must have a pcb argument", pcb != NULL);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("recv_tcp must have an argument", arg != NULL);
+  conn = (struct netconn *)arg;
+
+  if (conn == NULL) {
+    return ERR_VAL;
+  }
+  LWIP_ASSERT("recv_tcp: recv for wrong pcb!", conn->pcb.tcp == pcb);
+
+  if (!sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox)) {
+    /* recvmbox already deleted */
+    if (p != NULL) {
+      tcp_recved(pcb, p->tot_len);
+      pbuf_free(p);
+    }
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+  /* Unlike for UDP or RAW pcbs, don't check for available space
+     using recv_avail since that could break the connection
+     (data is already ACKed) */
+
+  /* don't overwrite fatal errors! */
+  if (err != ERR_OK) {
+    NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
+  }
+
+  if (p != NULL) {
+    len = p->tot_len;
+  } else {
+    len = 0;
+  }
+
+  if (sys_mbox_trypost(&conn->recvmbox, p) != ERR_OK) {
+    /* don't deallocate p: it is presented to us later again from tcp_fasttmr! */
+    return ERR_MEM;
+  } else {
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+    SYS_ARCH_INC(conn->recv_avail, len);
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+    /* Register event with callback */
+    API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, len);
+  }
+
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Poll callback function for TCP netconns.
+ * Wakes up an application thread that waits for a connection to close
+ * or data to be sent. The application thread then takes the
+ * appropriate action to go on.
+ *
+ * Signals the conn->sem.
+ * netconn_close waits for conn->sem if closing failed.
+ *
+ * @see tcp.h (struct tcp_pcb.poll) for parameters and return value
+ */
+static err_t
+poll_tcp(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *pcb)
+{
+  struct netconn *conn = (struct netconn *)arg;
+
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(pcb);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn != NULL", (conn != NULL));
+
+  if (conn->state == NETCONN_WRITE) {
+    lwip_netconn_do_writemore(conn  WRITE_DELAYED);
+  } else if (conn->state == NETCONN_CLOSE) {
+#if !LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO && !LWIP_SO_LINGER
+    if (conn->current_msg && conn->current_msg->msg.sd.polls_left) {
+      conn->current_msg->msg.sd.polls_left--;
+    }
+#endif /* !LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO && !LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+    lwip_netconn_do_close_internal(conn  WRITE_DELAYED);
+  }
+  /* @todo: implement connect timeout here? */
+
+  /* Did a nonblocking write fail before? Then check available write-space. */
+  if (conn->flags & NETCONN_FLAG_CHECK_WRITESPACE) {
+    /* If the queued byte- or pbuf-count drops below the configured low-water limit,
+       let select mark this pcb as writable again. */
+    if ((conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) && (tcp_sndbuf(conn->pcb.tcp) > TCP_SNDLOWAT) &&
+      (tcp_sndqueuelen(conn->pcb.tcp) < TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT)) {
+      conn->flags &= ~NETCONN_FLAG_CHECK_WRITESPACE;
+      API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sent callback function for TCP netconns.
+ * Signals the conn->sem and calls API_EVENT.
+ * netconn_write waits for conn->sem if send buffer is low.
+ *
+ * @see tcp.h (struct tcp_pcb.sent) for parameters and return value
+ */
+static err_t
+sent_tcp(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u16_t len)
+{
+  struct netconn *conn = (struct netconn *)arg;
+
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(pcb);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn != NULL", (conn != NULL));
+
+  if (conn) {
+    if (conn->state == NETCONN_WRITE) {
+      lwip_netconn_do_writemore(conn  WRITE_DELAYED);
+    } else if (conn->state == NETCONN_CLOSE) {
+      lwip_netconn_do_close_internal(conn  WRITE_DELAYED);
+    }
+
+    /* If the queued byte- or pbuf-count drops below the configured low-water limit,
+       let select mark this pcb as writable again. */
+    if ((conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) && (tcp_sndbuf(conn->pcb.tcp) > TCP_SNDLOWAT) &&
+      (tcp_sndqueuelen(conn->pcb.tcp) < TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT)) {
+      conn->flags &= ~NETCONN_FLAG_CHECK_WRITESPACE;
+      API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS, len);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Error callback function for TCP netconns.
+ * Signals conn->sem, posts to all conn mboxes and calls API_EVENT.
+ * The application thread has then to decide what to do.
+ *
+ * @see tcp.h (struct tcp_pcb.err) for parameters
+ */
+static void
+err_tcp(void *arg, err_t err)
+{
+  struct netconn *conn;
+  enum netconn_state old_state;
+
+  conn = (struct netconn *)arg;
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn != NULL", (conn != NULL));
+
+  conn->pcb.tcp = NULL;
+
+  /* reset conn->state now before waking up other threads */
+  old_state = conn->state;
+  conn->state = NETCONN_NONE;
+
+  if (old_state == NETCONN_CLOSE) {
+    /* RST during close: let close return success & dealloc the netconn */
+    err = ERR_OK;
+    NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_OK);
+  } else {
+    /* no check since this is always fatal! */
+    SYS_ARCH_SET(conn->last_err, err);
+  }
+
+  /* @todo: the type of NETCONN_EVT created should depend on 'old_state' */
+
+  /* Notify the user layer about a connection error. Used to signal select. */
+  API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_ERROR, 0);
+  /* Try to release selects pending on 'read' or 'write', too.
+     They will get an error if they actually try to read or write. */
+  API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, 0);
+  API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS, 0);
+
+  /* pass NULL-message to recvmbox to wake up pending recv */
+  if (sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox)) {
+    /* use trypost to prevent deadlock */
+    sys_mbox_trypost(&conn->recvmbox, NULL);
+  }
+  /* pass NULL-message to acceptmbox to wake up pending accept */
+  if (sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox)) {
+    /* use trypost to preven deadlock */
+    sys_mbox_trypost(&conn->acceptmbox, NULL);
+  }
+
+  if ((old_state == NETCONN_WRITE) || (old_state == NETCONN_CLOSE) ||
+      (old_state == NETCONN_CONNECT)) {
+    /* calling lwip_netconn_do_writemore/lwip_netconn_do_close_internal is not necessary
+       since the pcb has already been deleted! */
+    int was_nonblocking_connect = IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(conn);
+    SET_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(conn, 0);
+
+    if (!was_nonblocking_connect) {
+      sys_sem_t* op_completed_sem;
+      /* set error return code */
+      LWIP_ASSERT("conn->current_msg != NULL", conn->current_msg != NULL);
+      conn->current_msg->err = err;
+      op_completed_sem = LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(conn->current_msg);
+      LWIP_ASSERT("inavlid op_completed_sem", sys_sem_valid(op_completed_sem));
+      conn->current_msg = NULL;
+      /* wake up the waiting task */
+      NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
+      sys_sem_signal(op_completed_sem);
+    }
+  } else {
+    LWIP_ASSERT("conn->current_msg == NULL", conn->current_msg == NULL);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Setup a tcp_pcb with the correct callback function pointers
+ * and their arguments.
+ *
+ * @param conn the TCP netconn to setup
+ */
+static void
+setup_tcp(struct netconn *conn)
+{
+  struct tcp_pcb *pcb;
+
+  pcb = conn->pcb.tcp;
+  tcp_arg(pcb, conn);
+  tcp_recv(pcb, recv_tcp);
+  tcp_sent(pcb, sent_tcp);
+  tcp_poll(pcb, poll_tcp, NETCONN_TCP_POLL_INTERVAL);
+  tcp_err(pcb, err_tcp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Accept callback function for TCP netconns.
+ * Allocates a new netconn and posts that to conn->acceptmbox.
+ *
+ * @see tcp.h (struct tcp_pcb_listen.accept) for parameters and return value
+ */
+static err_t
+accept_function(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *newpcb, err_t err)
+{
+  struct netconn *newconn;
+  struct netconn *conn = (struct netconn *)arg;
+
+  if (conn == NULL) {
+    return ERR_VAL;
+  }
+  if (!sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox)) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(API_MSG_DEBUG, ("accept_function: acceptmbox already deleted\n"));
+    return ERR_VAL;
+  }
+
+  if (newpcb == NULL) {
+    /* out-of-pcbs during connect: pass on this error to the application */
+    if (sys_mbox_trypost(&conn->acceptmbox, &netconn_aborted) == ERR_OK) {
+      /* Register event with callback */
+      API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, 0);
+    }
+    return ERR_VAL;
+  }
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(API_MSG_DEBUG, ("accept_function: newpcb->tate: %s\n", tcp_debug_state_str(newpcb->state)));
+
+  /* We have to set the callback here even though
+   * the new socket is unknown. newconn->socket is marked as -1. */
+  newconn = netconn_alloc(conn->type, conn->callback);
+  if (newconn == NULL) {
+    /* outof netconns: pass on this error to the application */
+    if (sys_mbox_trypost(&conn->acceptmbox, &netconn_aborted) == ERR_OK) {
+      /* Register event with callback */
+      API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, 0);
+    }
+    return ERR_MEM;
+  }
+  newconn->pcb.tcp = newpcb;
+  setup_tcp(newconn);
+  /* no protection: when creating the pcb, the netconn is not yet known
+     to the application thread */
+  newconn->last_err = err;
+
+  /* handle backlog counter */
+  tcp_backlog_delayed(newpcb);
+
+  if (sys_mbox_trypost(&conn->acceptmbox, newconn) != ERR_OK) {
+    /* When returning != ERR_OK, the pcb is aborted in tcp_process(),
+       so do nothing here! */
+    /* remove all references to this netconn from the pcb */
+    struct tcp_pcb* pcb = newconn->pcb.tcp;
+    tcp_arg(pcb, NULL);
+    tcp_recv(pcb, NULL);
+    tcp_sent(pcb, NULL);
+    tcp_poll(pcb, NULL, 0);
+    tcp_err(pcb, NULL);
+    /* remove reference from to the pcb from this netconn */
+    newconn->pcb.tcp = NULL;
+    /* no need to drain since we know the recvmbox is empty. */
+    sys_mbox_free(&newconn->recvmbox);
+    sys_mbox_set_invalid(&newconn->recvmbox);
+    netconn_free(newconn);
+    return ERR_MEM;
+  } else {
+    /* Register event with callback */
+    API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, 0);
+  }
+
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+/**
+ * Create a new pcb of a specific type.
+ * Called from lwip_netconn_do_newconn().
+ *
+ * @param msg the api_msg_msg describing the connection type
+ */
+static void
+pcb_new(struct api_msg *msg)
+{
+  enum lwip_ip_addr_type iptype = IPADDR_TYPE_V4;
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("pcb_new: pcb already allocated", msg->conn->pcb.tcp == NULL);
+ 
+#if LWIP_IPV6 && LWIP_IPV4
+  /* IPv6: Dual-stack by default, unless netconn_set_ipv6only() is called */
+  if(NETCONNTYPE_ISIPV6(netconn_type(msg->conn))) {
+    iptype = IPADDR_TYPE_ANY;
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  /* Allocate a PCB for this connection */
+  switch(NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type)) {
+#if LWIP_RAW
+  case NETCONN_RAW:
+    msg->conn->pcb.raw = raw_new_ip_type(iptype, msg->msg.n.proto);
+    if (msg->conn->pcb.raw != NULL) {
+#if LWIP_IPV6
+      /* ICMPv6 packets should always have checksum calculated by the stack as per RFC 3542 chapter 3.1 */
+      if (NETCONNTYPE_ISIPV6(msg->conn->type) && msg->conn->pcb.raw->protocol == IP6_NEXTH_ICMP6) {
+        msg->conn->pcb.raw->chksum_reqd = 1;
+        msg->conn->pcb.raw->chksum_offset = 2;
+      }
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV6 */
+      raw_recv(msg->conn->pcb.raw, recv_raw, msg->conn);
+    }
+    break;
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
+#if LWIP_UDP
+  case NETCONN_UDP:
+    msg->conn->pcb.udp = udp_new_ip_type(iptype);
+    if (msg->conn->pcb.udp != NULL) {
+#if LWIP_UDPLITE
+      if (NETCONNTYPE_ISUDPLITE(msg->conn->type)) {
+        udp_setflags(msg->conn->pcb.udp, UDP_FLAGS_UDPLITE);
+      }
+#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
+      if (NETCONNTYPE_ISUDPNOCHKSUM(msg->conn->type)) {
+        udp_setflags(msg->conn->pcb.udp, UDP_FLAGS_NOCHKSUM);
+      }
+      udp_recv(msg->conn->pcb.udp, recv_udp, msg->conn);
+    }
+    break;
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  case NETCONN_TCP:
+    msg->conn->pcb.tcp = tcp_new_ip_type(iptype);
+    if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+      setup_tcp(msg->conn);
+    }
+    break;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+  default:
+    /* Unsupported netconn type, e.g. protocol disabled */
+    msg->err = ERR_VAL;
+    return;
+  }
+  if (msg->conn->pcb.ip == NULL) {
+    msg->err = ERR_MEM;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new pcb of a specific type inside a netconn.
+ * Called from netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback.
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg describing the connection type
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_newconn(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  msg->err = ERR_OK;
+  if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp == NULL) {
+    pcb_new(msg);
+  }
+  /* Else? This "new" connection already has a PCB allocated. */
+  /* Is this an error condition? Should it be deleted? */
+  /* We currently just are happy and return. */
+
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new netconn (of a specific type) that has a callback function.
+ * The corresponding pcb is NOT created!
+ *
+ * @param t the type of 'connection' to create (@see enum netconn_type)
+ * @param callback a function to call on status changes (RX available, TX'ed)
+ * @return a newly allocated struct netconn or
+ *         NULL on memory error
+ */
+struct netconn*
+netconn_alloc(enum netconn_type t, netconn_callback callback)
+{
+  struct netconn *conn;
+  int size;
+
+  conn = (struct netconn *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETCONN);
+  if (conn == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  conn->last_err = ERR_OK;
+  conn->type = t;
+  conn->pcb.tcp = NULL;
+
+  /* If all sizes are the same, every compiler should optimize this switch to nothing */
+  switch(NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(t)) {
+#if LWIP_RAW
+  case NETCONN_RAW:
+    size = DEFAULT_RAW_RECVMBOX_SIZE;
+    break;
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
+#if LWIP_UDP
+  case NETCONN_UDP:
+    size = DEFAULT_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE;
+    break;
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  case NETCONN_TCP:
+    size = DEFAULT_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE;
+    break;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+  default:
+    LWIP_ASSERT("netconn_alloc: undefined netconn_type", 0);
+    goto free_and_return;
+  }
+
+  if (sys_mbox_new(&conn->recvmbox, size) != ERR_OK) {
+    goto free_and_return;
+  }
+#if !LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD
+  if (sys_sem_new(&conn->op_completed, 0) != ERR_OK) {
+    sys_mbox_free(&conn->recvmbox);
+    goto free_and_return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  sys_mbox_set_invalid(&conn->acceptmbox);
+#endif
+  conn->state        = NETCONN_NONE;
+#if LWIP_SOCKET
+  /* initialize socket to -1 since 0 is a valid socket */
+  conn->socket       = -1;
+#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
+  conn->callback     = callback;
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  conn->current_msg  = NULL;
+  conn->write_offset = 0;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+#if LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO
+  conn->send_timeout = 0;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO */
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
+  conn->recv_timeout = 0;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO */
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+  conn->recv_bufsize = RECV_BUFSIZE_DEFAULT;
+  conn->recv_avail   = 0;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+#if LWIP_SO_LINGER
+  conn->linger = -1;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+  conn->flags = 0;
+  return conn;
+free_and_return:
+  memp_free(MEMP_NETCONN, conn);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete a netconn and all its resources.
+ * The pcb is NOT freed (since we might not be in the right thread context do this).
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn to free
+ */
+void
+netconn_free(struct netconn *conn)
+{
+  LWIP_ASSERT("PCB must be deallocated outside this function", conn->pcb.tcp == NULL);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("recvmbox must be deallocated before calling this function",
+    !sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox));
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  LWIP_ASSERT("acceptmbox must be deallocated before calling this function",
+    !sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox));
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+#if !LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD
+  sys_sem_free(&conn->op_completed);
+  sys_sem_set_invalid(&conn->op_completed);
+#endif
+
+  memp_free(MEMP_NETCONN, conn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete rcvmbox and acceptmbox of a netconn and free the left-over data in
+ * these mboxes
+ *
+ * @param conn the netconn to free
+ * @bytes_drained bytes drained from recvmbox
+ * @accepts_drained pending connections drained from acceptmbox
+ */
+static void
+netconn_drain(struct netconn *conn)
+{
+  void *mem;
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  struct pbuf *p;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+  /* This runs in tcpip_thread, so we don't need to lock against rx packets */
+
+  /* Delete and drain the recvmbox. */
+  if (sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox)) {
+    while (sys_mbox_tryfetch(&conn->recvmbox, &mem) != SYS_MBOX_EMPTY) {
+#if LWIP_TCP
+      if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP) {
+        if (mem != NULL) {
+          p = (struct pbuf*)mem;
+          /* pcb might be set to NULL already by err_tcp() */
+          if (conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+            tcp_recved(conn->pcb.tcp, p->tot_len);
+          }
+          pbuf_free(p);
+        }
+      } else
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+      {
+        netbuf_delete((struct netbuf *)mem);
+      }
+    }
+    sys_mbox_free(&conn->recvmbox);
+    sys_mbox_set_invalid(&conn->recvmbox);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete and drain the acceptmbox. */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  if (sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox)) {
+    while (sys_mbox_tryfetch(&conn->acceptmbox, &mem) != SYS_MBOX_EMPTY) {
+      if (mem != &netconn_aborted) {
+        struct netconn *newconn = (struct netconn *)mem;
+        /* Only tcp pcbs have an acceptmbox, so no need to check conn->type */
+        /* pcb might be set to NULL already by err_tcp() */
+        /* drain recvmbox */
+        netconn_drain(newconn);
+        if (newconn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+          tcp_abort(newconn->pcb.tcp);
+          newconn->pcb.tcp = NULL;
+        }
+        netconn_free(newconn);
+      }
+    }
+    sys_mbox_free(&conn->acceptmbox);
+    sys_mbox_set_invalid(&conn->acceptmbox);
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+}
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+/**
+ * Internal helper function to close a TCP netconn: since this sometimes
+ * doesn't work at the first attempt, this function is called from multiple
+ * places.
+ *
+ * @param conn the TCP netconn to close
+ */
+static err_t
+lwip_netconn_do_close_internal(struct netconn *conn  WRITE_DELAYED_PARAM)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  u8_t shut, shut_rx, shut_tx, close;
+  u8_t close_finished = 0;
+  struct tcp_pcb* tpcb;
+#if LWIP_SO_LINGER
+  u8_t linger_wait_required = 0;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("invalid conn", (conn != NULL));
+  LWIP_ASSERT("this is for tcp netconns only", (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP));
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn must be in state NETCONN_CLOSE", (conn->state == NETCONN_CLOSE));
+  LWIP_ASSERT("pcb already closed", (conn->pcb.tcp != NULL));
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn->current_msg != NULL", conn->current_msg != NULL);
+
+  tpcb = conn->pcb.tcp;
+  shut = conn->current_msg->msg.sd.shut;
+  shut_rx = shut & NETCONN_SHUT_RD;
+  shut_tx = shut & NETCONN_SHUT_WR;
+  /* shutting down both ends is the same as closing
+     (also if RD or WR side was shut down before already) */
+  if (shut == NETCONN_SHUT_RDWR) {
+    close = 1;
+  } else if (shut_rx &&
+             ((tpcb->state == FIN_WAIT_1) ||
+              (tpcb->state == FIN_WAIT_2) ||
+              (tpcb->state == CLOSING))) {
+    close = 1;
+  } else if (shut_tx && ((tpcb->flags & TF_RXCLOSED) != 0)) {
+    close = 1;
+  } else {
+    close = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Set back some callback pointers */
+  if (close) {
+    tcp_arg(tpcb, NULL);
+  }
+  if (tpcb->state == LISTEN) {
+    tcp_accept(tpcb, NULL);
+  } else {
+    /* some callbacks have to be reset if tcp_close is not successful */
+    if (shut_rx) {
+      tcp_recv(tpcb, NULL);
+      tcp_accept(tpcb, NULL);
+    }
+    if (shut_tx) {
+      tcp_sent(tpcb, NULL);
+    }
+    if (close) {
+      tcp_poll(tpcb, NULL, 0);
+      tcp_err(tpcb, NULL);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Try to close the connection */
+  if (close) {
+#if LWIP_SO_LINGER
+    /* check linger possibilites before calling tcp_close */
+    err = ERR_OK;
+    /* linger enabled/required at all? (i.e. is there untransmitted data left?) */
+    if ((conn->linger >= 0) && (conn->pcb.tcp->unsent || conn->pcb.tcp->unacked)) {
+      if ((conn->linger == 0)) {
+        /* data left but linger prevents waiting */
+        tcp_abort(tpcb);
+        tpcb = NULL;
+      } else if (conn->linger > 0) {
+        /* data left and linger says we should wait */
+        if (netconn_is_nonblocking(conn)) {
+          /* data left on a nonblocking netconn -> cannot linger */
+          err = ERR_WOULDBLOCK;
+        } else if ((s32_t)(sys_now() - conn->current_msg->msg.sd.time_started) >=
+          (conn->linger * 1000)) {
+          /* data left but linger timeout has expired (this happens on further
+             calls to this function through poll_tcp */
+          tcp_abort(tpcb);
+          tpcb = NULL;
+        } else {
+          /* data left -> need to wait for ACK after successful close */
+          linger_wait_required = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if ((err == ERR_OK) && (tpcb != NULL))
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+    {
+      err = tcp_close(tpcb);
+    }
+  } else {
+    err = tcp_shutdown(tpcb, shut_rx, shut_tx);
+  }
+  if (err == ERR_OK) {
+    close_finished = 1;
+#if LWIP_SO_LINGER
+    if (linger_wait_required) {
+      /* wait for ACK of all unsent/unacked data by just getting called again */
+      close_finished = 0;
+      err = ERR_INPROGRESS;
+    }
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+  } else {
+    if (err == ERR_MEM) {
+      /* Closing failed because of memory shortage, try again later. Even for
+         nonblocking netconns, we have to wait since no standard socket application
+         is prepared for close failing because of resource shortage.
+         Check the timeout: this is kind of an lwip addition to the standard sockets:
+         we wait for some time when failing to allocate a segment for the FIN */
+#if LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO || LWIP_SO_LINGER
+      s32_t close_timeout = LWIP_TCP_CLOSE_TIMEOUT_MS_DEFAULT;
+#if LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO
+      if (conn->send_timeout > 0) {
+        close_timeout = conn->send_timeout;
+      }
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO */
+#if LWIP_SO_LINGER
+      if (conn->linger >= 0) {
+        /* use linger timeout (seconds) */
+        close_timeout = conn->linger * 1000U;
+      }
+#endif
+      if ((s32_t)(sys_now() - conn->current_msg->msg.sd.time_started) >= close_timeout) {
+#else /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO || LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+      if (conn->current_msg->msg.sd.polls_left == 0) {
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO || LWIP_SO_LINGER */
+        close_finished = 1;
+        if (close) {
+          /* in this case, we want to RST the connection */
+          tcp_abort(tpcb);
+          err = ERR_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      /* Closing failed for a non-memory error: give up */
+      close_finished = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if (close_finished) {
+    /* Closing done (succeeded, non-memory error, nonblocking error or timeout) */
+    sys_sem_t* op_completed_sem = LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(conn->current_msg);
+    conn->current_msg->err = err;
+    conn->current_msg = NULL;
+    conn->state = NETCONN_NONE;
+    if (err == ERR_OK) {
+      if (close) {
+        /* Set back some callback pointers as conn is going away */
+        conn->pcb.tcp = NULL;
+        /* Trigger select() in socket layer. Make sure everybody notices activity
+         on the connection, error first! */
+        API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_ERROR, 0);
+      }
+      if (shut_rx) {
+        API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, 0);
+      }
+      if (shut_tx) {
+        API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+    if (delayed)
+#endif
+    {
+      /* wake up the application task */
+      sys_sem_signal(op_completed_sem);
+    }
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+  if (!close_finished) {
+    /* Closing failed and we want to wait: restore some of the callbacks */
+    /* Closing of listen pcb will never fail! */
+    LWIP_ASSERT("Closing a listen pcb may not fail!", (tpcb->state != LISTEN));
+    if (shut_tx) {
+      tcp_sent(tpcb, sent_tcp);
+    }
+    /* when waiting for close, set up poll interval to 500ms */
+    tcp_poll(tpcb, poll_tcp, 1);
+    tcp_err(tpcb, err_tcp);
+    tcp_arg(tpcb, conn);
+    /* don't restore recv callback: we don't want to receive any more data */
+  }
+  /* If closing didn't succeed, we get called again either
+     from poll_tcp or from sent_tcp */
+  LWIP_ASSERT("err != ERR_OK", err != ERR_OK);
+  return err;
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+/**
+ * Delete the pcb inside a netconn.
+ * Called from netconn_delete.
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_delconn(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  enum netconn_state state = msg->conn->state;
+  LWIP_ASSERT("netconn state error", /* this only happens for TCP netconns */
+    (state == NETCONN_NONE) || (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP));
+#if LWIP_NETCONN_FULLDUPLEX
+  /* In full duplex mode, blocking write/connect is aborted with ERR_CLSD */
+  if (state != NETCONN_NONE) {
+    if ((state == NETCONN_WRITE) ||
+        ((state == NETCONN_CONNECT) && !IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(msg->conn))) {
+      /* close requested, abort running write/connect */
+      sys_sem_t* op_completed_sem;
+      LWIP_ASSERT("msg->conn->current_msg != NULL", msg->conn->current_msg != NULL);
+      op_completed_sem = LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(msg->conn->current_msg);
+      msg->conn->current_msg->err = ERR_CLSD;
+      msg->conn->current_msg = NULL;
+      msg->conn->write_offset = 0;
+      msg->conn->state = NETCONN_NONE;
+      NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(msg->conn, ERR_CLSD);
+      sys_sem_signal(op_completed_sem);
+    }
+  }
+#else /* LWIP_NETCONN_FULLDUPLEX */
+  if (((state != NETCONN_NONE) &&
+       (state != NETCONN_LISTEN) &&
+       (state != NETCONN_CONNECT)) ||
+      ((state == NETCONN_CONNECT) && !IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(msg->conn))) {
+    /* This means either a blocking write or blocking connect is running
+       (nonblocking write returns and sets state to NONE) */
+    msg->err = ERR_INPROGRESS;
+  } else
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN_FULLDUPLEX */
+  {
+    LWIP_ASSERT("blocking connect in progress",
+      (state != NETCONN_CONNECT) || IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(msg->conn));
+    msg->err = ERR_OK;
+    /* Drain and delete mboxes */
+    netconn_drain(msg->conn);
+
+    if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+
+      switch (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type)) {
+#if LWIP_RAW
+      case NETCONN_RAW:
+        raw_remove(msg->conn->pcb.raw);
+        break;
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
+#if LWIP_UDP
+      case NETCONN_UDP:
+        msg->conn->pcb.udp->recv_arg = NULL;
+        udp_remove(msg->conn->pcb.udp);
+        break;
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+      case NETCONN_TCP:
+        LWIP_ASSERT("already writing or closing", msg->conn->current_msg == NULL &&
+          msg->conn->write_offset == 0);
+        msg->conn->state = NETCONN_CLOSE;
+        msg->msg.sd.shut = NETCONN_SHUT_RDWR;
+        msg->conn->current_msg = msg;
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+        if (lwip_netconn_do_close_internal(msg->conn, 0) != ERR_OK) {
+          LWIP_ASSERT("state!", msg->conn->state == NETCONN_CLOSE);
+          UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
+          sys_arch_sem_wait(LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(msg), 0);
+          LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
+          LWIP_ASSERT("state!", msg->conn->state == NETCONN_NONE);
+        }
+#else /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+        lwip_netconn_do_close_internal(msg->conn);
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+        /* API_EVENT is called inside lwip_netconn_do_close_internal, before releasing
+           the application thread, so we can return at this point! */
+        return;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+      default:
+        break;
+      }
+      msg->conn->pcb.tcp = NULL;
+    }
+    /* tcp netconns don't come here! */
+
+    /* @todo: this lets select make the socket readable and writable,
+       which is wrong! errfd instead? */
+    API_EVENT(msg->conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS, 0);
+    API_EVENT(msg->conn, NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS, 0);
+  }
+  if (sys_sem_valid(LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(msg))) {
+    TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Bind a pcb contained in a netconn
+ * Called from netconn_bind.
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection and containing
+ *          the IP address and port to bind to
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_bind(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  if (ERR_IS_FATAL(msg->conn->last_err)) {
+    msg->err = msg->conn->last_err;
+  } else {
+    msg->err = ERR_VAL;
+    if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+      switch (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type)) {
+#if LWIP_RAW
+      case NETCONN_RAW:
+        msg->err = raw_bind(msg->conn->pcb.raw, API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.bc.ipaddr));
+        break;
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
+#if LWIP_UDP
+      case NETCONN_UDP:
+        msg->err = udp_bind(msg->conn->pcb.udp, API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.bc.ipaddr), msg->msg.bc.port);
+        break;
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+      case NETCONN_TCP:
+        msg->err = tcp_bind(msg->conn->pcb.tcp, API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.bc.ipaddr), msg->msg.bc.port);
+        break;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+      default:
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+/**
+ * TCP callback function if a connection (opened by tcp_connect/lwip_netconn_do_connect) has
+ * been established (or reset by the remote host).
+ *
+ * @see tcp.h (struct tcp_pcb.connected) for parameters and return values
+ */
+static err_t
+lwip_netconn_do_connected(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *pcb, err_t err)
+{
+  struct netconn *conn;
+  int was_blocking;
+  sys_sem_t* op_completed_sem = NULL;
+
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(pcb);
+
+  conn = (struct netconn *)arg;
+
+  if (conn == NULL) {
+    return ERR_VAL;
+  }
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn->state == NETCONN_CONNECT", conn->state == NETCONN_CONNECT);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("(conn->current_msg != NULL) || conn->in_non_blocking_connect",
+    (conn->current_msg != NULL) || IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(conn));
+
+  if (conn->current_msg != NULL) {
+    conn->current_msg->err = err;
+    op_completed_sem = LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(conn->current_msg);
+  }
+  if ((NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP) && (err == ERR_OK)) {
+    setup_tcp(conn);
+  }
+  was_blocking = !IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(conn);
+  SET_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(conn, 0);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("blocking connect state error",
+    (was_blocking && op_completed_sem != NULL) ||
+    (!was_blocking && op_completed_sem == NULL));
+  conn->current_msg = NULL;
+  conn->state = NETCONN_NONE;
+  NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_OK);
+  API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS, 0);
+
+  if (was_blocking) {
+    sys_sem_signal(op_completed_sem);
+  }
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+/**
+ * Connect a pcb contained inside a netconn
+ * Called from netconn_connect.
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection and containing
+ *          the IP address and port to connect to
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_connect(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp == NULL) {
+    /* This may happen when calling netconn_connect() a second time */
+    msg->err = ERR_CLSD;
+  } else {
+    switch (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type)) {
+#if LWIP_RAW
+    case NETCONN_RAW:
+      msg->err = raw_connect(msg->conn->pcb.raw, API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.bc.ipaddr));
+      break;
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
+#if LWIP_UDP
+    case NETCONN_UDP:
+      msg->err = udp_connect(msg->conn->pcb.udp, API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.bc.ipaddr), msg->msg.bc.port);
+      break;
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+    case NETCONN_TCP:
+      /* Prevent connect while doing any other action. */
+      if (msg->conn->state == NETCONN_CONNECT) {
+        msg->err = ERR_ALREADY;
+      } else if (msg->conn->state != NETCONN_NONE) {
+        msg->err = ERR_ISCONN;
+      } else {
+        setup_tcp(msg->conn);
+        msg->err = tcp_connect(msg->conn->pcb.tcp, API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.bc.ipaddr),
+          msg->msg.bc.port, lwip_netconn_do_connected);
+        if (msg->err == ERR_OK) {
+          u8_t non_blocking = netconn_is_nonblocking(msg->conn);
+          msg->conn->state = NETCONN_CONNECT;
+          SET_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT(msg->conn, non_blocking);
+          if (non_blocking) {
+            msg->err = ERR_INPROGRESS;
+          } else {
+            msg->conn->current_msg = msg;
+            /* sys_sem_signal() is called from lwip_netconn_do_connected (or err_tcp()),
+               when the connection is established! */
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+            LWIP_ASSERT("state!", msg->conn->state == NETCONN_CONNECT);
+            UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
+            sys_arch_sem_wait(LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(msg), 0);
+            LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
+            LWIP_ASSERT("state!", msg->conn->state != NETCONN_CONNECT);
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+            return;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+    default:
+      LWIP_ERROR("Invalid netconn type", 0, do{ msg->err = ERR_VAL; }while(0));
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  /* For all other protocols, netconn_connect() calls TCPIP_APIMSG(),
+     so use TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK() here. */
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Disconnect a pcb contained inside a netconn
+ * Only used for UDP netconns.
+ * Called from netconn_disconnect.
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection to disconnect
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_disconnect(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+#if LWIP_UDP
+  if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type) == NETCONN_UDP) {
+    udp_disconnect(msg->conn->pcb.udp);
+    msg->err = ERR_OK;
+  } else
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+  {
+    msg->err = ERR_VAL;
+  }
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+/**
+ * Set a TCP pcb contained in a netconn into listen mode
+ * Called from netconn_listen.
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_listen(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  if (ERR_IS_FATAL(msg->conn->last_err)) {
+    msg->err = msg->conn->last_err;
+  } else {
+    msg->err = ERR_CONN;
+    if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+      if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP) {
+        if (msg->conn->state == NETCONN_NONE) {
+          struct tcp_pcb* lpcb;
+          if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp->state != CLOSED) {
+            /* connection is not closed, cannot listen */
+            msg->err = ERR_VAL;
+          } else {
+            err_t err;
+            u8_t backlog;
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+            backlog = msg->msg.lb.backlog;
+#else  /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+            backlog = TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG;
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
+            /* "Socket API like" dual-stack support: If IP to listen to is IP6_ADDR_ANY,
+             * and NETCONN_FLAG_IPV6_V6ONLY is NOT set, use IP_ANY_TYPE to listen
+             */
+            if (ip_addr_cmp(&msg->conn->pcb.ip->local_ip, IP6_ADDR_ANY) &&
+                (netconn_get_ipv6only(msg->conn) == 0)) {
+              /* change PCB type to IPADDR_TYPE_ANY */
+              IP_SET_TYPE_VAL(msg->conn->pcb.tcp->local_ip,  IPADDR_TYPE_ANY);
+              IP_SET_TYPE_VAL(msg->conn->pcb.tcp->remote_ip, IPADDR_TYPE_ANY);
+            }
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6 */
+
+            lpcb = tcp_listen_with_backlog_and_err(msg->conn->pcb.tcp, backlog, &err);
+
+            if (lpcb == NULL) {
+              /* in this case, the old pcb is still allocated */
+              msg->err = err;
+            } else {
+              /* delete the recvmbox and allocate the acceptmbox */
+              if (sys_mbox_valid(&msg->conn->recvmbox)) {
+                /** @todo: should we drain the recvmbox here? */
+                sys_mbox_free(&msg->conn->recvmbox);
+                sys_mbox_set_invalid(&msg->conn->recvmbox);
+              }
+              msg->err = ERR_OK;
+              if (!sys_mbox_valid(&msg->conn->acceptmbox)) {
+                msg->err = sys_mbox_new(&msg->conn->acceptmbox, DEFAULT_ACCEPTMBOX_SIZE);
+              }
+              if (msg->err == ERR_OK) {
+                msg->conn->state = NETCONN_LISTEN;
+                msg->conn->pcb.tcp = lpcb;
+                tcp_arg(msg->conn->pcb.tcp, msg->conn);
+                tcp_accept(msg->conn->pcb.tcp, accept_function);
+              } else {
+                /* since the old pcb is already deallocated, free lpcb now */
+                tcp_close(lpcb);
+                msg->conn->pcb.tcp = NULL;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        } else if (msg->conn->state == NETCONN_LISTEN) {
+          /* already listening, allow updating of the backlog */
+          msg->err = ERR_OK;
+          tcp_backlog_set(msg->conn->pcb.tcp, msg->msg.lb.backlog);
+        }
+      } else {
+        msg->err = ERR_ARG;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+/**
+ * Send some data on a RAW or UDP pcb contained in a netconn
+ * Called from netconn_send
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_send(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  if (ERR_IS_FATAL(msg->conn->last_err)) {
+    msg->err = msg->conn->last_err;
+  } else {
+    msg->err = ERR_CONN;
+    if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+      switch (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type)) {
+#if LWIP_RAW
+      case NETCONN_RAW:
+        if (ip_addr_isany(&msg->msg.b->addr) || IP_IS_ANY_TYPE_VAL(msg->msg.b->addr)) {
+          msg->err = raw_send(msg->conn->pcb.raw, msg->msg.b->p);
+        } else {
+          msg->err = raw_sendto(msg->conn->pcb.raw, msg->msg.b->p, &msg->msg.b->addr);
+        }
+        break;
+#endif
+#if LWIP_UDP
+      case NETCONN_UDP:
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+        if (ip_addr_isany(&msg->msg.b->addr) || IP_IS_ANY_TYPE_VAL(msg->msg.b->addr)) {
+          msg->err = udp_send_chksum(msg->conn->pcb.udp, msg->msg.b->p,
+            msg->msg.b->flags & NETBUF_FLAG_CHKSUM, msg->msg.b->toport_chksum);
+        } else {
+          msg->err = udp_sendto_chksum(msg->conn->pcb.udp, msg->msg.b->p,
+            &msg->msg.b->addr, msg->msg.b->port,
+            msg->msg.b->flags & NETBUF_FLAG_CHKSUM, msg->msg.b->toport_chksum);
+        }
+#else /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+        if (ip_addr_isany_val(msg->msg.b->addr) || IP_IS_ANY_TYPE_VAL(msg->msg.b->addr)) {
+          msg->err = udp_send(msg->conn->pcb.udp, msg->msg.b->p);
+        } else {
+          msg->err = udp_sendto(msg->conn->pcb.udp, msg->msg.b->p, &msg->msg.b->addr, msg->msg.b->port);
+        }
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+        break;
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+      default:
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+/**
+ * Indicate data has been received from a TCP pcb contained in a netconn
+ * Called from netconn_recv
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_recv(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  msg->err = ERR_OK;
+  if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+    if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP) {
+      u32_t remaining = msg->msg.r.len;
+      do {
+        u16_t recved = (remaining > 0xffff) ? 0xffff : (u16_t)remaining;
+        tcp_recved(msg->conn->pcb.tcp, recved);
+        remaining -= recved;
+      } while (remaining != 0);
+    }
+  }
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+/** Indicate that a TCP pcb has been accepted
+ * Called from netconn_accept
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_accepted(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  msg->err = ERR_OK;
+  if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+    if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP) {
+      tcp_backlog_accepted(msg->conn->pcb.tcp);
+    }
+  }
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+
+/**
+ * See if more data needs to be written from a previous call to netconn_write.
+ * Called initially from lwip_netconn_do_write. If the first call can't send all data
+ * (because of low memory or empty send-buffer), this function is called again
+ * from sent_tcp() or poll_tcp() to send more data. If all data is sent, the
+ * blocking application thread (waiting in netconn_write) is released.
+ *
+ * @param conn netconn (that is currently in state NETCONN_WRITE) to process
+ * @return ERR_OK
+ *         ERR_MEM if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING=1 and sending hasn't yet finished
+ */
+static err_t
+lwip_netconn_do_writemore(struct netconn *conn  WRITE_DELAYED_PARAM)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  const void *dataptr;
+  u16_t len, available;
+  u8_t write_finished = 0;
+  size_t diff;
+  u8_t dontblock;
+  u8_t apiflags;
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn != NULL", conn != NULL);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn->state == NETCONN_WRITE", (conn->state == NETCONN_WRITE));
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn->current_msg != NULL", conn->current_msg != NULL);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn->pcb.tcp != NULL", conn->pcb.tcp != NULL);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("conn->write_offset < conn->current_msg->msg.w.len",
+    conn->write_offset < conn->current_msg->msg.w.len);
+
+  apiflags = conn->current_msg->msg.w.apiflags;
+  dontblock = netconn_is_nonblocking(conn) || (apiflags & NETCONN_DONTBLOCK);
+
+#if LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO
+  if ((conn->send_timeout != 0) &&
+      ((s32_t)(sys_now() - conn->current_msg->msg.w.time_started) >= conn->send_timeout)) {
+    write_finished = 1;
+    if (conn->write_offset == 0) {
+      /* nothing has been written */
+      err = ERR_WOULDBLOCK;
+      conn->current_msg->msg.w.len = 0;
+    } else {
+      /* partial write */
+      err = ERR_OK;
+      conn->current_msg->msg.w.len = conn->write_offset;
+      conn->write_offset = 0;
+    }
+  } else
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_SNDTIMEO */
+  {
+    dataptr = (const u8_t*)conn->current_msg->msg.w.dataptr + conn->write_offset;
+    diff = conn->current_msg->msg.w.len - conn->write_offset;
+    if (diff > 0xffffUL) { /* max_u16_t */
+      len = 0xffff;
+      apiflags |= TCP_WRITE_FLAG_MORE;
+    } else {
+      len = (u16_t)diff;
+    }
+    available = tcp_sndbuf(conn->pcb.tcp);
+    if (available < len) {
+      /* don't try to write more than sendbuf */
+      len = available;
+      if (dontblock) {
+        if (!len) {
+          err = ERR_WOULDBLOCK;
+          goto err_mem;
+        }
+      } else {
+        apiflags |= TCP_WRITE_FLAG_MORE;
+      }
+    }
+    LWIP_ASSERT("lwip_netconn_do_writemore: invalid length!", ((conn->write_offset + len) <= conn->current_msg->msg.w.len));
+    err = tcp_write(conn->pcb.tcp, dataptr, len, apiflags);
+    /* if OK or memory error, check available space */
+    if ((err == ERR_OK) || (err == ERR_MEM)) {
+err_mem:
+      if (dontblock && (len < conn->current_msg->msg.w.len)) {
+        /* non-blocking write did not write everything: mark the pcb non-writable
+           and let poll_tcp check writable space to mark the pcb writable again */
+        API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_SENDMINUS, len);
+        conn->flags |= NETCONN_FLAG_CHECK_WRITESPACE;
+      } else if ((tcp_sndbuf(conn->pcb.tcp) <= TCP_SNDLOWAT) ||
+                 (tcp_sndqueuelen(conn->pcb.tcp) >= TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT)) {
+        /* The queued byte- or pbuf-count exceeds the configured low-water limit,
+           let select mark this pcb as non-writable. */
+        API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_SENDMINUS, len);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (err == ERR_OK) {
+      err_t out_err;
+      conn->write_offset += len;
+      if ((conn->write_offset == conn->current_msg->msg.w.len) || dontblock) {
+        /* return sent length */
+        conn->current_msg->msg.w.len = conn->write_offset;
+        /* everything was written */
+        write_finished = 1;
+      }
+      out_err = tcp_output(conn->pcb.tcp);
+      if (ERR_IS_FATAL(out_err) || (out_err == ERR_RTE)) {
+        /* If tcp_output fails with fatal error or no route is found,
+           don't try writing any more but return the error
+           to the application thread. */
+        err = out_err;
+        write_finished = 1;
+        conn->current_msg->msg.w.len = 0;
+      }
+    } else if (err == ERR_MEM) {
+      /* If ERR_MEM, we wait for sent_tcp or poll_tcp to be called.
+         For blocking sockets, we do NOT return to the application
+         thread, since ERR_MEM is only a temporary error! Non-blocking
+         will remain non-writable until sent_tcp/poll_tcp is called */
+
+      /* tcp_write returned ERR_MEM, try tcp_output anyway */
+      err_t out_err = tcp_output(conn->pcb.tcp);
+      if (ERR_IS_FATAL(out_err) || (out_err == ERR_RTE)) {
+        /* If tcp_output fails with fatal error or no route is found,
+           don't try writing any more but return the error
+           to the application thread. */
+        err = out_err;
+        write_finished = 1;
+        conn->current_msg->msg.w.len = 0;
+      } else if (dontblock) {
+        /* non-blocking write is done on ERR_MEM */
+        err = ERR_WOULDBLOCK;
+        write_finished = 1;
+        conn->current_msg->msg.w.len = 0;
+      }
+    } else {
+      /* On errors != ERR_MEM, we don't try writing any more but return
+         the error to the application thread. */
+      write_finished = 1;
+      conn->current_msg->msg.w.len = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if (write_finished) {
+    /* everything was written: set back connection state
+       and back to application task */
+    sys_sem_t* op_completed_sem = LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(conn->current_msg);
+    conn->current_msg->err = err;
+    conn->current_msg = NULL;
+    conn->write_offset = 0;
+    conn->state = NETCONN_NONE;
+    NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+    if (delayed)
+#endif
+    {
+      sys_sem_signal(op_completed_sem);
+    }
+  }
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+  else {
+    return ERR_MEM;
+  }
+#endif
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+/**
+ * Send some data on a TCP pcb contained in a netconn
+ * Called from netconn_write
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_write(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  if (ERR_IS_FATAL(msg->conn->last_err)) {
+    msg->err = msg->conn->last_err;
+  } else {
+    if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP) {
+#if LWIP_TCP
+      if (msg->conn->state != NETCONN_NONE) {
+        /* netconn is connecting, closing or in blocking write */
+        msg->err = ERR_INPROGRESS;
+      } else if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+        msg->conn->state = NETCONN_WRITE;
+        /* set all the variables used by lwip_netconn_do_writemore */
+        LWIP_ASSERT("already writing or closing", msg->conn->current_msg == NULL &&
+          msg->conn->write_offset == 0);
+        LWIP_ASSERT("msg->msg.w.len != 0", msg->msg.w.len != 0);
+        msg->conn->current_msg = msg;
+        msg->conn->write_offset = 0;
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+        if (lwip_netconn_do_writemore(msg->conn, 0) != ERR_OK) {
+          LWIP_ASSERT("state!", msg->conn->state == NETCONN_WRITE);
+          UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
+          sys_arch_sem_wait(LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(msg), 0);
+          LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
+          LWIP_ASSERT("state!", msg->conn->state != NETCONN_WRITE);
+        }
+#else /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+        lwip_netconn_do_writemore(msg->conn);
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+        /* for both cases: if lwip_netconn_do_writemore was called, don't ACK the APIMSG
+           since lwip_netconn_do_writemore ACKs it! */
+        return;
+      } else {
+        msg->err = ERR_CONN;
+      }
+#else /* LWIP_TCP */
+      msg->err = ERR_VAL;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
+    } else {
+      msg->err = ERR_VAL;
+#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
+    }
+  }
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return a connection's local or remote address
+ * Called from netconn_getaddr
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_getaddr(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  if (msg->conn->pcb.ip != NULL) {
+    if (msg->msg.ad.local) {
+      ip_addr_copy(API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->msg.ad.ipaddr),
+        msg->conn->pcb.ip->local_ip);
+    } else {
+      ip_addr_copy(API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->msg.ad.ipaddr),
+        msg->conn->pcb.ip->remote_ip);
+    }
+
+    msg->err = ERR_OK;
+    switch (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type)) {
+#if LWIP_RAW
+    case NETCONN_RAW:
+      if (msg->msg.ad.local) {
+        API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->msg.ad.port) = msg->conn->pcb.raw->protocol;
+      } else {
+        /* return an error as connecting is only a helper for upper layers */
+        msg->err = ERR_CONN;
+      }
+      break;
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
+#if LWIP_UDP
+    case NETCONN_UDP:
+      if (msg->msg.ad.local) {
+        API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->msg.ad.port) = msg->conn->pcb.udp->local_port;
+      } else {
+        if ((msg->conn->pcb.udp->flags & UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED) == 0) {
+          msg->err = ERR_CONN;
+        } else {
+          API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->msg.ad.port) = msg->conn->pcb.udp->remote_port;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+    case NETCONN_TCP:
+      if ((msg->msg.ad.local == 0) &&
+          ((msg->conn->pcb.tcp->state == CLOSED) || (msg->conn->pcb.tcp->state == LISTEN))) {
+        /* pcb is not connected and remote name is requested */
+        msg->err = ERR_CONN;
+      } else {
+        API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->msg.ad.port) = (msg->msg.ad.local ? msg->conn->pcb.tcp->local_port : msg->conn->pcb.tcp->remote_port);
+      }
+      break;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+    default:
+      LWIP_ASSERT("invalid netconn_type", 0);
+      break;
+    }
+  } else {
+    msg->err = ERR_CONN;
+  }
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Close or half-shutdown a TCP pcb contained in a netconn
+ * Called from netconn_close
+ * In contrast to closing sockets, the netconn is not deallocated.
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_close(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  enum netconn_state state = msg->conn->state;
+  /* First check if this is a TCP netconn and if it is in a correct state
+      (LISTEN doesn't support half shutdown) */
+  if ((msg->conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) &&
+      (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type) == NETCONN_TCP) &&
+      ((msg->msg.sd.shut == NETCONN_SHUT_RDWR) || (state != NETCONN_LISTEN))) {
+    /* Check if we are in a connected state */
+    if (state == NETCONN_CONNECT) {
+      /* TCP connect in progress: cannot shutdown */
+      msg->err = ERR_CONN;
+    } else if (state == NETCONN_WRITE) {
+#if LWIP_NETCONN_FULLDUPLEX
+      if (msg->msg.sd.shut & NETCONN_SHUT_WR) {
+        /* close requested, abort running write */
+        sys_sem_t* write_completed_sem;
+        LWIP_ASSERT("msg->conn->current_msg != NULL", msg->conn->current_msg != NULL);
+        write_completed_sem = LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(msg->conn->current_msg);
+        msg->conn->current_msg->err = ERR_CLSD;
+        msg->conn->current_msg = NULL;
+        msg->conn->write_offset = 0;
+        msg->conn->state = NETCONN_NONE;
+        state = NETCONN_NONE;
+        NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(msg->conn, ERR_CLSD);
+        sys_sem_signal(write_completed_sem);
+      } else {
+        LWIP_ASSERT("msg->msg.sd.shut == NETCONN_SHUT_RD", msg->msg.sd.shut == NETCONN_SHUT_RD);
+        /* In this case, let the write continue and do not interfere with
+           conn->current_msg or conn->state! */
+        msg->err = tcp_shutdown(msg->conn->pcb.tcp, 1, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    if (state == NETCONN_NONE) {
+#else /* LWIP_NETCONN_FULLDUPLEX */
+      msg->err = ERR_INPROGRESS;
+    } else {
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN_FULLDUPLEX */
+      if (msg->msg.sd.shut & NETCONN_SHUT_RD) {
+        /* Drain and delete mboxes */
+        netconn_drain(msg->conn);
+      }
+      LWIP_ASSERT("already writing or closing", msg->conn->current_msg == NULL &&
+        msg->conn->write_offset == 0);
+      msg->conn->state = NETCONN_CLOSE;
+      msg->conn->current_msg = msg;
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+      if (lwip_netconn_do_close_internal(msg->conn, 0) != ERR_OK) {
+        LWIP_ASSERT("state!", msg->conn->state == NETCONN_CLOSE);
+        UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
+        sys_arch_sem_wait(LWIP_API_MSG_SEM(msg), 0);
+        LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
+        LWIP_ASSERT("state!", msg->conn->state == NETCONN_NONE);
+      }
+#else /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+      lwip_netconn_do_close_internal(msg->conn);
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+      /* for tcp netconns, lwip_netconn_do_close_internal ACKs the message */
+      return;
+    }
+  } else
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+  {
+    msg->err = ERR_CONN;
+  }
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP || (LWIP_IPV6 && LWIP_IPV6_MLD)
+/**
+ * Join multicast groups for UDP netconns.
+ * Called from netconn_join_leave_group
+ *
+ * @param m the api_msg_msg pointing to the connection
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_join_leave_group(void *m)
+{
+  struct api_msg *msg = (struct api_msg*)m;
+
+  if (ERR_IS_FATAL(msg->conn->last_err)) {
+    msg->err = msg->conn->last_err;
+  } else {
+    if (msg->conn->pcb.tcp != NULL) {
+      if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(msg->conn->type) == NETCONN_UDP) {
+#if LWIP_UDP
+#if LWIP_IPV6 && LWIP_IPV6_MLD
+        if (NETCONNTYPE_ISIPV6(msg->conn->type)) {
+          if (msg->msg.jl.join_or_leave == NETCONN_JOIN) {
+            msg->err = mld6_joingroup(ip_2_ip6(API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.jl.netif_addr)),
+              ip_2_ip6(API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.jl.multiaddr)));
+          } else {
+            msg->err = mld6_leavegroup(ip_2_ip6(API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.jl.netif_addr)),
+              ip_2_ip6(API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.jl.multiaddr)));
+          }
+        }
+        else
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV6 && LWIP_IPV6_MLD */
+        {
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+          if (msg->msg.jl.join_or_leave == NETCONN_JOIN) {
+            msg->err = igmp_joingroup(ip_2_ip4(API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.jl.netif_addr)),
+              ip_2_ip4(API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.jl.multiaddr)));
+          } else {
+            msg->err = igmp_leavegroup(ip_2_ip4(API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.jl.netif_addr)),
+              ip_2_ip4(API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.jl.multiaddr)));
+          }
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+        }
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+#if (LWIP_TCP || LWIP_RAW)
+      } else {
+        msg->err = ERR_VAL;
+#endif /* (LWIP_TCP || LWIP_RAW) */
+      }
+    } else {
+      msg->err = ERR_CONN;
+    }
+  }
+  TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(msg);
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP || (LWIP_IPV6 && LWIP_IPV6_MLD) */
+
+#if LWIP_DNS
+/**
+ * Callback function that is called when DNS name is resolved
+ * (or on timeout). A waiting application thread is waked up by
+ * signaling the semaphore.
+ */
+static void
+lwip_netconn_do_dns_found(const char *name, const ip_addr_t *ipaddr, void *arg)
+{
+  struct dns_api_msg *msg = (struct dns_api_msg*)arg;
+
+  /* we trust the internal implementation to be correct :-) */
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(name);
+
+  if (ipaddr == NULL) {
+    /* timeout or memory error */
+    API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->err) = ERR_VAL;
+  } else {
+    /* address was resolved */
+    API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->err) = ERR_OK;
+    API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->addr) = *ipaddr;
+  }
+  /* wake up the application task waiting in netconn_gethostbyname */
+  sys_sem_signal(API_EXPR_REF_SEM(msg->sem));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Execute a DNS query
+ * Called from netconn_gethostbyname
+ *
+ * @param arg the dns_api_msg pointing to the query
+ */
+void
+lwip_netconn_do_gethostbyname(void *arg)
+{
+  struct dns_api_msg *msg = (struct dns_api_msg*)arg;
+  u8_t addrtype =
+#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
+    msg->dns_addrtype;
+#else
+    LWIP_DNS_ADDRTYPE_DEFAULT;
+#endif
+
+  API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->err) = dns_gethostbyname_addrtype(msg->name,
+    API_EXPR_REF(msg->addr), lwip_netconn_do_dns_found, msg, addrtype);
+  if (API_EXPR_DEREF(msg->err) != ERR_INPROGRESS) {
+    /* on error or immediate success, wake up the application
+     * task waiting in netconn_gethostbyname */
+    sys_sem_signal(API_EXPR_REF_SEM(msg->sem));
+  }
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
diff --git a/src/api/err.c b/src/api/err.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35e9c02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/api/err.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Error Management module
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+
+#include "lwip/errno.h"
+
+#if !NO_SYS
+/** Table to quickly map an lwIP error (err_t) to a socket error
+  * by using -err as an index */
+static const int err_to_errno_table[] = {
+  0,             /* ERR_OK          0      No error, everything OK. */
+  ENOMEM,        /* ERR_MEM        -1      Out of memory error.     */
+  ENOBUFS,       /* ERR_BUF        -2      Buffer error.            */
+  EWOULDBLOCK,   /* ERR_TIMEOUT    -3      Timeout                  */
+  EHOSTUNREACH,  /* ERR_RTE        -4      Routing problem.         */
+  EINPROGRESS,   /* ERR_INPROGRESS -5      Operation in progress    */
+  EINVAL,        /* ERR_VAL        -6      Illegal value.           */
+  EWOULDBLOCK,   /* ERR_WOULDBLOCK -7      Operation would block.   */
+  EADDRINUSE,    /* ERR_USE        -8      Address in use.          */
+  EALREADY,      /* ERR_ALREADY    -9      Already connecting.      */
+  EISCONN,       /* ERR_ISCONN     -10     Conn already established.*/
+  ENOTCONN,      /* ERR_CONN       -11     Not connected.           */
+  -1,            /* ERR_IF         -12     Low-level netif error    */
+  ECONNABORTED,  /* ERR_ABRT       -13     Connection aborted.      */
+  ECONNRESET,    /* ERR_RST        -14     Connection reset.        */
+  ENOTCONN,      /* ERR_CLSD       -15     Connection closed.       */
+  EIO            /* ERR_ARG        -16     Illegal argument.        */
+};
+
+int
+err_to_errno(err_t err)
+{
+  if ((err > 0) || (-err >= (err_t)LWIP_ARRAYSIZE(err_to_errno_table))) {
+    return EIO;
+  }
+  return err_to_errno_table[-err];
+}
+#endif /* !NO_SYS */
+
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+
+static const char *err_strerr[] = {
+           "Ok.",                    /* ERR_OK          0  */
+           "Out of memory error.",   /* ERR_MEM        -1  */
+           "Buffer error.",          /* ERR_BUF        -2  */
+           "Timeout.",               /* ERR_TIMEOUT    -3  */
+           "Routing problem.",       /* ERR_RTE        -4  */
+           "Operation in progress.", /* ERR_INPROGRESS -5  */
+           "Illegal value.",         /* ERR_VAL        -6  */
+           "Operation would block.", /* ERR_WOULDBLOCK -7  */
+           "Address in use.",        /* ERR_USE        -8  */
+           "Already connecting.",    /* ERR_ALREADY    -9  */
+           "Already connected.",     /* ERR_ISCONN     -10 */
+           "Not connected.",         /* ERR_CONN       -11 */
+           "Low-level netif error.", /* ERR_IF         -12 */
+           "Connection aborted.",    /* ERR_ABRT       -13 */
+           "Connection reset.",      /* ERR_RST        -14 */
+           "Connection closed.",     /* ERR_CLSD       -15 */
+           "Illegal argument."       /* ERR_ARG        -16 */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Convert an lwip internal error to a string representation.
+ *
+ * @param err an lwip internal err_t
+ * @return a string representation for err
+ */
+const char *
+lwip_strerr(err_t err)
+{
+  if ((err > 0) || (-err >= (err_t)LWIP_ARRAYSIZE(err_strerr))) {
+    return "Unknown error.";
+  }
+  return err_strerr[-err];
+}
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
diff --git a/src/api/netbuf.c b/src/api/netbuf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb25011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/api/netbuf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Network buffer management
+ *
+ * @defgroup netbuf Network buffers
+ * @ingroup netconn
+ * Network buffer descriptor for @ref netconn. Based on @ref pbuf internally
+ * to avoid copying data around.\n
+ * Buffers must not be shared accross multiple threads, all functions except
+ * netbuf_new() and netbuf_delete() are not thread-safe.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/netbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netbuf
+ * Create (allocate) and initialize a new netbuf.
+ * The netbuf doesn't yet contain a packet buffer!
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to a new netbuf
+ *         NULL on lack of memory
+ */
+struct
+netbuf *netbuf_new(void)
+{
+  struct netbuf *buf;
+
+  buf = (struct netbuf *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETBUF);
+  if (buf != NULL) {
+    memset(buf, 0, sizeof(struct netbuf));
+  }
+  return buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netbuf
+ * Deallocate a netbuf allocated by netbuf_new().
+ *
+ * @param buf pointer to a netbuf allocated by netbuf_new()
+ */
+void
+netbuf_delete(struct netbuf *buf)
+{
+  if (buf != NULL) {
+    if (buf->p != NULL) {
+      pbuf_free(buf->p);
+      buf->p = buf->ptr = NULL;
+    }
+    memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, buf);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netbuf
+ * Allocate memory for a packet buffer for a given netbuf.
+ *
+ * @param buf the netbuf for which to allocate a packet buffer
+ * @param size the size of the packet buffer to allocate
+ * @return pointer to the allocated memory
+ *         NULL if no memory could be allocated
+ */
+void *
+netbuf_alloc(struct netbuf *buf, u16_t size)
+{
+  LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_alloc: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return NULL;);
+
+  /* Deallocate any previously allocated memory. */
+  if (buf->p != NULL) {
+    pbuf_free(buf->p);
+  }
+  buf->p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, size, PBUF_RAM);
+  if (buf->p == NULL) {
+     return NULL;
+  }
+  LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold size",
+             (buf->p->len >= size));
+  buf->ptr = buf->p;
+  return buf->p->payload;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netbuf
+ * Free the packet buffer included in a netbuf
+ *
+ * @param buf pointer to the netbuf which contains the packet buffer to free
+ */
+void
+netbuf_free(struct netbuf *buf)
+{
+  LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_free: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return;);
+  if (buf->p != NULL) {
+    pbuf_free(buf->p);
+  }
+  buf->p = buf->ptr = NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netbuf
+ * Let a netbuf reference existing (non-volatile) data.
+ *
+ * @param buf netbuf which should reference the data
+ * @param dataptr pointer to the data to reference
+ * @param size size of the data
+ * @return ERR_OK if data is referenced
+ *         ERR_MEM if data couldn't be referenced due to lack of memory
+ */
+err_t
+netbuf_ref(struct netbuf *buf, const void *dataptr, u16_t size)
+{
+  LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_ref: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+  if (buf->p != NULL) {
+    pbuf_free(buf->p);
+  }
+  buf->p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, 0, PBUF_REF);
+  if (buf->p == NULL) {
+    buf->ptr = NULL;
+    return ERR_MEM;
+  }
+  ((struct pbuf_rom*)buf->p)->payload = dataptr;
+  buf->p->len = buf->p->tot_len = size;
+  buf->ptr = buf->p;
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netbuf
+ * Chain one netbuf to another (@see pbuf_chain)
+ *
+ * @param head the first netbuf
+ * @param tail netbuf to chain after head, freed by this function, may not be reference after returning
+ */
+void
+netbuf_chain(struct netbuf *head, struct netbuf *tail)
+{
+  LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_chain: invalid head", (head != NULL), return;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_chain: invalid tail", (tail != NULL), return;);
+  pbuf_cat(head->p, tail->p);
+  head->ptr = head->p;
+  memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, tail);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netbuf
+ * Get the data pointer and length of the data inside a netbuf.
+ *
+ * @param buf netbuf to get the data from
+ * @param dataptr pointer to a void pointer where to store the data pointer
+ * @param len pointer to an u16_t where the length of the data is stored
+ * @return ERR_OK if the information was retrieved,
+ *         ERR_BUF on error.
+ */
+err_t
+netbuf_data(struct netbuf *buf, void **dataptr, u16_t *len)
+{
+  LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid dataptr", (dataptr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid len", (len != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
+
+  if (buf->ptr == NULL) {
+    return ERR_BUF;
+  }
+  *dataptr = buf->ptr->payload;
+  *len = buf->ptr->len;
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netbuf
+ * Move the current data pointer of a packet buffer contained in a netbuf
+ * to the next part.
+ * The packet buffer itself is not modified.
+ *
+ * @param buf the netbuf to modify
+ * @return -1 if there is no next part
+ *         1  if moved to the next part but now there is no next part
+ *         0  if moved to the next part and there are still more parts
+ */
+s8_t
+netbuf_next(struct netbuf *buf)
+{
+  LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_next: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return -1;);
+  if (buf->ptr->next == NULL) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+  buf->ptr = buf->ptr->next;
+  if (buf->ptr->next == NULL) {
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netbuf
+ * Move the current data pointer of a packet buffer contained in a netbuf
+ * to the beginning of the packet.
+ * The packet buffer itself is not modified.
+ *
+ * @param buf the netbuf to modify
+ */
+void
+netbuf_first(struct netbuf *buf)
+{
+  LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_first: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return;);
+  buf->ptr = buf->p;
+}
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
diff --git a/src/api/netdb.c b/src/api/netdb.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccd9586
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/api/netdb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API functions for name resolving
+ *
+ * @defgroup netdbapi NETDB API
+ * @ingroup socket
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Simon Goldschmidt
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/netdb.h"
+
+#if LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET
+
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/api.h"
+#include "lwip/dns.h"
+
+#include <string.h> /* memset */
+#include <stdlib.h> /* atoi */
+
+/** helper struct for gethostbyname_r to access the char* buffer */
+struct gethostbyname_r_helper {
+  ip_addr_t *addr_list[2];
+  ip_addr_t addr;
+  char *aliases;
+};
+
+/** h_errno is exported in netdb.h for access by applications. */
+#if LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO
+int h_errno;
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO */
+
+/** define "hostent" variables storage: 0 if we use a static (but unprotected)
+ * set of variables for lwip_gethostbyname, 1 if we use a local storage */
+#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
+#define LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE 0
+#endif
+
+/** define "hostent" variables storage */
+#if LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
+#define HOSTENT_STORAGE
+#else
+#define HOSTENT_STORAGE static
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_STATIC_HOSTENT */
+
+/**
+ * Returns an entry containing addresses of address family AF_INET
+ * for the host with name name.
+ * Due to dns_gethostbyname limitations, only one address is returned.
+ *
+ * @param name the hostname to resolve
+ * @return an entry containing addresses of address family AF_INET
+ *         for the host with name name
+ */
+struct hostent*
+lwip_gethostbyname(const char *name)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  ip_addr_t addr;
+
+  /* buffer variables for lwip_gethostbyname() */
+  HOSTENT_STORAGE struct hostent s_hostent;
+  HOSTENT_STORAGE char *s_aliases;
+  HOSTENT_STORAGE ip_addr_t s_hostent_addr;
+  HOSTENT_STORAGE ip_addr_t *s_phostent_addr[2];
+  HOSTENT_STORAGE char s_hostname[DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH + 1];
+
+  /* query host IP address */
+  err = netconn_gethostbyname(name, &addr);
+  if (err != ERR_OK) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("lwip_gethostbyname(%s) failed, err=%d\n", name, err));
+    h_errno = HOST_NOT_FOUND;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* fill hostent */
+  s_hostent_addr = addr;
+  s_phostent_addr[0] = &s_hostent_addr;
+  s_phostent_addr[1] = NULL;
+  strncpy(s_hostname, name, DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH);
+  s_hostname[DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH] = 0;
+  s_hostent.h_name = s_hostname;
+  s_aliases = NULL;
+  s_hostent.h_aliases = &s_aliases;
+  s_hostent.h_addrtype = AF_INET;
+  s_hostent.h_length = sizeof(ip_addr_t);
+  s_hostent.h_addr_list = (char**)&s_phostent_addr;
+
+#if DNS_DEBUG
+  /* dump hostent */
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_name           == %s\n", s_hostent.h_name));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_aliases        == %p\n", (void*)s_hostent.h_aliases));
+  /* h_aliases are always empty */
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addrtype       == %d\n", s_hostent.h_addrtype));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_length         == %d\n", s_hostent.h_length));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list      == %p\n", (void*)s_hostent.h_addr_list));
+  if (s_hostent.h_addr_list != NULL) {
+    u8_t idx;
+    for (idx=0; s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx]; idx++) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list[%i]   == %p\n", idx, s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx]));
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list[%i]-> == %s\n", idx, ipaddr_ntoa((ip_addr_t*)s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx])));
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* DNS_DEBUG */
+
+#if LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
+  /* this function should return the "per-thread" hostent after copy from s_hostent */
+  return sys_thread_hostent(&s_hostent);
+#else
+  return &s_hostent;
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE */
+}
+
+/**
+ * Thread-safe variant of lwip_gethostbyname: instead of using a static
+ * buffer, this function takes buffer and errno pointers as arguments
+ * and uses these for the result.
+ *
+ * @param name the hostname to resolve
+ * @param ret pre-allocated struct where to store the result
+ * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to store additional data
+ * @param buflen the size of buf
+ * @param result pointer to a hostent pointer that is set to ret on success
+ *               and set to zero on error
+ * @param h_errnop pointer to an int where to store errors (instead of modifying
+ *                 the global h_errno)
+ * @return 0 on success, non-zero on error, additional error information
+ *         is stored in *h_errnop instead of h_errno to be thread-safe
+ */
+int
+lwip_gethostbyname_r(const char *name, struct hostent *ret, char *buf,
+                size_t buflen, struct hostent **result, int *h_errnop)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  struct gethostbyname_r_helper *h;
+  char *hostname;
+  size_t namelen;
+  int lh_errno;
+
+  if (h_errnop == NULL) {
+    /* ensure h_errnop is never NULL */
+    h_errnop = &lh_errno;
+  }
+
+  if (result == NULL) {
+    /* not all arguments given */
+    *h_errnop = EINVAL;
+    return -1;
+  }
+  /* first thing to do: set *result to nothing */
+  *result = NULL;
+  if ((name == NULL) || (ret == NULL) || (buf == NULL)) {
+    /* not all arguments given */
+    *h_errnop = EINVAL;
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  namelen = strlen(name);
+  if (buflen < (sizeof(struct gethostbyname_r_helper) + namelen + 1 + (MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1))) {
+    /* buf can't hold the data needed + a copy of name */
+    *h_errnop = ERANGE;
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  h = (struct gethostbyname_r_helper*)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(buf);
+  hostname = ((char*)h) + sizeof(struct gethostbyname_r_helper);
+
+  /* query host IP address */
+  err = netconn_gethostbyname(name, &h->addr);
+  if (err != ERR_OK) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("lwip_gethostbyname(%s) failed, err=%d\n", name, err));
+    *h_errnop = HOST_NOT_FOUND;
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* copy the hostname into buf */
+  MEMCPY(hostname, name, namelen);
+  hostname[namelen] = 0;
+
+  /* fill hostent */
+  h->addr_list[0] = &h->addr;
+  h->addr_list[1] = NULL;
+  h->aliases = NULL;
+  ret->h_name = hostname;
+  ret->h_aliases = &h->aliases;
+  ret->h_addrtype = AF_INET;
+  ret->h_length = sizeof(ip_addr_t);
+  ret->h_addr_list = (char**)&h->addr_list;
+
+  /* set result != NULL */
+  *result = ret;
+
+  /* return success */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Frees one or more addrinfo structures returned by getaddrinfo(), along with
+ * any additional storage associated with those structures. If the ai_next field
+ * of the structure is not null, the entire list of structures is freed.
+ *
+ * @param ai struct addrinfo to free
+ */
+void
+lwip_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *ai)
+{
+  struct addrinfo *next;
+
+  while (ai != NULL) {
+    next = ai->ai_next;
+    memp_free(MEMP_NETDB, ai);
+    ai = next;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Translates the name of a service location (for example, a host name) and/or
+ * a service name and returns a set of socket addresses and associated
+ * information to be used in creating a socket with which to address the
+ * specified service.
+ * Memory for the result is allocated internally and must be freed by calling
+ * lwip_freeaddrinfo()!
+ *
+ * Due to a limitation in dns_gethostbyname, only the first address of a
+ * host is returned.
+ * Also, service names are not supported (only port numbers)!
+ *
+ * @param nodename descriptive name or address string of the host
+ *                 (may be NULL -> local address)
+ * @param servname port number as string of NULL
+ * @param hints structure containing input values that set socktype and protocol
+ * @param res pointer to a pointer where to store the result (set to NULL on failure)
+ * @return 0 on success, non-zero on failure
+ *
+ * @todo: implement AI_V4MAPPED, AI_ADDRCONFIG
+ */
+int
+lwip_getaddrinfo(const char *nodename, const char *servname,
+       const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  ip_addr_t addr;
+  struct addrinfo *ai;
+  struct sockaddr_storage *sa = NULL;
+  int port_nr = 0;
+  size_t total_size;
+  size_t namelen = 0;
+  int ai_family;
+
+  if (res == NULL) {
+    return EAI_FAIL;
+  }
+  *res = NULL;
+  if ((nodename == NULL) && (servname == NULL)) {
+    return EAI_NONAME;
+  }
+
+  if (hints != NULL) {
+    ai_family = hints->ai_family;
+    if ((ai_family != AF_UNSPEC)
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+      && (ai_family != AF_INET)
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+#if LWIP_IPV6
+      && (ai_family != AF_INET6)
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV6 */
+      ) {
+      return EAI_FAMILY;
+    }
+  } else {
+    ai_family = AF_UNSPEC;
+  }
+
+  if (servname != NULL) {
+    /* service name specified: convert to port number
+     * @todo?: currently, only ASCII integers (port numbers) are supported (AI_NUMERICSERV)! */
+    port_nr = atoi(servname);
+    if ((port_nr <= 0) || (port_nr > 0xffff)) {
+      return EAI_SERVICE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (nodename != NULL) {
+    /* service location specified, try to resolve */
+    if ((hints != NULL) && (hints->ai_flags & AI_NUMERICHOST)) {
+      /* no DNS lookup, just parse for an address string */
+      if (!ipaddr_aton(nodename, &addr)) {
+        return EAI_NONAME;
+      }
+#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
+      if ((IP_IS_V6_VAL(addr) && ai_family == AF_INET) ||
+          (IP_IS_V4_VAL(addr) && ai_family == AF_INET6)) {
+        return EAI_NONAME;
+      }
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6 */
+    } else {
+#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
+      /* AF_UNSPEC: prefer IPv4 */
+      u8_t type = NETCONN_DNS_IPV4_IPV6;
+      if (ai_family == AF_INET) {
+        type = NETCONN_DNS_IPV4;
+      } else if (ai_family == AF_INET6) {
+        type = NETCONN_DNS_IPV6;
+      }
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6 */
+      err = netconn_gethostbyname_addrtype(nodename, &addr, type);
+      if (err != ERR_OK) {
+        return EAI_FAIL;
+      }
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* service location specified, use loopback address */
+    if ((hints != NULL) && (hints->ai_flags & AI_PASSIVE)) {
+      ip_addr_set_any(ai_family == AF_INET6, &addr);
+    } else {
+      ip_addr_set_loopback(ai_family == AF_INET6, &addr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  total_size = sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_storage);
+  if (nodename != NULL) {
+    namelen = strlen(nodename);
+    if (namelen > DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH) {
+      /* invalid name length */
+      return EAI_FAIL;
+    }
+    LWIP_ASSERT("namelen is too long", total_size + namelen + 1 > total_size);
+    total_size += namelen + 1;
+  }
+  /* If this fails, please report to lwip-devel! :-) */
+  LWIP_ASSERT("total_size <= NETDB_ELEM_SIZE: please report this!",
+    total_size <= NETDB_ELEM_SIZE);
+  ai = (struct addrinfo *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETDB);
+  if (ai == NULL) {
+    return EAI_MEMORY;
+  }
+  memset(ai, 0, total_size);
+  /* cast through void* to get rid of alignment warnings */
+  sa = (struct sockaddr_storage *)(void*)((u8_t*)ai + sizeof(struct addrinfo));
+  if (IP_IS_V6_VAL(addr)) {
+#if LWIP_IPV6
+    struct sockaddr_in6 *sa6 = (struct sockaddr_in6*)sa;
+    /* set up sockaddr */
+    inet6_addr_from_ip6addr(&sa6->sin6_addr, ip_2_ip6(&addr));
+    sa6->sin6_family = AF_INET6;
+    sa6->sin6_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6);
+    sa6->sin6_port = lwip_htons((u16_t)port_nr);
+    ai->ai_family = AF_INET6;
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV6 */
+  } else {
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+    struct sockaddr_in *sa4 = (struct sockaddr_in*)sa;
+    /* set up sockaddr */
+    inet_addr_from_ip4addr(&sa4->sin_addr, ip_2_ip4(&addr));
+    sa4->sin_family = AF_INET;
+    sa4->sin_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
+    sa4->sin_port = lwip_htons((u16_t)port_nr);
+    ai->ai_family = AF_INET;
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+  }
+
+  /* set up addrinfo */
+  if (hints != NULL) {
+    /* copy socktype & protocol from hints if specified */
+    ai->ai_socktype = hints->ai_socktype;
+    ai->ai_protocol = hints->ai_protocol;
+  }
+  if (nodename != NULL) {
+    /* copy nodename to canonname if specified */
+    ai->ai_canonname = ((char*)ai + sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_storage));
+    MEMCPY(ai->ai_canonname, nodename, namelen);
+    ai->ai_canonname[namelen] = 0;
+  }
+  ai->ai_addrlen = sizeof(struct sockaddr_storage);
+  ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr*)sa;
+
+  *res = ai;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET */
diff --git a/src/api/netifapi.c b/src/api/netifapi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fef05a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/api/netifapi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Network Interface Sequential API module
+ *
+ * @defgroup netifapi NETIF API
+ * @ingroup sequential_api
+ * Thread-safe functions to be called from non-TCPIP threads
+ * 
+ * @defgroup netifapi_netif NETIF related
+ * @ingroup netifapi
+ * To be called from non-TCPIP threads 
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_API /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/netifapi.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+#include "lwip/priv/tcpip_priv.h"
+
+#define NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(name)      API_VAR_REF(name)
+#define NETIFAPI_VAR_DECLARE(name)  API_VAR_DECLARE(struct netifapi_msg, name)
+#define NETIFAPI_VAR_ALLOC(name)    API_VAR_ALLOC(struct netifapi_msg, MEMP_NETIFAPI_MSG, name, ERR_MEM)
+#define NETIFAPI_VAR_FREE(name)     API_VAR_FREE(MEMP_NETIFAPI_MSG, name)
+
+/**
+ * Call netif_add() inside the tcpip_thread context.
+ */
+static err_t
+netifapi_do_netif_add(struct tcpip_api_call_data *m)
+{
+  /* cast through void* to silence alignment warnings. 
+   * We know it works because the structs have been instantiated as struct netifapi_msg */
+  struct netifapi_msg *msg = (struct netifapi_msg*)(void*)m;
+  
+  if (!netif_add( msg->netif,
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+                  API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.add.ipaddr),
+                  API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.add.netmask),
+                  API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.add.gw),
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+                  msg->msg.add.state,
+                  msg->msg.add.init,
+                  msg->msg.add.input)) {
+    return ERR_IF;
+  } else {
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+/**
+ * Call netif_set_addr() inside the tcpip_thread context.
+ */
+static err_t
+netifapi_do_netif_set_addr(struct tcpip_api_call_data *m)
+{
+  /* cast through void* to silence alignment warnings. 
+   * We know it works because the structs have been instantiated as struct netifapi_msg */
+  struct netifapi_msg *msg = (struct netifapi_msg*)(void*)m;
+
+  netif_set_addr( msg->netif,
+                  API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.add.ipaddr),
+                  API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.add.netmask),
+                  API_EXPR_REF(msg->msg.add.gw));
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+
+/**
+ * Call the "errtfunc" (or the "voidfunc" if "errtfunc" is NULL) inside the
+ * tcpip_thread context.
+ */
+static err_t
+netifapi_do_netif_common(struct tcpip_api_call_data *m)
+{
+  /* cast through void* to silence alignment warnings. 
+   * We know it works because the structs have been instantiated as struct netifapi_msg */
+  struct netifapi_msg *msg = (struct netifapi_msg*)(void*)m;
+
+  if (msg->msg.common.errtfunc != NULL) {
+    return msg->msg.common.errtfunc(msg->netif);
+  } else {
+    msg->msg.common.voidfunc(msg->netif);
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup netifapi_netif
+ * Call netif_add() in a thread-safe way by running that function inside the
+ * tcpip_thread context.
+ *
+ * @note for params @see netif_add()
+ */
+err_t
+netifapi_netif_add(struct netif *netif,
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+                   const ip4_addr_t *ipaddr, const ip4_addr_t *netmask, const ip4_addr_t *gw,
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+                   void *state, netif_init_fn init, netif_input_fn input)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+  if (ipaddr == NULL) {
+    ipaddr = IP4_ADDR_ANY4;
+  }
+  if (netmask == NULL) {
+    netmask = IP4_ADDR_ANY4;
+  }
+  if (gw == NULL) {
+    gw = IP4_ADDR_ANY4;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).netif = netif;
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.add.ipaddr  = NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(ipaddr);
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.add.netmask = NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(netmask);
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.add.gw      = NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(gw);
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.add.state   = state;
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.add.init    = init;
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.add.input   = input;
+  err = tcpip_api_call(netifapi_do_netif_add, &API_VAR_REF(msg).call);
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_FREE(msg);
+  return err;
+}
+
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+/**
+ * @ingroup netifapi_netif
+ * Call netif_set_addr() in a thread-safe way by running that function inside the
+ * tcpip_thread context.
+ *
+ * @note for params @see netif_set_addr()
+ */
+err_t
+netifapi_netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif,
+                        const ip4_addr_t *ipaddr,
+                        const ip4_addr_t *netmask,
+                        const ip4_addr_t *gw)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+
+  if (ipaddr == NULL) {
+    ipaddr = IP4_ADDR_ANY4;
+  }
+  if (netmask == NULL) {
+    netmask = IP4_ADDR_ANY4;
+  }
+  if (gw == NULL) {
+    gw = IP4_ADDR_ANY4;
+  }
+
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).netif = netif;
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.add.ipaddr  = NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(ipaddr);
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.add.netmask = NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(netmask);
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.add.gw      = NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(gw);
+  err = tcpip_api_call(netifapi_do_netif_set_addr, &API_VAR_REF(msg).call);
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_FREE(msg);
+  return err;
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+
+/**
+ * call the "errtfunc" (or the "voidfunc" if "errtfunc" is NULL) in a thread-safe
+ * way by running that function inside the tcpip_thread context.
+ *
+ * @note use only for functions where there is only "netif" parameter.
+ */
+err_t
+netifapi_netif_common(struct netif *netif, netifapi_void_fn voidfunc,
+                       netifapi_errt_fn errtfunc)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_DECLARE(msg);
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_ALLOC(msg);
+
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).netif = netif;
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.common.voidfunc = voidfunc;
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_REF(msg).msg.common.errtfunc = errtfunc;
+  err = tcpip_api_call(netifapi_do_netif_common, &API_VAR_REF(msg).call);
+  NETIFAPI_VAR_FREE(msg);
+  return err;
+}
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
diff --git a/src/api/sockets.c b/src/api/sockets.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b763248
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/api/sockets.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2827 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Sockets BSD-Like API module
+ *
+ * @defgroup socket Socket API
+ * @ingroup sequential_api
+ * BSD-style socket API.\n
+ * Thread-safe, to be called from non-TCPIP threads only.\n
+ * Can be activated by defining @ref LWIP_SOCKET to 1.\n
+ * Header is in posix/sys/socket.h\b
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * Improved by Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> and David Haas <dhaas@alum.rpi.edu>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_SOCKET /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/sockets.h"
+#include "lwip/api.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/igmp.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+#include "lwip/tcp.h"
+#include "lwip/raw.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/priv/tcpip_priv.h"
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* If the netconn API is not required publicly, then we include the necessary
+   files here to get the implementation */
+#if !LWIP_NETCONN
+#undef LWIP_NETCONN
+#define LWIP_NETCONN 1
+#include "api_msg.c"
+#include "api_lib.c"
+#include "netbuf.c"
+#undef LWIP_NETCONN
+#define LWIP_NETCONN 0
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+#define IP4ADDR_PORT_TO_SOCKADDR(sin, ipaddr, port) do { \
+      (sin)->sin_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in); \
+      (sin)->sin_family = AF_INET; \
+      (sin)->sin_port = lwip_htons((port)); \
+      inet_addr_from_ip4addr(&(sin)->sin_addr, ipaddr); \
+      memset((sin)->sin_zero, 0, SIN_ZERO_LEN); }while(0)
+#define SOCKADDR4_TO_IP4ADDR_PORT(sin, ipaddr, port) do { \
+    inet_addr_to_ip4addr(ip_2_ip4(ipaddr), &((sin)->sin_addr)); \
+    (port) = lwip_ntohs((sin)->sin_port); }while(0)
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+
+#if LWIP_IPV6
+#define IP6ADDR_PORT_TO_SOCKADDR(sin6, ipaddr, port) do { \
+      (sin6)->sin6_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6); \
+      (sin6)->sin6_family = AF_INET6; \
+      (sin6)->sin6_port = lwip_htons((port)); \
+      (sin6)->sin6_flowinfo = 0; \
+      inet6_addr_from_ip6addr(&(sin6)->sin6_addr, ipaddr); \
+      (sin6)->sin6_scope_id = 0; }while(0)
+#define SOCKADDR6_TO_IP6ADDR_PORT(sin6, ipaddr, port) do { \
+    inet6_addr_to_ip6addr(ip_2_ip6(ipaddr), &((sin6)->sin6_addr)); \
+    (port) = lwip_ntohs((sin6)->sin6_port); }while(0)
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV6 */
+
+#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
+static void sockaddr_to_ipaddr_port(const struct sockaddr* sockaddr, ip_addr_t* ipaddr, u16_t* port);
+
+#define IS_SOCK_ADDR_LEN_VALID(namelen)  (((namelen) == sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)) || \
+                                         ((namelen) == sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6)))
+#define IS_SOCK_ADDR_TYPE_VALID(name)    (((name)->sa_family == AF_INET) || \
+                                         ((name)->sa_family == AF_INET6))
+#define SOCK_ADDR_TYPE_MATCH(name, sock) \
+       ((((name)->sa_family == AF_INET) && !(NETCONNTYPE_ISIPV6((sock)->conn->type))) || \
+       (((name)->sa_family == AF_INET6) && (NETCONNTYPE_ISIPV6((sock)->conn->type))))
+#define IPADDR_PORT_TO_SOCKADDR(sockaddr, ipaddr, port) do { \
+    if (IP_IS_V6(ipaddr)) { \
+      IP6ADDR_PORT_TO_SOCKADDR((struct sockaddr_in6*)(void*)(sockaddr), ip_2_ip6(ipaddr), port); \
+    } else { \
+      IP4ADDR_PORT_TO_SOCKADDR((struct sockaddr_in*)(void*)(sockaddr), ip_2_ip4(ipaddr), port); \
+    } } while(0)
+#define SOCKADDR_TO_IPADDR_PORT(sockaddr, ipaddr, port) sockaddr_to_ipaddr_port(sockaddr, ipaddr, &(port))
+#define DOMAIN_TO_NETCONN_TYPE(domain, type) (((domain) == AF_INET) ? \
+  (type) : (enum netconn_type)((type) | NETCONN_TYPE_IPV6))
+#elif LWIP_IPV6 /* LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6 */
+#define IS_SOCK_ADDR_LEN_VALID(namelen)  ((namelen) == sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6))
+#define IS_SOCK_ADDR_TYPE_VALID(name)    ((name)->sa_family == AF_INET6)
+#define SOCK_ADDR_TYPE_MATCH(name, sock) 1
+#define IPADDR_PORT_TO_SOCKADDR(sockaddr, ipaddr, port) \
+        IP6ADDR_PORT_TO_SOCKADDR((struct sockaddr_in6*)(void*)(sockaddr), ip_2_ip6(ipaddr), port)
+#define SOCKADDR_TO_IPADDR_PORT(sockaddr, ipaddr, port) \
+        SOCKADDR6_TO_IP6ADDR_PORT((const struct sockaddr_in6*)(const void*)(sockaddr), ipaddr, port)
+#define DOMAIN_TO_NETCONN_TYPE(domain, netconn_type) (netconn_type)
+#else /*-> LWIP_IPV4: LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6 */
+#define IS_SOCK_ADDR_LEN_VALID(namelen)  ((namelen) == sizeof(struct sockaddr_in))
+#define IS_SOCK_ADDR_TYPE_VALID(name)    ((name)->sa_family == AF_INET)
+#define SOCK_ADDR_TYPE_MATCH(name, sock) 1
+#define IPADDR_PORT_TO_SOCKADDR(sockaddr, ipaddr, port) \
+        IP4ADDR_PORT_TO_SOCKADDR((struct sockaddr_in*)(void*)(sockaddr), ip_2_ip4(ipaddr), port)
+#define SOCKADDR_TO_IPADDR_PORT(sockaddr, ipaddr, port) \
+        SOCKADDR4_TO_IP4ADDR_PORT((const struct sockaddr_in*)(const void*)(sockaddr), ipaddr, port)
+#define DOMAIN_TO_NETCONN_TYPE(domain, netconn_type) (netconn_type)
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV6 */
+
+#define IS_SOCK_ADDR_TYPE_VALID_OR_UNSPEC(name)    (((name)->sa_family == AF_UNSPEC) || \
+                                                    IS_SOCK_ADDR_TYPE_VALID(name))
+#define SOCK_ADDR_TYPE_MATCH_OR_UNSPEC(name, sock) (((name)->sa_family == AF_UNSPEC) || \
+                                                    SOCK_ADDR_TYPE_MATCH(name, sock))
+#define IS_SOCK_ADDR_ALIGNED(name)      ((((mem_ptr_t)(name)) % 4) == 0)
+
+
+#define LWIP_SOCKOPT_CHECK_OPTLEN(optlen, opttype) do { if ((optlen) < sizeof(opttype)) { return EINVAL; }}while(0)
+#define LWIP_SOCKOPT_CHECK_OPTLEN_CONN(sock, optlen, opttype) do { \
+  LWIP_SOCKOPT_CHECK_OPTLEN(optlen, opttype); \
+  if ((sock)->conn == NULL) { return EINVAL; } }while(0)
+#define LWIP_SOCKOPT_CHECK_OPTLEN_CONN_PCB(sock, optlen, opttype) do { \
+  LWIP_SOCKOPT_CHECK_OPTLEN(optlen, opttype); \
+  if (((sock)->conn == NULL) || ((sock)->conn->pcb.tcp == NULL)) { return EINVAL; } }while(0)
+#define LWIP_SOCKOPT_CHECK_OPTLEN_CONN_PCB_TYPE(sock, optlen, opttype, netconntype) do { \
+  LWIP_SOCKOPT_CHECK_OPTLEN_CONN_PCB(sock, optlen, opttype); \
+  if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(netconn_type((sock)->conn)) != netconntype) { return ENOPROTOOPT; } }while(0)
+
+
+#define LWIP_SETGETSOCKOPT_DATA_VAR_REF(name)     API_VAR_REF(name)
+#define LWIP_SETGETSOCKOPT_DATA_VAR_DECLARE(name) API_VAR_DECLARE(struct lwip_setgetsockopt_data, name)
+#define LWIP_SETGETSOCKOPT_DATA_VAR_FREE(name)    API_VAR_FREE(MEMP_SOCKET_SETGETSOCKOPT_DATA, name)
+#if LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE
+#define LWIP_SETGETSOCKOPT_DATA_VAR_ALLOC(name, sock) do { \
+  name = (struct lwip_setgetsockopt_data *)memp_malloc(MEMP_SOCKET_SETGETSOCKOPT_DATA); \
+  if (name == NULL) { \
+    sock_set_errno(sock, ENOMEM); \
+    return -1; \
+  } }while(0)
+#else /* LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE */
+#define LWIP_SETGETSOCKOPT_DATA_VAR_ALLOC(name, sock)
+#endif /* LWIP_MPU_COMPATIBLE */
+
+#if LWIP_SO_SNDRCVTIMEO_NONSTANDARD
+#define LWIP_SO_SNDRCVTIMEO_OPTTYPE int
+#define LWIP_SO_SNDRCVTIMEO_SET(optval, val) (*(int *)(optval) = (val))
+#define LWIP_SO_SNDRCVTIMEO_GET_MS(optval)   ((s32_t)*(const int*)(optval))
+#else
+#define LWIP_SO_SNDRCVTIMEO_OPTTYPE struct timeval
+#define LWIP_SO_SNDRCVTIMEO_SET(optval, val)  do { \
+  s32_t loc = (val); \
+  ((struct timeval *)(optval))->tv_sec = (loc) / 1000U; \
+  ((struct timeval *)(optval))->tv_usec = ((loc) % 1000U) * 1000U; }while(0)
+#define LWIP_SO_SNDRCVTIMEO_GET_MS(optval) ((((const struct timeval *)(optval))->tv_sec * 1000U) + (((const struct timeval *)(optval))->tv_usec / 1000U))
+#endif
+
+#define NUM_SOCKETS MEMP_NUM_NETCONN
+
+/** This is overridable for the rare case where more than 255 threads
+ * select on the same socket...
+ */
+#ifndef SELWAIT_T
+#define SELWAIT_T u8_t
+#endif
+
+/** Contains all internal pointers and states used for a socket */
+struct lwip_sock {
+  /** sockets currently are built on netconns, each socket has one netconn */
+  struct netconn *conn;
+  /** data that was left from the previous read */
+  void *lastdata;
+  /** offset in the data that was left from the previous read */
+  u16_t lastoffset;
+  /** number of times data was received, set by event_callback(),
+      tested by the receive and select functions */
+  s16_t rcvevent;
+  /** number of times data was ACKed (free send buffer), set by event_callback(),
+      tested by select */
+  u16_t sendevent;
+  /** error happened for this socket, set by event_callback(), tested by select */
+  u16_t errevent;
+  /** last error that occurred on this socket (in fact, all our errnos fit into an u8_t) */
+  u8_t err;
+  /** counter of how many threads are waiting for this socket using select */
+  SELWAIT_T select_waiting;
+};
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD
+#define SELECT_SEM_T        sys_sem_t*
+#define SELECT_SEM_PTR(sem) (sem)
+#else /* LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD */
+#define SELECT_SEM_T        sys_sem_t
+#define SELECT_SEM_PTR(sem) (&(sem))
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD */
+
+/** Description for a task waiting in select */
+struct lwip_select_cb {
+  /** Pointer to the next waiting task */
+  struct lwip_select_cb *next;
+  /** Pointer to the previous waiting task */
+  struct lwip_select_cb *prev;
+  /** readset passed to select */
+  fd_set *readset;
+  /** writeset passed to select */
+  fd_set *writeset;
+  /** unimplemented: exceptset passed to select */
+  fd_set *exceptset;
+  /** don't signal the same semaphore twice: set to 1 when signalled */
+  int sem_signalled;
+  /** semaphore to wake up a task waiting for select */
+  SELECT_SEM_T sem;
+};
+
+/** A struct sockaddr replacement that has the same alignment as sockaddr_in/
+ *  sockaddr_in6 if instantiated.
+ */
+union sockaddr_aligned {
+   struct sockaddr sa;
+#if LWIP_IPV6
+   struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV6 */
+#if LWIP_IPV4
+   struct sockaddr_in sin;
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 */
+};
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+/* Define the number of IPv4 multicast memberships, default is one per socket */
+#ifndef LWIP_SOCKET_MAX_MEMBERSHIPS
+#define LWIP_SOCKET_MAX_MEMBERSHIPS NUM_SOCKETS
+#endif
+
+/* This is to keep track of IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP calls to drop the membership when
+   a socket is closed */
+struct lwip_socket_multicast_pair {
+  /** the socket */
+  struct lwip_sock* sock;
+  /** the interface address */
+  ip4_addr_t if_addr;
+  /** the group address */
+  ip4_addr_t multi_addr;
+};
+
+struct lwip_socket_multicast_pair socket_ipv4_multicast_memberships[LWIP_SOCKET_MAX_MEMBERSHIPS];
+
+static int  lwip_socket_register_membership(int s, const ip4_addr_t *if_addr, const ip4_addr_t *multi_addr);
+static void lwip_socket_unregister_membership(int s, const ip4_addr_t *if_addr, const ip4_addr_t *multi_addr);
+static void lwip_socket_drop_registered_memberships(int s);
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+/** The global array of available sockets */
+static struct lwip_sock sockets[NUM_SOCKETS];
+/** The global list of tasks waiting for select */
+static struct lwip_select_cb *select_cb_list;
+/** This counter is increased from lwip_select when the list is changed
+    and checked in event_callback to see if it has changed. */
+static volatile int select_cb_ctr;
+
+#if LWIP_SOCKET_SET_ERRNO
+#ifndef set_errno
+#define set_errno(err) do { if (err) { errno = (err); } } while(0)
+#endif
+#else /* LWIP_SOCKET_SET_ERRNO */
+#define set_errno(err)
+#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET_SET_ERRNO */
+
+#define sock_set_errno(sk, e) do { \
+  const int sockerr = (e); \
+  sk->err = (u8_t)sockerr; \
+  set_errno(sockerr); \
+} while (0)
+
+/* Forward declaration of some functions */
+static void event_callback(struct netconn *conn, enum netconn_evt evt, u16_t len);
+#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+static void lwip_getsockopt_callback(void *arg);
+static void lwip_setsockopt_callback(void *arg);
+#endif
+static u8_t lwip_getsockopt_impl(int s, int level, int optname, void *optval, socklen_t *optlen);
+static u8_t lwip_setsockopt_impl(int s, int level, int optname, const void *optval, socklen_t optlen);
+
+#if LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6
+static void
+sockaddr_to_ipaddr_port(const struct sockaddr* sockaddr, ip_addr_t* ipaddr, u16_t* port)
+{
+  if ((sockaddr->sa_family) == AF_INET6) {
+    SOCKADDR6_TO_IP6ADDR_PORT((const struct sockaddr_in6*)(const void*)(sockaddr), ipaddr, *port);
+    ipaddr->type = IPADDR_TYPE_V6;
+  } else {
+    SOCKADDR4_TO_IP4ADDR_PORT((const struct sockaddr_in*)(const void*)(sockaddr), ipaddr, *port);
+    ipaddr->type = IPADDR_TYPE_V4;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_IPV4 && LWIP_IPV6 */
+
+/** LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD==1: initialize thread-local semaphore */
+void
+lwip_socket_thread_init(void)
+{
+   netconn_thread_init();
+}
+
+/** LWIP_NETCONN_SEM_PER_THREAD==1: destroy thread-local semaphore */
+void
+lwip_socket_thread_cleanup(void)
+{
+   netconn_thread_cleanup();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Map a externally used socket index to the internal socket representation.
+ *
+ * @param s externally used socket index
+ * @return struct lwip_sock for the socket or NULL if not found
+ */
+static struct lwip_sock *
+get_socket(int s)
+{
+  struct lwip_sock *sock;
+
+  s -= LWIP_SOCKET_OFFSET;
+
+  if ((s < 0) || (s >= NUM_SOCKETS)) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(SOCKETS_DEBUG, ("get_socket(%d): invalid\n", s + LWIP_SOCKET_OFFSET));
+    set_errno(EBADF);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  sock = &sockets[s];
+
+  if (!sock->conn) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(SOCKETS_DEBUG, ("get_socket(%d): not active\n", s + LWIP_SOCKET_OFFSET));
+    set_errno(EBADF);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  return sock;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Same as get_socket but doesn't set errno
+ *
+ * @param s externally used socket index
+ * @return struct lwip_sock for the socket or NULL if not found
+ */
+static struct lwip_sock *
+tryget_socket(int s)
+{
+  s -= LWIP_SOCKET_OFFSET;
+  if ((s < 0) || (s >= NUM_SOCKETS)) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  if (!sockets[s].conn) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  return &sockets[s];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new socket for a given netconn.
+ *
+ * @param newconn the netconn for which to allocate a socket
+ * @param accepted 1 if socket has been created by accept(),
+ *                 0 if socket has been created by socket()
+ * @return the index of the new socket; -1 on error
+ */
+static int
+alloc_socket(struct netconn *newconn, int accepted)
+{
+  int i;
+  SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
+
+  /* allocate a new socket identifier */
+  for (i = 0; i < NUM_SOCKETS; ++i) {
+    /* Protect socket array */
+    SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
+    if (!sockets[i].conn && (sockets[i].select_waiting == 0)) {
+      sockets[i].conn       = newconn;
+      /* The socket is not yet known to anyone, so no need to protect
+         after having marked it as used. */
+      SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
+      sockets[i].lastdata   = NULL;
+      sockets[i].lastoffset = 0;
+      sockets[i].rcvevent   = 0;
+      /* TCP sendbuf is empty, but the socket is not yet writable until connected
+       * (unless it has been created by accept()). */
+      sockets[i].sendevent  = (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(newconn->type) == NETCONN_TCP ? (accepted != 0) : 1);
+      sockets[i].errevent   = 0;
+      sockets[i].err        = 0;
+      return i + LWIP_SOCKET_OFFSET;
+    }
+    SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/** Free a socket. The socket's netconn must have been
+ * delete before!
+ *
+ * @param sock the socket to free
+ * @param is_tcp != 0 for TCP sockets, used to free lastdata
+ */
+static void
+free_socket(struct lwip_sock *sock, int is_tcp)
+{
+  void *lastdata;
+
+  lastdata         = sock->lastdata;
+  sock->lastdata   = NULL;
+  sock->lastoffset = 0;
+  sock->err        = 0;
+
+  /* Protect socket array */
+  SYS_ARCH_SET(sock->conn, NULL);
+  /* don't use 'sock' after this line, as another task might have allocated it */
+
+  if (lastdata != NULL) {
+    if (is_tcp) {
+      pbuf_free((struct pbuf *)lastdata);
+    } else {
+      netbuf_delete((struct netbuf *)lastdata);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* Below this, the well-known socket functions are implemented.
+ * Use google.com or opengroup.org to get a good description :-)
+ *
+ * Exceptions are documented!
+ */
+
+int
+lwip_accept(int s, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen)
+{
+  struct lwip_sock *sock, *nsock;
+  struct netconn *newconn;
+  ip_addr_t naddr;
+  u16_t port = 0;
+  int newsock;
+  err_t err;
+  SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(SOCKETS_DEBUG, ("lwip_accept(%d)...\n", s));
+  sock = get_socket(s);
+  if (!sock) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (netconn_is_nonblocking(sock->conn) && (sock->rcvevent <= 0)) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(SOCKETS_DEBUG, ("lwip_accept(%d): returning EWOULDBLOCK\n", s));
+    set_errno(EWOULDBLOCK);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* wait for a new connection */
+  err = netconn_accept(sock->conn, &newconn);
+  if (err != ERR_OK) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(SOCKETS_DEBUG, ("lwip_accept(%d): netconn_acept failed, err=%d\n", s, err));
+    if (NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(netconn_type(sock->conn)) != NETCONN_TCP)